Il\ SONG
)
))££■
William $.Nickle,
George J.Meyer
and O.P.Pugr?.
BOARD COVER, $25 PER IOO:
PRICE BY EXPRESS, CHARGES NOT PREPAID:
LIMP CLOTH, $15 PER IOO. IF BY MAIL, ADD 5 CTS EACH FOR POSTAGE
FROM THE LIBRARY OF
REV. LOUIS FITZGERALD BENSON. D. D
BEQUEATHED BY HIM TO
THE LIBRARY OF
PRINCETON THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Section 55^f
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2012 with funding from
Princeton Theological Seminary Library
http://archive.org/details/gospelherOOnick
^$81 OF PHJh$>
" L FEB 22 1933
Gospel Herald «*
IN SONG
COMPILED AND ARRANGED FOR USE IN
Gospel Meetings
Sunday Schools, Prayer Meetings
and other Religious Services
BY
WILLIAM S. NICKLE
GEORGE J. MEYER
Oc F. PUGH
PUBLISHED BY
MEYER & BROTHER
108 Washington Street
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
Copyright, 1S'.»9, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
u'lit, IMt, by kffo, 111.
PREFACE.
GOSPEL HERALD will be found to contain the largest num-
ber of new Gospel Songs ever before published — together with
the most useful and popular Hymns of the day, both new
and old.
This volume embraces selections from the latest new Gospel
Song writers, containing the best music to be found. Each piece
has been thoroughly tested by experienced Hymn writers.
It contains two hundred and forty Hymns selected with
great care, covering a large range of subjects, provided with a
complete Topical Index. Songs will be found in this book for
all occasions in the year for Sunday School Anniversaries,
Rally Day, Flag Day, Children's Day, Missionary, Thanksgiv-
ing, Harvest Home, Patriotic and Temperance, Easter, Christ-
mas and New Year, for Primary and Infant Departments.
We believe this collection will be welcomed by all Sunday
Schools throughout the country, being the most complete Song
Book of to-day and the most practical and desirable collection
of Hymns and tunes yet offered for all kinds of Church Work,
Sunday Schools, Prayer and Gospel Meetings.
We hope that these songs will not only find their way into
Churches, Sunday Schools and Prayer Meetings, but in the
homes of all people.
—The Editors.
CAUTION— The word> and music of nearly all the pieces in " Gospel Herald
IN Son«.. arc copyrighted. All rights of republication of either the words or
music, separate or combined, are reserved, and will be defended by the owners of
the copyright.
MEYER & BROTHER, Publishers.
GOSPEL HERALD
IN SONG.
No. 3. Gospel Herald.
"The Master is come, and calleth for thee." John 11: 28.
P. W. HILL.
With spirit.
-J *— I-
LESTER PRICE.
£$* J . s -J— S=
*=£=
land
o - ver main;
fe
i. ,k Gos - pel Her - aid" go pro-claim,
2. Hear the news so grand, sublime, Earth re-joice thro' com-ing time;
0-± — # — r F [- - i — 0~ 0- — — r # *■ &-
1
1
l=t
f
FF
*-r $ ±t
2Z
Speed the tid-ings far and near, Preach the "word" that all may hear:
Raise your notes for Christ hath ris'n, Al - le - lu - jah's ring to heav'n-
#--* — — r P- 1: — — \ — * — * * *-rH» * &-
Ev - 'ry clime the world a - long, Loud - ly Her - aid Gos - pel song,
Loud our an-thems we will sing, Death is conquered,Christis King,
g§
-0 r-0 J
£^
■0- -0- *-
-0 0-
■*— ■
fcE^CZ=N==fc=*
i
fc£
Wl/?
I I
l/7-r.
*3=
i — r
rs
Ev - 'ry clime the world a - long, Loud - ly Her-ald Gos
Loud our an-thems we will sing, Death is conquered, Chi
# *
a*
- pel
ist is
song.
King.
-02.
1^3
»*
4_^_
WJ - 1>
^E
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, I1L
No. 4. Only Believe in the Promise.
"Whereby am given nolo as eseeedJ ■§,*' n Peter 1:4
J. B. VAUGHAN and E. E. HEWITT. j. h. TENNEY.
y x f, v # # ,1-, -■
V V V S v s
0*0
• . 1
ffP ^ 8 J # — *-h» * hr-H
i. Je - mis ismight-y to save to-day; On-ly be-lieve in the
2. Jc-sus will give you the victor's pow'r; On-ly be-lieve in the
3. Draw from the treasures of boundless grace;On-ly be-lieve in the
4. Comfort and peace thro' redeeming love; On-ly be-lieve in the
U, 1+ ------
pron -
prom
prom-
prom-ise,
~*~~ • • 1
111111
# • ' 1
^ '-H 1
-* — * — * — « — »_ut
r- 1
SJ
:C=#t
•^•^
Free-ly Hc'lltakeallyoursin a -way; Un-ly be-lieve in
Looking to Him for your strength each hour, On-ly be-lieve in
Walk in the light of the Sav-ior's face, On-ly be-lieve in
Fore-tastes of won-tler-ful joy a - bove, On- ly be-lieve in
the prom-
the prom-
the prom-
the prom-
1 1 1 1 =c
^ — * * r
V V V V V V
Chorus.
tt i s r, s J
^ c 1
h K ^ s
U •»•/' N • •
,* i S
A. It * J f 1
J S _i ** '
' « - h -N-i
f *■ *
* flu
9 •
i*- .
0009
On-ly be-lieve, On-ly be-lieve,
Mr m m m • - -
On - ly be-lieve in the prom-ise;
/£Y" if r r
» » 2 ' *
* 9 9
r r
I - "^ * •
1 1
^ > J J J \
* •
T * t T f m
L
1
\j \J \j r
» . * . 1
1
j v j w ^ y
1 1
^> ft — • —
— K-
-0 —
-*-
-0 —
4-
\
1 — 1
S
-*-
-*-
4r
s
#T-
s
s
I
3=
s
r-
=t
11
— i—
L_
J
1
J
j
. #
HI
Hear His sweet voice,the blessing receive On-ly be-lieve in theprom-ise.
. . v v s s. .
EBLc^^g
V— • •
J
» — » — frizz* * *_Lt
V if V 4 l> p b
f 1
11
right, 18»8, by Map
No. 5. Let Your Light Shine Out
"Until the day dawn and the day star arl{
•t. 1: 19.
JENNIE WILSON.
C. E. KOCH.
__J 1 Ui-^-^-J-4--— .
I . j- J 1 1 >— — «|— 1 1 1 1 I 1 1
j,: f '4 — • — * 4 : f X X — 4 — • — *~* * — — *
1. Let your light shine out, with a con-stant glow, In your pathway as you
2. There are lone-ly ones, no true friend is near, On some hearts a shadow
3. In the name of Him who on human grief Looked with pain and gave re-
go, With a cheer - y smile, and
drear; There are toil - ers need- ing
lief — Un - to those op-pressed and
--fr
a kind - ly face Bright-en
a help - ing hand; Be ye
to those in doubt Let the
N
f
m
Chorus,
v-
=t=
-0—
man - y
read - y
beau - ti
a dark-ened place. ^
at my com-mand. > Let your light shine out, Let your
ful light shine out. '
h. J* -0- -0- -0- -0-
light shine out, Fill with glad-ness life's short day; Let your
day.ev'ry day
m
22:
#— *
-*-0-
r — r
y-
pp
r
*=*=*.
«
m
light shine out, let your light shine out,Scat-ter sun-shine all along your way.
I I \ + £ ^ ^ 4
r 1
F=F
#— n-
fr fr fr =E=fc=pE
^-».
v— </— *— *-
^>
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother. Chicago, 111.
No. 6.
When Jesus is Near.
' 1 In hi art nut far from the Kr God.**- Mauk Vt 84
JENNIE WILSON. C. E. KOCK.
H *
*— «
^^^ err t r -^~
i^
i ; I
\ B
i. rhere ii light a-mong shad-ows and peace a - mid strife If our
2. Therei th-er friend who be- side us can keep, If our
3. In thepres-enoa ili - vine there is so - lace for grief, As the
' r r r f
■#—
*=*
S S- h - S ,- > V s s - ,
h k — ' d — S I d . J * — N s A
Sav-ior treads with us the pathway of life. And tho danger may threaten, we
road is 'mong flowers or thorn- y and steep, And no oth-ercan ut - ter the
heart from each burden finds ho - ]y re - lief, And His ten-der compassion will
fe
lt=t
a=»:
> /
Rit.
-*•-*■♦-#■ -0 -0- . -0- -0 -0-
nev-er need fear. For no ill can be -fall us when Je - sus is near,
sweet words of cheer.Which so oft - en are spo-ken when Je - sus is near,
change ev-'ry tear To a smile of re - joic- ing when Je - sus is near.
B^ri
I
Chorus.
mr-tr
^- S N
fed N. -*"?* ' L — -n ^~~t— -^- n' i r~ ^ -A— a — s ^
When Je- sus is near! When Je-sus is near! In thesoul there is sunshine and
S N 5* N I r\ > -0--0--0--0--0-'-0--0-- -0-
B
-Li .
■z-v-
r=r
9 P ' b • /
— s — s n — 1 1 — 1 1 g> s * 1 •
■0- -0- * : -* -f- *
clouds dis-ap- pear; When Je - sus is near we are safe from all harm.
Ig-ht, IMS, bj Mover* Brother, Chit aeo,m.
When Jesus is Near. Concluded.
Rit.
:!
As in faith we dc
— *-
we
pend
-•■ -•■ ■*■.-#• -4- •+
On His strong, lov - ing arm.
— r -=— r # ^ #—
^
:lt:
*
No. 7. Purity.
"Hear my cry, O God; attend nnto my prayer.' 1 Psalm 61: 1.
Dr. E. H. STOKES.
CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
*#:
8
^
^
cr
&
E
t=t
3=
£
SH
1. Thou ait pure, O God, my Fa-ther, Like Thy-self, may I
2. Thou art pure, O, Ho - ly Sav-ior, White-robed, spotless, I w
3. Thou art pure, E - ter - nal Spir - it.Breathe Thy Spir-it in -
4. Fa-ther. Son, E - ter- nal Spir- it, Ev - er bless-ed Trin ■
-0 r f 2 1 ^ r^z Jz <g-
-t&-
be pure;
ould be;
to mine;
i - ty,
ir^
o
t=
W
f-
J J - . 1
^=*
^
£
-gHT-
l
doubt-ing nev - er, but the rath - er, Make me of my
Free from sin, O, bless - ed fa - vor, Make, O make me
Let me now, from Thee, in - her - it Per - feet pu - ri ■
Faith o'er-comes my doubts' de-mer- it, I take Thee, O
cleansing sure.
pure like Thee.
ty di - vine.
take Thou me.
-» 0-
■&-
!E=EE
F
1—r
f
Chorus.
I
-J 1
■&r
A |_LJ> \
-* ri m -r±— b~\ r*
=!=»
Z21
10-
Makeme pure, All -per -feet Fa - ther.Thou art a - ble;
z'.Praise.O praise, All - per - feet Fa-ther,Thou hast cleansed me
cleanse me so: —
, this I know;
\ -J-
: i
¥=%
s
s
1
Z£
~J2_
-KT
Pp±&
TZ-
-*-&
m=§.
That I may be, hence, for - ev - er, Whi - ter than the Vir - gin Snow.
Keep, O keep me, hence, for - ev - er, Whi - ter than the Vir - gin Snow.
F=F
I
&
Bt=±=b=4
r
Copyright, 1897, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 8.
Athirst For Thee.
"It any man ttnr-t 1. t him eOBM unto DM ;ui<l <lnuk. >t. John 3
E. E. HEWITT. H.A.HENRY.
/ /4 -T-
rH— ^"
^
=F=rT=F
=h
— -j —
— N-
T-
F=H
i. No
2. The
3- For
4. The
L & . #
blot - som
lil - y
par - don
birds that
9
7 ■
needs
holds
for
ring
the light,
its cup
my sin.
Thy praise
To
And
A -
1 — #-r
bud
lrink
pur ■
long
#
the
the
i -
the
-j— 8-
springtime
dew-drops
ty with
leaf - y
1 1
bright,
up;
• in,
ways,
t : ' 7 fT~
-_#_! #
— # —
i +-
» •
— 0—
— # 0—
— t 1
-? j
w - * i
— #-* #
— • —
-r
~f^~
— # —
H ;
-f^H
•
1
I
1
1
r
F=t
fcfe
L^-4-
,1
. ;
' ?•
i
As I have
So, Lord, I
I'm tiust - ing
Sing not re -
need of
lift my
all to
deem - ing
a
Thee; Dear Sav - ior, come to
face To catch the dews of
Thee; Come in Thy pow'r to
love; That song I'll sing ■ ■
(O
I
me.
grace.
me.
bove.
Chorus.
n i. ' ^
1
' 1 !
' / i / i
* J
~p
J ! 1
'iLb
<5> • # #
A A
- # ^
W— r
• 1 -
-. •> -. if ^. If ..
4
» »
i ** m a
%) r r ; r ; r ' r #•»#•»# •»
1 t» V V 1 ^ ' b \ '
O come! O come! My soul
O come! O come! O come! O come!
. - - - * -
is thirst-ing, Loi d. for Thee ;\Yith
@t$-+-
m m l
•*••»••»•
r •»*•**•» ^
L - r*
# • *
W' ■>
. -7.. ,.., j
L ' L « f
*
*
™»v
J ^ J
# # H
1 '
#*■•>!
1
r? 1 I
? — # 0-
J L
11
:>#
'
£:,'
me a - bide, till sat - is - fied, I wake to dwell with Thee.
P
£=F^
^3
Copyright, 18»8. by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111
No. 9.
Be a Reaper.
"Lift up your eyefl ;iml look on tl
JENNIE WILSON.
V
fields, tor ttaej
wlnt.
already to harvest. " St. John 4-35.
LESTER PRICE.
i. There is gold- engrain that your hands should gath-er, In the
2. To the work a - way and no long - er tar - ry, Fast the
3. All re- wards this world to you gives will per - ish, When you
4. Tf you la - bor now and for life e - ter - nal, Gath - er
?***
ra
1 — r
I
■£*.&
T=l
[> 9
^
fc^i=c
;,;^
-»-r-
¥=*
- d ■ . 4 9—T—d 1 *—i-m-
1
har - vest field so wide; There are some who long havetoiled and are
hours are speed-ing on; Soon the night will fall a- round when the
pass from time a - way; But the wa - ges earned by each true and
in the gold - en store; Hap - py songs of har- vest home, with the
w
--; M r-0-^-0 0-^-0 • »
worn and
pre - cious
faith - ful
saved re
wea - ry, Go
mo - ments Of
reap - er, For
joic - ing, You
and
the
la
har
the Lord
bor by
vest day
en - dure
will
their side,
are gone,
for aye.
sing
on heav - en's shore.
tt*i=¥
1
:2:
Chorus.
%m
k
>^~i— j-
«-*-»-—•-
j — i-
m
a reap - er, be a reap-er, In the world's greatharvest field;
1
wm
&
EiS
* * s
J I l\ / * : h . I
— • — r» # #---*#- r »---» J #
3= =F-»4* — EEf=S=P=P
:g:
te
^?i
P-L,
=^s=g=r?=i ± *=5
-««-.
^
Be a reap - er, the Mas-ter calls you, Go, for Him the sick - le wield
l\ ^ ♦ *. : is .
0-*- & 0\ 0-^—0 0-±-0-w-0 «? ± -0- r
- L U L . L I a » fr—
t—r—f
■&-±
1
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111
r
No. 10.
Blessed Sunshine.
"And lie win. h hovm th boimtu ully Miall reap ftlM bountifully.
R. H. WALTON.
II Cor. 9: fi.
GEO. H. CROSBY.
i. Scat-ter tmiles and son-shine In ftomegloom-y home; 1 ill eachpess-ing
2. Lov-ing words.when spo-ken, l'ass-ing down the years; Help to raise the
3. When the soul is hope- less In the depths of Bin, Whis-per words of
f , • ' P «-r-« (2 n-J-i-* • -' I
y\-0
^^i^fr-f-^—r — r
i
S=FFff
*=£
mo ■
fal
kind
-ment With a kind-ness shown; Ma -
- len, Check the drop-ping tears, Lit -
-ness, Let the sun -shine in. Bright
_ m . „ » • ft
*-; — • r-
ny hearts are ach - ing,
tie deeds of Irind-ness,
en up the path-way,
Man
Lit-
With
y homes are sad, With your smiles and sunshine You can make them glad,
tie words of love Make the path - way brighter, To our home a - bove.
a smile or song; Help the fal - len broth -er, Pass the kind-ness on.
1 P ft
• ( 2 , -MsJt *-^-# — w m n — • ' * , » - -
-S I a -T^ L . » h H a— -a h»-
-*— V-
I
Chorus.
fca
±
Ti-r
# "-a — # » —
3
Scat-ter the bless - ed sun - shine, Scat-ter its light a - long,
It will cheer and brighten, As you pass it on; Scat ter the blessed sunshine
N *" TV f* # ; f* # ; » . * — » — ^ 000000
Copyright, 1896, by Mover & Brother.
Blessed Sunshine. Concluded.
n . y
Scat-ttMy its light a- long, It will cheerand brighten As you pass it on.
° — *— (S- r— 1= £"-+= *— P-*-t—4-±-*—-M <s.
m
a w • i*-r =t
tt
v4— *---+-
§
EEp
V V V V
No. II.
I'll Trust Him.
"Though he slay me, yet will I trust in him.*' Job 18: 15.
W. H. GARDNER.
-&--+*
J. H.TENNEY.
1. I'll trust
2. I'll trust
3. I'll trust
4. I'll trust
tea*
Thee, bless - ed Lord,
Thee, Mas - ter, dear,
Thee, Je - sus mine;
Thee, sin - less One,
hill
Al - though the shad - ows come;
For Thou art ev - er nigh;
Thou art my on - ly Guide;
For Thou did'st die for me;
■ft- +. m ■+ *-l « .
X- - — f~ =t I g=i
I
Suf - fi - cient is Thy word Thou pure and ho - ly One!
Thou dri - est ev - 'ry tear That gath - ers in my eye.
My hand I'll place in Thine;... Be - neath Thy wings I'll hide.
O Christ, the Fa - ther's Son, .... My life I give to Thee!
±=pp=i=p — p ? —
^L
Chorus.
r
&
ft=*5:
:fc£
m
*
I'll trust Thee, oh, I'll trust Thee, Ev - er - more I'll trust Thee; I
-igfc q- I i» » ? =f l r_j_
*-T-
f
T=
I
r
fr+^4
-N-£
Bit.
s
fe
>v Thine arms are 'roun
1 —
know Thine arms are'round me, Wherever I may be Wher-ev-er I may be.
L_p_pp.^_^ — «_
W
#—-•—»-
-*-#-+(*
M Ml 'F
I
r
Copyright, 1S98, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 12. We'll Toil for the Master.
ADA BLENKHORN.
L. E. JONES
i i i * ==*
■ > i
m
■0- -0 -0-0-0-0
i. We will toil for Christ, our M. - ter, with loy - al heart
2. Tho' oui heart* may wea - ry grow, we shall ner-er toil in
3. Un -til iv - 'ry soul I, we will nei-ther pan
0- -0- -0- -0- -0- ^ h s v -->-
£4 * m ~~\ — * | ' -r- 5
i » *
Work - ing to win the world for Je - sus; We will fol - low in
Work-ing to win the world for Je - sus; And the vic-t'ry will
Work -ing to win the world for Je - sus; Till the Lord shall re.
•#-■»■'■#-■#■ h r^ 0-0-
m
*—*-r
-* — s-
f=*^ S=Z
■+-* - 1 + t. &
r v* * : * * r
steps, try to do as He would do, Working to win the world for Je-sus.
ours if we faithful will re-main. Working to win the world for Je-sus.
preme.from the F.a<t un-to the West, Working to win the world for Je -sus.
I
We'll toil forthe Master, We'll toil with our might:Th is be our watchword. "God and the right."
*=*=*
> -0-*-0-0-
>--*—&
<•
It #_^_#=22I
• y
• •
• •
With a purpose firm and a spir-it brave, Working to win the world for Je-sus.
■0- 0- 0- -&- 0- 0- _ 0- 19- •*- ■*- ' 0-
000
st
I
s s
V— V-
Lll
r& Brother. I
No. 13. Keep On Singing.
"O oome, let us sing onto the Lord.' 1 Psalm 85: i.
Mrs. FRANK A. BRECK.
J. H. TENNEY.
Keep on
Keep on
Keep on
Keep on
sing-ing,
sing-ing,
sing-ing,
sing-ing,
sing-ing, brother, Sing in
sing-ing, brother, Let the
sing-ing, brother, What-so-
sing-ing, brother, Tho' de •
:U
i=ta
sor-row's dark-est night;
ech - oes sweep a - long;
e'er thy lot may be;
feat - ed, wea-ry, sad;
* •■*■ *■ TX
m
I . i rt
m
& —
F=F :
— *-
^J^S
*=*
t
*=*
V" i
Keep on sing-ing till the morn-ing Comes with floods of gold-en light.
For thy song may reach some oth-er, Who shall need some cheering song.
Strive to ban - ish care and sad-ness, With thy song's sweet mel-o - dy.
Thoushalt sing a - way thy sor-row, If thou make some weep-er glad.
i — r
&
~i
at
1 — r
Chorus.
r tt I I
h
N
I
!
7 5 > m J
^
. \
_
j
IS
\
/W # ' *
i *
• *
#
_ i»
m
J .
•
&\
'vW ■# *
>*
rJ
.. .
^
Keep on
sing-
I
ing
how
- ev -
er
dark
the
day,
Keep
on
™
I
•
*
*> •
I*
I
CJSft * *
□
■j
# #
N-^ Jj-l_ L
*4
t
J
^
! I
l '
\J
I
IfJ
IS
*=V
1
ing, 'twill drive the gloom a - way; Keep on
*— 1~
;»— f-
sim
— 0-
— #-
and
H£
■ ' *~T
sad-ness will not stay, Keep on sing-ing,
brother,
sing, w
oik,
pray.
§854
M=S=t=t=t:
m
li
^=1
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 14. Full of Joy and Gladness.
"Behold my Horvunt llttllalBl tor 0] ol hrait."
ADA BLENKHORN.
■f-4— n — IT - * — &H s ~ J v *— 1 r-
lhaiah66: 14.
E. E. MEYER.
i_ *. w Si --1
gpl 4^ : -i i J
Mi 1 : f A I^^JifJ 1=1
1. Full of joy and gladness shall our prais-es be, Kis - ing ev - er uj>-ward,
2. There's no sweeter plessurethsii Thy praise to sing. There's no tru-er wor-ship
3. Thou artgreatand ho-ly — still Thy name is love, And Thou <.:.i-txtf or us
^^4—1 1 1 ! 1 «—
^> * |s . |s * . * » |«
-#-^-# — #---# — 1 —
-i 1 1 1 1 m —
1 — HHHr-tH— H
V S S J \
P * /-^-l 1— '
rryg * 4 J
*p£=£fc*=*
*-^r
Sav - ior, un - to Thee. While Thy name we wor-ship,kind-ly bend Thine ear,
than of Thee.our King. May our hearts and voic-es blend in har-mo-nv,
in Thy home a - bove. Heav'nly hosts adore Thee.still Thou lov'st to hear
W
r-
_*
*m
1 — r
£=*
Chort- l
&
;
*=*
And our glad thanksgiving grant, O Lord, to hear.
May the praise be per - feet that we of-fer Thee. - Hap-py hal - le-lu - jahs
Songs of joy and gladness from Thy children dear.
3E
*
S
t— 1-
«
• *
m
* •
•>
h ^
77 ty^ ^^i-i-*=& SE£^
t-K
we shallsingfor joy, Praises pureandperfectshallourtonguesemploy; ForThy
££
I
•*-
5^
ss
glory on-ly, Jesus, we will sin g, We will praise and worship Thee.our Lord and King
• W
#=^
^ ^
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 11L
I L m- — ' • 1 — "
No. 15. His Love Shall Be My Anchor.
Thr Love oJ Christ oonstraineth us." 11 Oor. 5: M.
E. E. HEWITT.
%
V
i
r=F=r# ^ Nhr
LESTER PRICE.
&->
• *
^
s
z
=st
¥=3=2=±J=1
-0 — L #- T -# m "V-
1. Sometimes on stovm-y wa - ters, The ship of life will ride, And fight its
2. Tho' oth - er help-ers leave me, This Friend shall constant be; His bless-ed
3. 'Mid shift-ing lights and shadows, I still pur-sue my way, Un-to the
m
\ *
*=£
J. -
h
^Pt— £ 1111 I "
t=t
n 1 I
,
1 i S 1 1
1 -
/ J
1
"
rv 1
1 1
JW * «
m
• * M
A 1
h
^T>— H S—
^—
s
#*—. M M 2
g 4-0.
1 1 1 ■ 1 J
iyi_ # l_
pro - gress on -ward,
Word as - sures me,
peace-ful Ha-ven,
-0- -0- -&-
A-gainst the wind and tide; But Je - sus is my
He'll al -ways stay with me; What-ev - er clouds roll
Of ev -er-last-ing Day; A-gainst all op-po-
fm\' , '
1 r 1 1
(3 • 0^
» ' • * 1
l^J. *
W 1 F
1 1 1
|
h • j* 1* i*
1 1
i ! ' I
1 u l 1
f
L i i/ i i
F^=F
a
^r=r
Cap
■tain, How-ev - er fierce the gale; His love shall be my an - chor, 'Twill
ver, What-ev - er foes as - sail, The pre-cious love of Je - sus. Shall
tion, His pow- er shall pre -vail; The pre-cious love of Je - sus, Shall
♦ J . >
t-t-\T
*£
* i \
Chorus.
Bt
m-rt±=3
1
aa=
ms
^±p *£g& t=*
F
nev -er, nev -er fail. His love shall nev-er fail me, No, nev - er, nev -er
*=*
% % t I
t=t
m__ *_
«
*=*-**:
:| i 1
r* f
r r r r ' [ [ r r r r
i
a
^
^^SEfe=£S
fail
■#■
me,
The precious love of Je - sus, Will nev - er, nev - er fail.
#
e
eb
t=t
■I -
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 16. We Will Work and Pray.
"\\ at. h and pray that j ■• enti i noi into tempt lath, v.*'.: 41.
J. B. VAUQHAN. j. H. TENNEY.
i
ip ft g N * '
I
* • #
5^
# '
'
i. I. ft us work and \s ait, lit ns w at h and pi ay, Till the bat-tie here is o'ei ;
2. Blessed light. shine on,lead di safely thro* Wherethegentle ara-ten flow;
■s, we all must work. we must watch and pray, And the battle ne'er gi\ >t
4 |..j 1 E =» _g — ra m — L » — *:
gp«*
,>
1 — F
^ •
|i^
. •
v
t=F
*;
pp
One by one we all shall be gathered home, And we'll rest fbr-ev-er-m
Guide and keep our feet near Thee all the way Till our pil-grim-age is o'er.
By and by we'll an-chor in Thy blest home.On that bright and shining >h< >ie.
*i
ra
I
Choris s
!?=^zi
tf -
0.0
t:
mm
.
■a — 0-
PL
5
We will work, we will wait, We will always watch and pray,
We will bravely work, we will ever wait. watch and pray.
*— * * 0-1-0-
M—0 T
«— t
t=t
V— >-
T
# 0-
m
*
U3
v — K— i 1 n
m$
; :
^ .
~0--
. '
We will work, we will wait. We will watch. always watch and pray
We will bravely work. we will ever wait, al - ways watch
.0 ' -»-r» » »_•-#__# ST— 0. r0 0^—A p.
-0 —*^. 1 1-
PKHir i r wa rn
'r
v
V— •
'<.■■
II
i Lg-ht, 18SS, by Meyer A Brother, chi. ago, III.
No. 17. When He Cometh.
• lh< y that, arc Christ's at his coining." 1 Cor. l.V K.
ADA BLENKHORN.
^4
E. E. MEYER.
z ^lJF* $ %— %
I lappy songs thro'all the earth shall ring When He cometh, When He cometh,
Pain and sorrow then shall pass 4-way When He cometh, When He cometh,
Heshall rule the world from shore to shore When Hecometh.When He cometh,
When He comes, when He comes,
-*-.
\z2zAzil
a
>— /-
&Z=*r
=g=S=SF
I
^5-
=5=2*
^=?
1^ |^ -*-•■ ▼ ■*■ t ■# -25-.
We shall all with joy behold our King When our blessed Lord shall come again.
On the world shall dawn a glorious day When our blessed Lord shall come again.
We shall reign with Him forevermore When our blessed Lord shall come again.
Chorus.
> r i *
£
_ — *—(-# — & — # — *
LJ 1_ < ^
2z?#:
Hal - le - lu - jah! Hal - le - lu - jah! Sing a - loud the joy-ful strain,
_J # _# 52 tZ t z , Z Z 52 ZZ ZZ—ZZZ tz * *
m
-ZZI
:t=t
v-
f=*
1
I
fe£E5
-i -i-v^
ir w y r ^ ^
Hal - le - lu - jah! Hal - le - lu - jah! Lo! He comes a King to reign.
I s * ^ -0- -#- £
-M i ^ 52 tz tzz^zzz 52 „ m
2zt-
-/ — / —
■0 •-
i— i — i — r
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother. Chicago, 111.
No. 18.
Roll Your Care on Jesus.
W. S. N
{j >
.
upon Hint, i"! ii'
1 th lor you. • 1 1 1 •
"^ — : — h — s ~~~t~~
w. s.
NICKLE.
d — ^r~i
h ' / •)
-f^-K ;
™l
~~ a t~ ; — *~
-x-tr
-•-
4 — *-
»•
r j
J J ~ d
# m
tr ^. : ^.^ : ^.^.#^ :
w #"
-•*
» #
i. Arc you wet - ry now <>f sin,
Roll your
on
us;
j. Does your way seem dark and drear,
Roll your
on
Je - sus;
3. Have you tri - als in this life,
Roll your
care
on
Je -
}. Von will find him i\ - cr near.
Roll your
care
on
Je - sus;
5. Have no fear a -bout the end,
Roll youi
on
Je - sus;
m • m .« • - N £.«•
f"' t
T~
/5Y 1. 1 1 r r
r 1 a
f # 1
p> ? u
Jj • •
1
* \
# #
wv Jsl ' '
L ■ -
r r 1
.' > 4 # • *
L(t_i_ji — * -
^ •
I f • p
-J P-
•
-i — — ■
1 Q [7 t, -1
— s 1
1 1 * —
r4-
On
lit lj ,/ K • fc.
1 f\
— F h-
1
— 1 1 — |
fvr \y p £
1 1 4
1
aj * a] j ■ ! j
a
1
"k * a
1 f
; #
*> -&:•£-»:•*
-#■ • 5 -#-'
1 3
Do you want CiodV
peace with-in,
Roll your
care
on
Je
- SUS.
He will help you,
nev - er fear,
Roll your
care
on
Je
- sus.
He will help you
in the strife;
Roll your
care
on
Jc
- sus.
And to you He'll
grow more dear;
Roll your
care
on
Je
- sus.
He's an ev - er -
last - ing friend;
Roll your
care
on
Je
- sus.
N * - .
-a- . ■#■
n
•
JL
r r «
(^V7-k j j
1 « •
|
1* ■ *
# _
■
m
1
1 PJL — p • *
LkLi_k.
# •
(5 1 •
l—i / —
1
-/ —
* 1
, fl
Chorus.
1
1 », h
i Jb j J J
a . ^ N ^
1
s.
s
1 v 1
X1ilI / # a #
1
E
V ' ■
1 d * • s
•
•J * J a •
TT
) Y J J J
$*
2
Je -sus, the faith - ful and the true,
He
• •
will i;uide you safe - ly
r r
p t
(•
%>, > D > >-
-) > P ' »-
-js_
• •
i*
f - • ^— r-
'Si
^£-2 3
1 u — ^_J
-] —
'/—
/
L - — D C u
i
^
56
M
..i
r
through; All He prom - is - es, He'll <.\a. Roll your care on Je - sus.
:>-;,
Ut
m
1
r'r ITp
*■ 2
'
C0|i.vr((fht, 1SOT, by W. Si. HkkU,
No. 19.
Blessings.
•• Ml things work together tor ^ood to them that love I tod.' 1 Bom. 8: 88.
REV. H. H. GREEN. W.H.WOLFE.
g g^^^ ^apg^^p
i. Ask me not to count my bless-ings, Tell them o - vcr one by one;
2. Mul-ti-tudes of pre-cious bless-ings Ev - 'ry moment round me spread;
3. If en-cir-cled by the gloom which — Forthemomenthides the light,
4. Thy rich blessings past and pres-ent Nerve my soul and stay my fears,
* — ^-
t
m
FHp r
= rf^ 1. 1 I .I
P
tfc=*
at*
l2^. g- ^ ^^ ==: "^ # — : ^ =
§te
For they come in show'rs up-on me, As the rain-drops 'neath the sun.
Blessings from my Heav'nly Fa - ther Showered down up -on my head.
I'm constrained to walk in dark - ness, Je - sus hid -den from my sight.
Till the dark-ness pass es from me And the bless-ed light ap - pears.
-*-*
^
-*-,
Chorus.
s ft
fei
'TjiTWt
--£=*
Thr
Fa - ther, how thy pre-cious bless-ings Cheer me on my pil-grim way;
# 3H
J-?.
*=*
•«<-
•*™
SI
5
tf I
feV-'-JL—^r
:fc*:ii
How they light-en ev - 'ry bur - den, Bright-en ev - 'ry pass-ing day.
Copyright, 1898, by W. S. Nickle.
No. 20. Oh, so Beautiful and Bright!
Inscribed to t<u> /.('red OtUt gOfU be/ore.
J. S. N.
In i I
J. S. NORRIS.
in
s >-^3^
i
-> 1
1. Tlit re's a land that enraptures the sight, Oh, so beau-ti-ful! Oh, so-l>eau-ti-ful!
2. In that land naught can ev - er •/.fright, Oh, so beau-ti-ful! Oh, so beau-ti-ful!
3. If we work with the King for the right, Oh, $0 beau-ti-ful! Oh, so beau-li-ful!
s
U
■ ■1
1
Li ■
-0-*-
;*-
s
h — 8-1— ■
£**-*
£3
T^y
* r
/?«/«.
V- Sr
^="iii
s s
&
m
-0- . -0- -0- ' *-*~ -0-
*>
There our lov'd ones are fill'd with de-light, Oh, so beautiful and brightlThere the
There they know neither sorrow nor night, Oh, so beautiful and brightlThere with
He will robe us in garments of white, Oh, so beautiful and brightlSaved by
is fc 1 I s v ■ * fc
Bk
. u- N
^ jl
;♦ ♦
r^ H r < m JX
— I ^ — *S — S — ' PS-
ft
I s ft
0_.-4
I
ho - ly are singing sweetest songs.There they praise Him to whom praise belongs;
Christ evermore they sweetly rest, By His love they will al - ways be blest,
grace.full and free.it shall be well, With our Lord and be-lov'd we shall dwell,
t=±
4^-m.
t— r
u $ ' ' ' t
f V
%
Dim.
=N=t
11
* *
E±£e£
T
«i.w <yv
In that land ev - er ra-diant with light,
In that land ev - er ra-diant with light,
In that land ev - er ra- diant with light,
Oh, so beau - ti
Oh, so beau - ti.
Oh, so beau - ti
ful and
ful and
ful and
bright!
bright!
bright!
m=
-•
1 *■• *■ «■
BBF
'
f
9/
1
r r r r
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 21.
Follow Me.
$
"Lord, I will follow Tin
ADA 3LENKHORN.
With /'/;-«». Xrf too fast.
st. Lake '•': r>7.
E. E. MEYER.
t=x
tefc
-i s s s
*=*=*=*=?
1 — r
t=£
- * eL
-+—&
i. Tis the Sav -ior speaks un-to you to - day, "Child of mine, fol - low me;"
2. Where the Sav -ior leads you may safe-ly go, All your steps He will guide,
3. If your heart is sail and the way seems drear, Ev-er keep Christ in sight;
4. He will al-ways guard you with tender care, Till you reach yon - der shore;
] 1 1
±*-
f=f
1
r=*=*=*
-*-***
-* • +
^
Lis-ten to His voice and without de - lay, An-swer, I will fol - low Thee.
And the path of life He willplain-ly show, Walking ev -er by your side.
With His word of love He your soul will cheer, He will make your pathway bright.
Robes of spot-less whiteness you then shall wear,Praising Him for-ev-er more.
m
1
F
m
Chorus.
s S V ,\ I
13M
■9 — * — m 4 •
t==t
1 — r
S
V
*=*
fr-%:
O hear the voice of Je - sus call - ing now, "Fol-low me, fol -low me,
m
y ); ' > »T » * • — * — •-
I I I
T=f=?
T=^r
> s > >
S S S \
at::*
■* N , S — N— A-
*^T*
r^t
# — — — #-
Andread-y be to an-swer to His call, My Sav -ior I will fol -low Thee.
m
-0 — — — — *-
» , p •
£=qc
SI
«
v * >~ -y
f=F«
¥ — *-
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 22.
Leaving all to Jesus.
BUDD.
.St. Mark .
CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
i. I I] to fol -lour , Turning from the world a
2. Naught i the al - tar All 1 lay, and wait the hour,
3. Tak-iug up tli. Gladfoi Him to suf - fer shame;
4. Walking still by faith in Je - sus. Trusting till He give me
! redout name f, < >. 1 hath n
\ \ I
Step-ping out up - on His prum-ise, All I have is His to - day.
When the fire from heav'n de-cend-ing Shall at-test His t, r lo-ri<>us pow'r.
All my ^ain I count but loss - es, For the glo - ry of His name.
When my chastened soul is read - y, He will Kail me to the light.
Now my soul shall joy to tell it, Thro' the long e - ter - ni -
'> '
.VH
7-* -'— «^-|-» ■ » ' * -
2=
&
m
( HORUS. k
|
*~
^
1
^1 s
7~> ? \ m *
J
A ' >3=^=
0/
# •
* ^
iPd' l ^
*
p
— # —
— 0— r
~i * * 1
Leav-ing all
Leav -
to
ing all
to
JL
1
fol-
fol .
1/ 1
low I
low, fol -
' r
sus,
low Je -
#
Turn-ing
sus,
■
/• ' -.
i i i .
VPJ-. 7 >• •»
I ! 1
b
# #
» N* *
^-'fe k *
r
v p
. . . ,
y |
>
1
• 1
y
1
•
3
# *
■*—r
froui the world
way. StCp-ping out
Turn - ing, turn - ing from the world a - way;
up-
Stepping out up-
£
1 — r
1 — Y
t -
£^
f— :-f— ;-
:-:
mm
s
..II
Ff=*=r-
-0—i
i=tz
^r
y i y
on His prom - ise, All I have is His to - day.
on His bless - ed prom -ise,
S?^3
S : J :
Ml
» *
l
1891 bj M. J < r ft HrotJu-r, Chiiajjo, 111.
f^ ■-
No. 23.
C. H. G.
My Friend and Savior,
The »;>',! of my Rook In him will I trait." u Samuel Hi -l
A. W. LAWRENCE.
S
1. There is a Friend a - bove all oth - ers dear, Who is
2. There is a Friend whose ev - er - last - ing arm, Strong and
3. There is a Friend who's not a- shamed of me, Who'll be
«
' ' .' !
: > i
con-stant, faithful, and sin-cere; Whose mer-cy is wid - er than the
might -y is to shield from harm; A Friend who is pres-ent in the
faith - ful thro' e - ter - ni - ty; Who'll keep me in safe-ty till the
f—km « «— r -P * * «— ,—J ' s - m m m -
i^^^=B^^?=g =rr4-^ ^^ =^ =^
t=t
/
T=
.?:
7g-
wid - est sea, A Friend whose love from sin will free.
time of need, A Friend who is a friend in - deed.
Tor - dan passed, I reach my home in heav'n at last.
0-± 1 — P a — 1 — «>-s-
* b L . L T » 1 * l » ^
££
^.
Chorus
n h 1 I s
h N k
1 k_ IS k.
V 1 ' ? * 1 * * J
! V , ^
rfl r5
VL-? V • * m
* 1 J J J
J ' j 1*:
— ■ 1
rnV ? • • « • 1
* , *
* *•* * J «
V- W - If f • # J
* J • 1 1 1
# i# 1 9 t
shame;
v?- — 1
He's my
1 " *
Sav-ior, and my Re-
if V f t t\
# ♦.♦♦♦ " " *•'
deem-er, Forme He suf-fered want and
r# 0-^—0 — — 9-*-P * P ,
V^'^-9-^ — 7-
• 0-000
1 1 1 1 1
P « * P
J
1 7 7
Lj 1 L L L
-1 — I — 1 — [—
Ljsa-- — J
Kb
-*■ . -0- -0- -#■ •
He's my Sav-ior, and I a-dore Him, Allglo-ry be un - to His name.
9-^tnP •■* * -* +-T-0 9-^-9 9 9 y * P P P— t-&-±-
1
zs
I I 1 I
v— /— /
I U )S \>
Copyiight, 1898. bj- Mej-er & Brother, Chicago, 111.
r
No. 24. To Know That He Knows,
i. 'Til blets-ed t<> have Je - mis with
8, "lis blesi - ed t<> have je - bus with
3. How great me the bless -ingi He gives
W her. dan - j^ei | my
me, When tor - row
me — And g rent is the
H *
±=j:
#_#:=*:
:-. ;
-* — s-
;
_
path -way op
round me thai
mer-cy He shows — He knows why my tri
pose, And when I am lieav
close — And when all is <lark-
- i - ly - la - den.
ness be - fore me, "lis
■ als are need - ful. And
®l
t 1— - i-
— r
Chorus.
*=#■
bless-ed to know that He knows.)
bless-ed to know that He knows. [• I
I am so glad that He knows. J
' 2
trust in His love, and He
*
1 — r
-j— -
1
a a ^-^ * — d • r — * » . # fc ^ i
i~-t
leads me — I fol - low where ev - er He goes — Andtho 1 I may
m-
-L I I
*=TI*=J
ts|
3=t
P F
A7/.
/
J— -
*±*fc=
II
£
• — •
not His pur- pose, 'Tis bless-ed
to know that He knows.
:£=*=*
I
'-
V
Oopj 1 Ight, ism bj m. >■ r .v BrotlM r, Qaleaco, HL
-=f
No. 25. What a Blessed Salvation
E. E. HEWITT.
I I I
"I will show him my salvation.
Psalm 91: 16.
4 1 1
E. E. MEYER.
m
tEiEiEi
>=<
s
m
1. In Christ is full redemption found, What a bless
2. E - ter-nal life thro' Jesus' blood, What a bless-
3. He takes my crim-son stains a -way, What a bless •
4.Sweet peace amid the world's rude strife, What a bless ■
5. His ev - er - last-ing grace proclaim, What a bless-
-*- #■ 4L JL m. jL &.
ed sal - va- tion!
ed sal - va- tion!
ed sal - va- tion!
ed sal - va - tion!
ed sal - va - tion!
a
t=t
1
s
■y — v-
t=f
i==t
i
£*
r
?
*-
+—*- L *rf
m
His prais-es thro' my soul resound, What a bless - ed sal - va - tion
Come, sink beneath the crimson flood, What a bless -ed sal - va - tion!
He helps and keeps me ev -'ry day, What a bless -ed sal -va- tion!
Tri-umph-ant joy be-yond this life, What a bless - ed sal - va - tion!
Thro'endlessdays we'll sing His name, What a bless - ed sal - va - tion!
-0 I * * * +
1 — r
1 — r
^
i
i
! I I
^r
I
Chorus.
>S-
J=t
*=pt
2St
***=*
What a bless - ed sal - va-tion
in Christ, my Re -deem- er!
-j-
■y-
^
I
-N S-
o
7±
IS
What a bless - ed sal
■*—*r-y
tion for sin - ners like me.
f
Copyright, 1895, by Meyer & Brother.
No. 26. The Wonderful Savior.
D. C. CARSON
'•Ihy Imlllll i'-rful "
~
Psalm hi
r
ti t i
1 '-".'.
CHAS. H. OABHIEL.
■f-r
*^T
Pi-i
['ve found a friend, the best of all. Je-sus, the won-der-fui Sav-ior!
With <>ut-cast tin - Bers He did cat, Je-sus, the won-der-ful Si
For us He luf-fered want and sliame, Je-sus, the won-der-ful S
ri - ^ i. -*- # ■**■ *- ± jl
he
\
i^S^L
: <^^B
-f=r=r=r*
i
He heard my weak, but earn-est call, Je-sus, the wonderful
And washed His own dis - ci - pies feet, Je-sus, the wonderful Sav
We're saved thro' faith in His dear name, Je-sus, the wonderful Sav
M. M. J2- JL A*. JL
lOl
ioi
ioi
When lost in sin He heard my cry;To earth He came, for me to die; And
Tho' without sin, for us He died;On Cal-v'ry's cross was cru-ci-fied; Bur-
No oth-cr name for sin-nersgiv'n; Nooth-er name inearth orhcav'n.But
1 i i i r
p
i» i i j j
*=t
■> h
'5 i
>— ^
; ;
-*=*■
-f-*-*-*
I
now He's reigning up on high, Is this wonderful, wonderful Sav-ior.
ied, a - rose and glo -ri - fied, Was this wonderful, wonderful Sav-ior.
all must come, who'd be for-jriv'n, To this wonderful, wonderful Sav-i< r.
m m m *> mm
W$e£
m
*=*:
s
I
£
f
»
Won-der-ful, won-der-ful Sav-ior! Won-der-ful, won-der-ful Sav-ior!
.22. A±*i*.j2-*.
«*=£:
i=J:
Bg
I
*
--0-
.. i'ha~. 11. liftbricl.
The Wonderful Savior. Concluded.
liigi^^gp
mi
01 Him I'll sing,andev-er will cling ro this wonderful, wonderful Savior.
JL *. M. M. *. JL *.
-4 — r — #-
qpt=t
t=t
i^i
t»=P=!*— >— l*=)»=t^
No. 27.
Praise His Name.
"Thy praiso all the day lonp." Psalm 35: 28.
I I
CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
±=±± 3-4^13 f=^ lt ^=3=3=i=i
i. All the way my Lord is leading me; Praise His name, praise His name
2. When I faint, His grace upholdeth me; Praise His name, Praise His name!
3. Cares of life have o- ver-tak-en me; Praise His name, Praise His name
tHi . ~ f" l~ — t^— *— r t"-^-— t-_- g— a — r p.
*=*:
v_ v-
v=t
^
With His heav-'nly man - na feeding me; Praise His ho - ly name.
When I fear, His arms en-fold-eth me; Praise His ho - ly name.
Yet He nev - er has for-sa-ken me; Praise His ho - ly name.
Pfe
:*=#:
-*— ?-
1 U-V
*-*.
t=t=3
t=t
Chorus.
i e r — ^
-£--/-
>
ife
Hal - le-lu - jah! This is my song, Je - sus, Je - sus, the whole daylong;
»—* *— *— ——^0 ' V V i ~ r^ * I * * #
W
t=F
SE
pzzzfezzji:
U l>
Swell the cho - rus, might -y and strong, — Praise His ho - ly name.
%
fci:
_>_L_|t_
Copyright, 1894, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 28. No More to Say Good-bye.
MARY B. WINQATE
is
r M
* •
N
1 1
J -a. -IV. 13
A. W. LAWRENCE.
# • U
i. Oh, joy - oni li the meet-ing Of Christian
-j. With joy we tell the ito - ry. What grace foi us has
\. We sees the Sav- i-ing, We feel 1 1 is quick'ning
0-^0 # # 0l00 *_ J 6 1 fe
m
SB
i — r
* *
■ — + "M,
earth,
done,
i» I 1/ I I; I
:::|
=1
^J-'
A ii. 1 ten - der is the greet - ing Of those ofheav'n-ly
\nl give the praise and glo - ry, To God's be- h
While near the cross we're press-ing, We live one blesj
M _ , .
-
-5 *—i =a-\» :
t^S
birth;
hour;
1 I 1
~
'.' j
Hut oh, the sweet com-mun - i<>r
the sweet com-mun - ion,
An 1 then we tell each oth - er
Tho' glad - ly we would lin - ger,
Be -
Of 1
The
v ♦ * — *"
yond the star - lit
tright - er joys on
mo-ments s\\ ift-ly
S
sky,
high.
\nd oh, the glad re - u - nion.
When we shall meet to - geth - er,
But soon -we'll meet to- geth -er,
No more to say good - bye.
No more to say good-bye.
No more to say good - bye.
I ^1
Chorus.
i^
U-
#=#-* i
-y—T.
i i • i i i • i
No more to Bay good-bye, . . . . No more to say good-by*
No more to say good-bye, No more tn say good-bye.
• ' —rT — •- • - ' r*
Copyright, 1898, bj HeyerA Brother, Chicago,IlL.
No More to Say Good-bye. Concluded.
— — i — _■ — # — i-
^m
: F == lP : r — t
^g^^^ggi
: '
Wc soon shall meet at je - sus' feet, No more to say good - by<
£ £ * £ * * J_t
f_a_
533
v i
fif
II
No. 29. Come, Learn the Way.
'Who will stand up for me." Psalm 94 16.
P. W. H.
P. W. HIL-_
.>f
4— a- — *
;
mm
i. Come, chil - tlren, to our sab-bath school At home no long - er
2. Our teach - ers here are kind to us, We learn to sing and
3. He ten - der - ly will care for us, And should we go a -
4. Oh, may we nev - er. nev -er sin, While here on earth we
0- ,
9— J-
stay;
pray;
stray;
stay;
■W-t
1
- v-
p
a i i
We're hap - py as the lit - tie birds, O come and learn the
We learn of Je - sus who hath died Our sins to wash a
The lit - tie lambs He call - eth back, From wan-der-ing a
Our Sav - ior then with smiles will meet Us in that hap-py
way.
way.
way.
day.
--ifi
_ii_
Chorus.
n
1
a " v 1 t »_ it
J P
H ; ■ p p
1
\ dWi s i s s
** * J
fm : _j ! J
J *
5
m S
\S\) S 9
t
*
#
*
09
M '
,*J -0- -0- -0-
Come and learn
•^rz
the
■•-
— 1
way,
— •
O
come
and learn the
■0- -0- -0-
way; Our
f" *
(^T— • • » 1
_J
(S^ , y 7—
[
— h h _. z>
Pi • \j
— w—
/ =
F J
.-tj k-
— s-
S-
s ^1~T"
1 1
_■ ■
N 1
pTV *!
#
i _■ _j
S 11
" V * 1
*
j \ 9
j
^p-r * • II
•J -0- -9-
teach - ers
m f-
will
•9-
be
glad
9
to
9 m -9-
meet you, Come,
learn
-9- -9- .
the way.
/£Y m _»
# •
•
I^J. f f
»
^■"7
i_»
to .
/ > V
^
P
"■
^ t'
F
I
V
•
• •
1
>
V
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 30
What Then?
i
E. A. HOFFMAN. W. S. NICKLE.
m
:
-3=t
1. Aft - er the pleasures of life air you shall stand, face
2. Aft - er the puis - es shall cease to heat, When at the throne the
3. Aft - cr your heart is hush - ed and still, Aft - et the death-dews,
4. Aft - er the tram - pet's aw.ful blast, Aft - ei thejudg -
t. t *•
EEfcfEEEEE
i B
fcat^
10
T=f
to the shore Of the dim land of the ev - er - more,
Lord you meet, Wait - ing your doom at the judg - ment seat,
damp and chill, O - ver your frame of mor - tali - ty thrill,
shall \>e past, When you have come to your doom at last,
Sl£
*^=f=V=f±
s
Chorus.
n u
, .Is.
4, P I
1 • m
1- — - ;
j Lb ii • h [
•■ 1 IJ
% : v
{$2_{?__L_ _^_
— hr
1 00 9
# ! •*-*-
• M
•TT • • m ~
— ■ — L » . »
f ^^w
V
what then?
— u ' — ^^ *-m # — =# — 1
* * •
Care-less soul,
Careless soul, what then? Care-less soul, what
Care-less soul,
what then?
Care-less soul,
what then?
Poor, lost soul,
what then?
_^ m
•0- -0- •#-•#-••#-
T" "*— • — — ~ # '.
/£Y ^ * *
# • §
9. 9. '#
(• • > 5 5
# • #
- 1 # # # #
K • r *f
» ? j# #
1 1 '
• Y I W f
— 1 _
■1 > ' >
—
s 1 '
1 y 1
•
HB
then? Aft- er a life of sin and shame, Poor, lost soul, what then?
.<- t £ £'
I W'n i» » • # ■+- > — h »-
?— i r p iraa
11
±±
m
f=S=^
v— v-
Oopjligfctt Iftt, l 1 w - Nk-kle.
No. 31. Look Up, Happy Christian.
"Until the day dawn, and the day star arise.' 1 n Pet, l: it*.
E. E. HEWITT.
C. E. KOCH.
n #
is is r\
h 1 IS
Ih S ■
V r
is 1 # *
F « *
P "» *.
PrVu hi
h j — J — J — j — ?-
-C — f — #u_i! — J-
-e — #-3!
[H
i. Look
2. Whei
3. We'll
L -^--# u -, > r w
up, hap -py Christian, look up to the sky. The Fa - ther who
1 fail-ares and sins in this light we dis-cern, With hum-hie con-
walk in the light, bless-ed guide to our feet, With God and each
m *~ m m m +- m *~ m *-*.*.*.
1 — = 5 m S % 8 » £ a S a — 1 — h
gjw-ft-f-'
— * F F F F F —
!J I j lj ]j Ij
> > > 1 >
^z&i
L-#
L U l> 'y>
fc*
-K-f—V
:* l
* * * ♦
loves us is reign - ing on high; What-ev - er
fid - ing to Je - sus we turn; His blood is
oth - er, in fel - low -ship sweet; And while we
% X ■ '_ pg= > f f F-f- =F=F:
may hap - pen, what-
the foun - tain that
re - joice in the
*=%=£
-0-
iW
beH
£
*^r
ev - er be - fall, The light of His mer - cy is
cleanseth from sin, His grace is the pow - er that
bright Gos -pel day, We'll seek those who wander in
shin - ing for all.
shall vie - t'iy win.
dark - ness a - stray.
fel
■F- H
■F-
L> P U
l
Chorus.
J*
.0- JO.0 # _
SM
Beau - ti - ful light, heav - en - ly light, The true
aft . * h h
kf-W. f
tiz^
light is shin-ing for
you and for me, Won-der-ful light, glo-ri-ous light, Shining for you and me.
£ € ' ■ * • O F -
m — rerxrazzi
fz±
.# #-
■f- ■#-
^0 — 0-
7 • iT
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
F-^«
'-•T
I
No. 32, Listen to the Voice of Jesus.
IENNIE WILSON. "Bebol
tk expression*
s N s s
.
E. E MEYER.
3 s s
i 4
s s s - •
♦ ♦ ■# y
Sin - ful one, wher-e'ei thoaart, Lis -ten to tL
'Mid the world's al - lnr-ing sounds, Listen to the
I n the noon-tide's flood of light, Lis - ten to the voice of
Glad-ly heed the lov-ingcall, Lis - tea to tbi vo
* * - r , f f » -^g - f f f
-
|c - sus;
|
2 •
>'« .
r=q
K h !
S v
7 k. k. ». — IS
r i J
h5 V V
S
1
jL. } \
m fl
1
fTY J _i »
* *
t # 1
# f
m 1
\rU 0: 0\ z
9
9
•
'0
m
-0- -0- -0-
I
II is ask-ing for thy heart. Lis - ten to
the voice
le -
SUS.
When earth's fleeting joy a-DOUnds, Lis - ten to
the t
of
le
In the deep-est hush of night, Lis - ten to
the voice
of
!e
Find in Him thine all in all, Lis - ten to
the
of
u
SUS.
^ • • * * ■ f- f r . f r t
■*- -0-
— i 1
-0 —
r _
— — -»
ft»^ — • +■ — * ' —
—0
— 0-
— •
-• —
— 1
\— • ,
J s >
J
-"»
r 1
-V v > J
> \J i
s S s
*
>
* Chorus.
s s
5-4
•fe— jr — * h * • » 9 y— - ~s — s— s- *— 9 - n ;
[9 — * « * 4 — — -* * — \0 9 9 t 9 —
> » * * • » r * 9 9 1 9 1 • m m—
> ;
ten to His voice, lis - ten to 1 lis voice, Lis- ten to the voice of
-9 • ■#- — \-< * /. K 9—\-0 • 0-
m
i=3=t=t:
_^.
J
v
h
s
N
' \J ■
^
jL »
•
a
fr^ 4 m
1
4
\S\)
#
•
•
,
_ i
—
■
#
Je-
sus;
'•0-
Sin -
ful
<>ne,
\s her -
■•-
thou
art,
He
is
•0-
*
ing
/£Y 1"
i
2
(9 J;
#
!J
>
w' > #
■
1
>
V
>
>
1
1
•
§s
:«^
.11
for
thy
heart.
Lis - ten
the voice
-9 t-
of
le -
.0
SUS.
— — -a
»
u sun.- bi pa* '. u-o n»a
bj Meyer a Brotlu r, Chin
No. 33. Give More Time to Prayer.
E. A. H.
'Givo JOUraelvefl continually to jirayi r." Acts »',: .|.
ELISHA A. HOFFMAN.
&
IF
^
t==£
■*— r .-zjr
*=*^-r-&
Would you be strong in the Lord al - way? Would you have vic-t'ry from
Pray to the Lord as the mo-ments fly, Pray to the Lord as the
Would you be made in your hope se - cure? Would you al-wayin the
Would you in - her- it a man-sion grand? Would you make sure of the
m
m-'.
I . I 1 I
1 — r
w V
r-rr
1-t*5=*=*.
FfdH=
-I -l
vY
— * — s— l 1
|
r-J ^— f-
=t=
-H
y-
— J-5 i 1 % #
J — | 1 —
1*'3 J
W
day to day? Would you a-bide in the nar-row way? Give more time to prayer!
hours go by; Pray to the Fa-ther who lives on high;Givemore time to prayer!
faith en-dure?\Vould you be kept from the e-vil pure?Give more time to prayer!
bet-ter land? Take firmer hold of the Master's hand. Give more time to prayer!
i=a:
* # # \0 p &
«
P
I 1 I . I I
1 — i — r
^^?
U V
l> \>
rn
Chorus.
$ =?. ' i 3 :
Pray, my broth - er, pray
if
More and more each pass - ing day.
S=*
-* — *-
JU-
V=t
^^
r
i
^
*=$±*
' ' '■*
Would you the full - ness of bless-ing share? Give more time to prayer!
fcT^
£
1 1-
^Ff^
" c • b f g & r r r
Copyright, 1898, by W. S. Nickle.
No. 34. In the Morning of Life.
,-t in th.- Lord for ever.
JENNIE WILSON.
I mi i . Soprano snd r< nor.
lulah 26: I.
O. F. PUGH.
i
>
-9
Trust in the Sai -ior and give Him thy heart
Je ■ bui is long- ing to give thee His care
Strive for the bap - pi nessnone can de-stroy
Cling to the friend who is close t<> thy side
i ^ ft J K ft i V s .
J JL. £ 1 flJ.,J J ±.£ J
i ii
! ii
In
In
the bean - ii
the l>c;m - ti
the bean - ti
the beau - ti
B
-ful
-ful
-ful
-ful
JL • JL JL
moin-ing of life; List to His bid-ding and choose well thy part In
morn-ing of life; Seek His pro - tec-tion, of e - vil be- ware In
morn-ing of life; Sweet-er His bless-ing will make ev -'ry joy In
morn-ing of life; Take the dear Lord for thy help-er and guide In
the
the
the
the
iH-0-
-*- -<, - *
CH( 'l:r
— S r^ S 1 1 . — ^ (y-T — N <s — —""^i
beau - ti - ful morn-ing of life. In the beau -ti- ful morn -ing
h * S & I A<
p 1 r r f 3:g'Hfr fPf
life, of life, In the beau - ti - ful morn-ing of life, of life, Trust in
the
r* X&. rr.
*=$=*=&
t
f=m
— ~s~
d — u^-r-ai ■»-
#-.-#
;: i
-5
; « t
II
Sav-ior and give Him thy heart In thebeau-ti - ful morn-ing of life.
*JE ? j pif ■ i» * ¥ T * • ' t 1 *• #*"* l . i r — ti
O pj liK-l't, 1898, by Mi.vcr & Brother, Chica<jo, XU.
r
No. 35. The Sheaf and Crown,
•That qo man take thy crown." Rev.ft 11.
E. E. HEWITT, Tr.
E. E. MEYER.
V^ ' ii^i'iU 1 ^"
1. O sing to the Sav-ior, loud anthems employ! I [e came our sal-
2. The Master has bro't us rich gifts from a-bove, No sor - row nor
3. The harvest is read-y, but reap-ers are few, Now cheer-lul-ly,
rfiSi
-I —
t3E&EEZ
*=al=*
^mi
=F
?*T*fri ' j. .a j * £ -±i
m
va-tion to bring; Be read - y to serve Him with ardor and joy,
toil would He spare ;Then let us draw near Him with hearts full of love,
joy-ful-ly go; We'll car -ry our sheaves thro' the bright, pearly gate,
.«. -». .#. _i2-.--£2- **
mmmwmmmm^mm
1
Chorus.
=f
I
■ J j 3 Ffi ww ^< 1 D
And gath-er the sheaves for our King. Then gather the sheaves For
And la - bor with pa-tience and prayer.
Where Je - sus our crowns will be - stow.
£=£=$
t
-«. JL
t=t
! ^=3=3 === 3=E ^— d- E
-^-s-
J
day-light soon leaves, The moments are fly-ing on pin-ions so fleet; With
_#. _#. _#.
§»=£=£
m. Jt. _#. A- Jt. Jt.
'&EZ-
-&
w-p-r
&
m
$=t=t=t
S3
^i^ gisl
Je-sus we'll rest, E-ter-nal-ly blest, And lay down our sheaves at His feet.
£?*
£ £4 V f . frf - C
5$£££l£
-S-r f f f
X=X
-k-J«— k
iHB
COPYRIGHT, 1895, BY MEYER 4 BROTHER.
No. 36.
Tell It To-day.
unto the World." .Mark Itl: V,
Irs. M
A. HOLT.
A. W. LAWRENCE.
---:
* *
J J
;
ej
i. Oh, tell of His good-nesi to- day, And speak of Hii won-der-ful
2. Oh, tell the tweet te'-cret to- day. To those who are press-ing a-
3. Oh, tell it while yet you can speak The words full of sweetness and
h
-0 a , f 0—, P f f f ■ , # * # » *-
utAtn prt^
1 — r
fczfc
1 — r
s
grace; All a - long life's glo-ri- fied ap-ward way, Let the love-light gleam
round, Or the loved ones toil-ing be - side the way, All in sor-row and
cheer; To sus - tain with hope and up-hold the weak, Who are foll'wing and
■#-*-* • •
fc=P^r^=*:
fc=S
)rr*c-tt
• *
Z=tt
Chorus.
4
bright on your face
wretch - ed - ness found
trem-bling with fear
pfpsippp^lp^J
. ) Oh, tell
c
. ) Oh, tell it
oh, tell
to - day, oh,
speak of His lore.
± ± ♦
le
i i
&.
_n_ u
l — & ^ K * K^
1 »Vn
I
-#-h / — ^ — £>-
— i K * 2 ' P-
-0—i
i J m i 2 fl \'m •
* M M
"V a m
1 d 2 S # I I f . ##
J * * • • - - _ j J U
At each step in your path-way a - long; And bless-
At each step in your pathway a-long; And bless-ing will
+- *- h h h
p p m . m m m m m d d d
(ftr I? * (•
i* )s |s |s |»
vt^kv z 5
i i i
^^7 7 < 5
I I I/
mgswiu come Like the sweetness 01 sun-
come, will come from a -bove,
m -0- -0- -0-
light and song.
j *
II
S
< 1—
• • • •
right, list, by Mayei A Brother, Chioago, 111
No. 37. I Know That Jesus Saves Me.
IDA M. BUDD.
'By grace are ye Bated through faith." Eph. 2: 8.
Dr. S. B. JACKSON.
My heart is fill'd with joy to - clay, I know that Je - sus saves me;
When peace is shin-ing in my soul, I know that Je - sus saves me;
In calm or storm, in shine or shade, I know that Je - sus saves me;
No oth - er joy can e - qual this, I know that Je - sus saves me;
His blood doth for my sins a - tone, I know that Je - sus saves me;
I . J* ♦ : * ' J
*2*
E£I
r — r
*=*
i i i i i
4 — I-
:*=*
—\ — MJ ^ 0^. — 0-
o^
+ * — 5T
His presence brightens all my way, I know that Je - sus saves me.
When sorrow's waves a-round me roll, I know that Je - sus saves me.
In hope ful-filled or good de-layed, I know that Je - sus saves me.
Since He is mine and I am His I know that Je - sus saves me.
His love re-ceives me as His own, I know that Je - sus saves me.
I. N
S£
3Z=P*
teEfi
iT
m
Chorus.
I
1 I I
<5>-
=TTf
I I
rrr
He saves me, He saves me, I know He saves me now;
He saves me now, He saves me now, I know He saves, He saves me now;
*=F
• pa A -m m r-# # • m
1
izdt
m
>-2
Pll
izzm
~^t
<^
Oh.praise His name,His precious name, I know that Je-sus saves me!
i?E£
£2.
*=?
&—
Copyright, 1897, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 38. The Savior's Invitation,
it labor, and I will el btt.ll:
ADA BLENKHORN. P.
B ', S
W. HILL-
' J :
♦ * ^ t ' * T * -r »- ' * 4- t
i. 1).) jroa hear them cv - er tound-ii l - cr wor.i
-. Vburn Him yonr load <>( grief ami care, Christ your faith - fa]
3. Soft - ly >till and [;cn - tly comes the gra-cioui call, And the ten - der
ear of man will nev - cr hear;
Lord will cv - 'ry bur- den bear;
words with balm of heal - inc: fall,
HI
Souls by tare and sor - row bur-
To the faint -ing soul fresh strength He
On the souls who lin - ger still in
r ~
z2
m
and op-pressed, 'Tis the Sav - ior bids you come to Him and 1
will im - part, And His bless - ed peace will give to ev-'iy heart,
sor - row's night, Lead-ing them at last in - to e - tcr - nal light.
_*-... s •
»
Chorus.
;
^£^
,4-
■#—
• '
*—r
.
1
Sweet -ly sound -ing like glad mu - sic ring - ing, S\\eet-lv sound-ing
- I . 1 % . |t . 1 1= ! I IP • P : IP • P • IP • P •
^
t=t
ZE^i
•EEeEes
-* — — 0-
# #
* — * — r
0—'0 *-
V
joy to sad hearts bringing; \Yon-d.rous\vovi]sof life so free, Wea - ry
i=3=i
J=*
^3
i e 'ht, 1898, by Mover <3t Brother, Chicago, 111.
The Savior's Invitation. Concluded.
rzzri ^g^s
-0 — #-=-
heart they arc for thee, 'Tis the Savior's in - vi - ta-tion, come to me.
come, come to me.
-E • • -
No. 39.
Love's Labor.
'Go work to-day in my vineyard." Matt. 21:
j:j
r-r
MATTIE ALICE LONG
— K
GEO. W. STOCKTON.
iiH
1. We are lit - tie chil - dren, Ev - er bright and gay;
2. We will learn our les - sons Ev - 'ry day in school;
3. We'll o - bey our par - ents, And do all they ask;
f
mz
¥
We will work for Je - sus
We'll o - bey our teach - ers,
'Twill be all for Je - sus,
All the live - long day.
Nev - er break a rule.
And a lov - ing- task.
b If
Chorus.
n * N [S
if
1
l» '
1
K
V
^
^
b
V tti* m ■
1 1
JL. 5 1 *
# 1
1 * gj
J
rm * i
i
\Sy s
#
er
Yes, we'll
work
, work,
work,
*
And
our
du
- ty
nev -
4L
(m\^ m f
(■
s
»
■
le
1 1 1 *
[<?J-**> m ~ m
iV-^C " #
| |
|
N
.*
r
fi ' ,
1 J J
1 =? —
^
-v —
-*— J
i
J=*
shirk, We will work,
we
will work
for
Te
r
1]
I I
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 40.
Harvest Fields.
" tit 1«1h whito hlrrady t > ham it" St. John 4: .35.
F. S. S. F. S. SHEPARD.
i. Sec the shin-ing fields of wav-inggrain,See the har- vest~fields so white*
2. Hear the Sav.ior, as He call -eth thee To the har- vest-fields so white!
3. Haste! the Master's nr-gent call o-bey, See the har-vest-fieldsso white!
*=t
s v s
1
*?
-0- m 9 --£- . -0
O-ver-spread-ing ev - 'ry hill and plain, See the har-vest-fields so white!
'Come and la - bor earn-est-ly for me In the har-vest-fields so white!"
Quick-ly join the reapers' ranks to - day In the har-vest-fields so white!
i-*p2EE3:
1 — r
i
-r-9-
i
-0 * » 1
^S±i
*-F
r
-/—/-
# #
^T
> t
§
1
Chorus.
There is work that each may do, Work for
There is work
each mav do,
A J J
;fc£
rzS;i=S^e
■*-?-
tfti
s
£
^
# .
#-^
y 2 y
me
Work for me,
and work foi
you, And the
work for you,
feNFp=)F
■*Ht-
it^
^
-K— ^
^^+**i==?
te|s
■*-.
^
lab -Vers are so ver - y few
J-.
. i
In the har - vest - field so white.
»-' »— 1 » ■— ; — m — r J >- i —
I
333
II
si.
jtZ^l* I #
If p I
Copyright, 1894, by Meyir& Brother. Chicago, 111.
No. 41. Bless the Lord, My Soul.
"Rejoice in the Lord al\v:iy: unci nRain I say, rejoice. Phil.. -1: 1.
E. E. H
E. E. HEWITT.
^ if t
i. On the throne ev - er - last - ing my Fa - ther is King, And His
2. He for-gave all my sin when to Cal - v'ry I came, And the
3. He iscrown-ing my life with the jew- els of love, And His
4. So, what-ev - er the tri - als that fall to my lot As I
m
V
=fS£
:#q
i
U 9 U
word shall the na - tions con-trol; lo that throne, ev - ry need, ev
touch of His grace makes me whole; He'll up-hold me each day when
won - der-ful care I ex - tol; He will help me to lead oth
press toward the bright.shining goal; Let His good-ness and mer - cy
I
!>=*
aq:
i> 9
care I may bring; Bless the Lord
prom - ise I claim; Bless the Lord,
sin - ners a - bove; Bless the Lord,
nev - er for - got; Bless the Lord,
— m-h— * #-f— #
3=E=f^=
(
bless the Lord, O my soul,
bless the Lord, O my soul,
bless the Lord, O my soul,
bless the Lord, O my soul.
"*±
1
Chorus.
I
£
w— w
Bless the Lord,. .. . O my soul,
Bless the Lord, O my
V
. Bless the Lord, O my soul;
soid, Bless the Lord,
IS
h
1
hjlk
*k
-?-^-Y7T
V V
n *.
r 1 v < f*j ,s N
^-1
i s ^ r^ <
1 V\ IS fc
1 J PL "S
J _T J I s s 1 1
1 i L b 1 _i N
■■} * * c
J 1 ' 1 ^ J J 1 1 1
ktsV m • 4
^ J *
* # • * m d m 1 i"|
"V m " #
S . # . # «
# * fr\ d 'W
J ' \ V 4 1
While from heaven the harmonies roll; Bless the Lord, bless the Lord.Omy soul.
Pi
♦••■#-■#- ■•-•■#■ -0- -0- -0- -&- \ . m -0- -0- ' -0- -0- -0- m
-_ . H-
1 1 1 1 1 r
-5-* 5 • w
+ — f^lTl r — -£%: . qzj
l^'l 1
'Wr? •
• a |#"
\ r. w
1 ' w j* u ■ > I j I
V ; ~j
1 y u 1
1 J u* r r II II
L> P
L i if b 1 !/ i*
• */
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 42.
Jesus Saves.
'Wherefore be 1b aLl< all the uttermost." Htb. 7: !
MATTIE ALICE LONG.
P. W. HILL.
^J: ;
i. You re a friend who's in -ter-ced- ing,
2. There is glo - ry for you wait- ing,
3. All your sins shall be for - git - en,
.\ Do your sins now cause y< 11 tor-lOW,
— *— Eqc» fr~
2 1 5 — ^— T—
Je - sui saves,
Je - sus saves,
Je - sus saves,
Je - sus saves.
f> -*-
Je - sus saves,
Je - sus saves,
Je - sus saves,
Je - sus saves,
1
4r— •
J 1
m
-* #-
At the throne He's for you plead - ing,
Then, my friends, why this de -bat - ing,
From your heart all fear be driv - en,
Wait not then un - til to-mor-row,
Je - sus u
Je - sus saves,
Je - sus saves,
Je - sus saves,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
i
a
He saves.
He saves.
He saves.
He saves.
-Ol —
T-
F
Duet.
*
be
?:
Oh do not
Come to Him,
Je - sus bids
There is dan
1
His
oh
you
• ger
of - fer spurn
come to - day;
come
in
to
de
To His love un-bound-ed turn,
All your doubts He'll drive a - way;
Him, He will cleanse you from all sin;
lay; Turn to Him, Oh, turn to-day.
Tutti.
¥ -
±
o
o-
■9 — » w~> — r— ^-o —
And His ten - der pre - cepts learn, Je - sus saves, Yes, He saves.
From the fold no Ion - ger stray, Je - sus saves, Yes, He saves.
And a heav'n - ly crown you'll win, Je - sus saves, Yes, He saves.
He will take your sins a - way, Je - sus saves, Yes, He saves.
m
%
p
r-
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer A Brother, Chicago, I1L
No. 43. Jesus is My Friend.
'"Greater low Lath DO man than this." John I.".; ['■',.
E. E. HEWITT.
i». IS
! I s
N
CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
k r 1
1 j
1 1
i r
JL ' , IN P
1 J «
# • •
*
| 1
# # 4
i
# • m
l'M/4 J . f A
- • #
•
,.#. .
9. 2
9 • #
i. Je-sus is my Friend, and Oh, what joy it
is
to know That He will
2. 1 e - sns is my Friend, and Oh, how sweet it
is
to dwell With -in His
3. Je - sus is my Friend, and may this dai - ly
life
of mine Re -fleet His
•0- ' -0- -0- ' -0- -0-
— 0—
■0- ■&- -0- -0--0-
— 1 r | ( H 1
(• : 3 - 1 * — m —
H ! ' " — |
T *_
—0 —
—
-l 1
-#-^-# —
VL> a |* • 1* * b
i* • r
(^ *
I !
j y
ix
>
1 >
1 • / >
1/ V ¥
1 '
L i i
*=*
ne'er for - sake me, nor cease His love to show;
bless - ed shad-ow, who do - eth all things well;
gra-cious im- age and in His like-ness shine;
In Him I find sweet
Be - neath His wing I
May I to oth - ers
, n . k is
! I s h v
1
J !
|
1
1
T~ is h r
1
« #
1
! 1
* • * J
#
z). .
^ • 1
« j *
~ ' 1
\s\j 5 • 5 # #
^ . * *
ffl
*
»*
1
rest; I lean up - on His lov-ing breast,
For
Je - sus
is
Z5 1 ". "■ •
my Friend.
hide, In peace I ev - er there a - bide,
For
Je - sus
is
my Friend.
show The grace He free- ly will be - stow,
For
Je - sus
is
my Friend.
-#-•-#-•#- -0- -&-
■#-
"*" *
-&-.
/£v •
* • * # #
1
f?
P-*
f? • I ' (? •
\£±
p r 1
#
1 1 f
VL^ • • • * #
p • •
(^ I
| |
|
1 & •
1 y y '
f 1
L, . 1 \ r
i • L /
1 '
1
F
1
Chorus.
i
■i
m
-<? —
\ v V V I
Je-sus is my Friend, Je - sus is my Friend, Tho' friends may come
-L1XJ f -r g± rf T r -^T^ *
and
i
7ZL
mm
B
^
I^T
go, 'tis sweet, this bless-ed truth to know, That Je - sus is my Friend.
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111,
No. 44. Crowned with Glory.
• lh<;ii i r>j;\i:> flat Bin Wltb glOT] tad honor.
A. HOFFMAN.
F
A *
J#^f
i
NICKLE.
" —*
*^F
y\
At the clos-ing of our days, At tin- part-ing <»f the p
When we reach the por-talsfau Of God's pal - ace o-ver there,
In the new Je - m - la - lem,Crown'd with glo-rions di -a- dem,
That will be * time of joy; I shall oar tongues em-ploy;
Hal-lc-lu - jah! Hal-le - lu jahl Christ will take us
Hal-le-la - jali! Hal-le - lu -■ jah! Christ will bid us
Ilal-le-lu - jah! Hal-le - hi - jah! We shall stand be •
llal-lc-lu - jah! Hal-le - lu - jah! As we fall be •
W& ^f^^
•■M,J- J* f.fij
by the hand,
en - ter in,
fore the rCin^ r >
fore Hi
ft
m
r
fcfe
Sa
'
<*
*
t
W&3&
Wel-come us
And our life
And the song
We ho - san
1*.
m
>.:
to heav'n's fair land, Hal-le - lu - jah' Hal-le - lu -
in heav'n be -gin, Hal-le - lu - jah! Hal-le - lu -
of tri-umph sing, Hal-le - lu - jah! Hal-le - lu -
■ nas shall re - peat, Hal-le - lu - jah! Hal-le - lu -
"• — r^ 1 ' — r*^ i c* 9 ~ 9 r
jah!
jah!
jah!
jah!
# •
€
Chorus.
Hal - le - lu
jah! crown'd with glory We shall stand be- fore the King,
TO
2=^
v — u *
f- r-
£
_ N •
i > s
r - fr-
^
Hal-le- lu
1 1"
■&—- ■
? ;, . • #
jahl crown'd with glory We shall stand lie-fore the King.
£
= r- * »-L ^^r
Jib
r
Copyright, 1898, by W. S. Kicklu
No. 45.
The Blessed Bible.
"Seek yo out of the book of the Lord." teaiah 84: 16.
££g
J. S. NORRIS.
bi - hie, what
hi - ble. \\ liat
bi - hie, what
K
trcas
N
I
- ure!
- fort
^eap - on!
SF*
the bless - ed bi - ble, 'tis the man - na
t it f-^_^ f ; f-
Rich - er
When we're
Sin may
That sus -
1
r
i
? :
s>~
I I 1*— 5 r~ 3=3
■r u '
far than all be - side; Full of prom - is - es and wis - est
o - ver-whelm'd with grief; Tho' the heart may break and tears are
tempt, but all in vain; All our foes it cer - tain - ly will
tains us by the way, While as pil - grims on - ward we are
1 — i — r
Chorus.
\ !-
If**
-.&-
9 "t I
pre- cepts, It shall be our staff and guide,
fall - ing, It af-fords us sweet re - lief.
van-quish, If we trust in Je - sus' name,
press - ing To the land of per - feet day.
—&
Pre-cious, ho - ly bi - ble,
-0 p »-
r=f-tr
1 — r
i
h
*—
i i: i \i
-• — * — <r-
v.
how we love it! Sent from heaven by love di - vine; 'Tis
|^
E£
.5:
t=b^^Szi=J=E£EB
■* r r
J-T-
lamp that shines up-on life's path-way, May
it ev - er-more be mine.
rv
r:
^^#
r^_
— D-T
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 46.
Sunbeams.
"A pleasant th. il: 7.
Rev. ISAAC NAYLOR. CHAS H
\",
i ;
i
£=^
| r J >r -i i
-«S ■! # — L# ■! ^ ^_
i. Speak kind - ly to the err - in i meet up - on the uav:
2. Speak gen - tly to the wand'ring one! o do not sc. .]<! or frown;
3. Speak Bweet-ly to the fall - en one, In ac-centsM>ft and low;
r- r—?n ?=r=^ £
! > t}
2z\ f-$-y-rp =pz=?=pz=t* | # 71 » =*•»= _* it — pri
^ I ^ I \, I [j p , , \j r
m
t i
t t
m
he bur-dened heart is yearn -ing for a word that yon may say.
Re-mem - her that his brow may some day wear a star - ry I
Tell of the pa - tient Sav - ior and His love, where're you go. •
With anx-ious heart and smil - ing face tell of a Sa\ -ior's love,
lie pa - tient; soft in pa - thos speak; in earn - est try to win;
Re-mem - ber that when thou thy - self wert deep in sin and ni^ht;
h&l
fcfcjE
1 — r
m
%
fc£
.;
wm
■:■
And point the way that leads to ev - er - la-t - ing life a - love.
A pre - cious jew - el, price-less gem. tho' stained with guilt and sin.
A ten - der word, a win-ning smile, brought comfort, joy and light.
tu *- t.
:*- *
$&=*
:.]
S|
Chorus. Faster.
&
* •
-I 1
-^rrZrr^r- Z. + + J. - # f - - . » ■ ■ rr^
Sunbeams, sunbeams, scat-ter them day by day; Sunbeams, sunbeams
glad-ly, day by day;
*=Fzp
:#Zj»zi» j;. szmi
■#- i
;=+
-#—
t=t
• y ,
op] right, 1897,1 11. Gabriel.
Sunbeams. Concluded.
■
s^
scat-ter them all the way,.... Sunbeams, sunbeams, scatter them while yon
a-long the way, free-ly
_ m m r 9 — m *__ #■---,-# *
^-i?z^ii=g =|i=gz ^ r-r =r=^t=^T:^=i^=
i
U* U- U I L
_,s
3-J — ;:
a
may,. ... Where'er you be, on land or sea, Scatter them all the way.
hileyou may,
-0 r-0 r F— ~ -r-£ 1 1 0-
— — — — r — — r-# — F--^-F — F — — a a-r^'-n
No. 47. The Way is so Easy.
'•The Lord is thy keeper." Psalm 121: 5.
S. K. BEST.
Duet. Sdp.
f\ 1
AND T
ENOR
C. E.
KOCH.
/ 1 1
| ;
.
iLv-J j
J 1
J
<*fiP « *
•
#
v- ; 4
m
•■
^
a*
1. The way
2. The way
3. The way
4. The way
-#- -0-
is
is
is
is
so
so
so
so
m
eas
eas
eas -
eas
■0-
■ y»
■ y,
y.
we need
one step
Christ car -
the weak -
nev
at
lies
est
#
- er
a
our
may
stray,
time;
load;
come,
For
The
He'll
And
m
Sm^' 1 1
1
\ 1 r
(f>, J
1
1 | 1
| 1
^— 'b fl
1 '
w
-""^'/4
Chorus. Cres.
A rri n
_ 1
1 1 1*
" 1~~
[~l 1 "1
iLb
1 ' h,
. 1 | r
rm" J
—&-'
fj
*
"1
\S\) 9 m
m "•
9
J m
Christ will go with us, our guide all
path - way grows smoother, as up - ward
nev - er for - sake till we reach our
each find a wel - come in heav - en,
• m m +" • m - .
the way.
we climb.
a - bode,
our home.
• -&•'
I On
-ly
•0-
one
7£v i *
L
(#)., 1 r
' 1
! 1 y
1
Wk 1 !
1 [/
1 | 1/
1 1
1
■
i
1
Rit. Dim.
step;
just one at a time; Christ leadsthe way as up-ward
' ■ -JU
t=t
we
-F-
climb.
1
*=*=£
:s:
— X
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
1 1"
No. 48. Hark! the Cry is Ever Sounding.
"Ami <>urM-l\
ADA BLENKHORN.
.1.- . II ' or. 4: 6.
m
L. E. JONES.
'
J
is heard
FT=T
i. There'* K MUad with-in the land, It is heard on ev - 'ry hand,
2. Shall we heed their tar - i Shall ire not to them re - ply?
3. Let us then who know the Lord, Spread a -broad His pre - cious woid,
i
3**7 »
£=£
£=
^
^
— 9— r
is ris - ing strong-er, loud - er in its might; in its might;
mustnev - er let them call to us in vain, us in vain.
this end our time, and strength and means employ, means em-ploy.
Souls that now in dark-ness stray,\Yaiting,long-ing for the day, They are
'Twas for them the Sav - ior died, For their sins was cru-ci-fied, To re
Till on ev - 'ry land and sea, Dawns the day of lib-er-ty, And the
A A* A AX 1J
T- * 1 , L 4-H-Mt it- . n =t
s
Chorus.
call - ing, they are pleading for the light.
deem their souls the Lord oflif
hearts enslaved by sin shall shout:
ar the light, j
fe was slain. >
lout for joy. )
Hark! the cry is
Hark! the cry
ev - er
is
W***t
sonnd - - ing, loud - er, strong - - er in its might,
ev - er, ev-er sounding, loud-er.stronger in its might, in
•*-•*- A AAA h
— rrf
its might,
S i
;** 5P=5=
• Z
mra~y
t *
Copyright. 1898, by Meyer A Brother. Chicago. 111.
Hark! the Cry is Ever Sounding. Concluded.
£l3
5 »
m^mm
\\ e w ill an - swer to the call, tell the bless - ed truth to all,
'>
Till o'er all the earth, shall shine the gos - pel light.
gos - pel light.
fej* f:
■It— *r
-j — r
^=J
1
No. 49.
Where He Leads Me.
E. W. BLENDLY.
ARRANGED.
~7 i fl ic
1 < 1
' N 1
1 1*.
^ 1 1
iWr>4 N
j •» iv
i s j ■
•rj
\tV\' 4 "\ N
# • » * • #
* A
J \ d . J
J ' 1
r-W 4 'p #
# • # # • #
# ^
S • « # .
• 0. \
i. I can hear my Sav - ior call-ing,
2. I'll go with Him thro' the gar-den,
3. I'll go with Him thro' the judgment
4. He will give me grace and glo-ry,
I can hear my Sav -
I'll go with Him thro'
I'll gowith Him thro
He will give me grace
* -0- -&.
ior call-ing,
the gar-den,
the judgment,
and glo - ry,
•jy * f • 2
l_ • — •
»
1 1 i
m it
U*J*. 4 • •
•f # • i
f & •»
w^ « >
1 I j 1 1 j 1* r 5
# • »
1* • {* j* .
—m
j '
/4 l^ J
1 y r \J \r r
1 5
i> i
!• 1
!• >
L t" b i
V
Cho. Where He leads me I
will fol-low,
u
■*— *-
-*
]
-?r
I can hear my Sav-ior calling, "Take thy cross, and follow, fol-low
I'll go with Him thro' the garden, I'll go with Him.with Him all the
I'll gowith Him thro' the judgment.I'llgo with Him,with Him all the
He will give me grace and glo-ry, And go with me, with me all the
me."
way.
way.
way.
m
#t?
R£
^
*=*
V
■&-
Where He leads me I will fol-low, I'll go with Him.with Hun all the
By permission,
way.
No. 50.
Wonderful Grace.
.■ '1 truth came by J< bub Christ. m John 1: 17.
W. J. KENNEDY.
W. S. NICKLE.
••
§
h N
# • # tt-JT
-#--#■ -#■ . -#■ -#■-#■ ^
-N — \-
ZS Zi -1 *
: • , ---■
i. ( )m the mountains of sin I on< e v andered, 1 \\ as far a-u ay from my I
2. Bat a \ oicein my heart kept entreating, Poor soul, come.O come to thy I
3. Sw eet and low n ere the tones of His pleading^ > will you not come un-to me?
4. Then to Je-sui [ went, sin coni ly burden from off me did roll;
5. Ev-er since that glad day I've beendoingThew orkGod appoints nnto me;
£,' -
hen my time and mytal-ents I squandered, And in sin's broad path way I I
That sweet voice I could hear still re-peat-ing, O will you not trust in my blood?
All the blessings thy poor soul is need-ing, I free-ly will give un-to t!
His free par-don and peace thenpos-sess-ing, Joy flooded the depths of my soul.
Still with joy the way up-ward pur-su-ing, Till I lis face in glo - ry I
— #-r# — '■ — # - '
-0 — 0-
-w — w— 1 — w I w w w w w— r~m r-
r— r> - \ ~ \ \ \ l=t=^zz^
see.
-0-±-
Osuch wonderful love Coming down from above, And stood in my poor, guilty
* <• *. +•+-+■ +-_0_ A m m And stood in m y
place;
poor, guilt-y pi
M 4 rnt/5ncf
. . . From the mount ains of sin,
ace, From the mountains of sin Me gathered me
He
He
111 1
• * *
f==rfrv^ == rrrn~z
-h— I N
S N-
•■ I I
# —0-
gath -
gath-cred me
end me in O v on-der-ful,won-der-
in, He gath-cred me in, ^ ^_ • ^. ^. +.
ful
grace.
m
1 1 1
a * * *
..:ii
0- -I a F Fv
^ i> i> [> r
001 'yrijrht, IMS, l>v W. S. Nk-kle.
:-•-:
No. 51.
ADA BLENKHORN.
Trust in Me.
•Haw faith in Uod." Mark 11: '->X
4 1 ^
E. E. MEYER.
i
XT=Q=£
2*
jj_i
—Or
'*—*-
i
1. Iu accents of ten-der-ness speak-eth a voice, Trust thou in me,
2. When borne on the waves of life's tur - bu - lent tide, Thou need'st not fear,
3. If o- ver thy soul clouds of doubt shall a - rise, Bring-ing dis-may,
-J*-r* * » ? * r= =-_ * f2^-r# # £-
m^
i i i i— i
w^m
p=± l I iT-f^
i — I — r
trust thou in me;
ev - er I'm near;
hid - ing the day,
\r~9r
t=
When burdened by sor-row, when tempted and tried,
A - cross the wild bil-lows I'll come un - to thee,
Be - fore the glad light of thy Lord's lov-ing smile,
#_^ * * ^ « r= ,- « fSLi-
1 I I
^=F=
x=t
^
Chorus.
t=t
4-
2tZ
22:
1 J * — 1-
Ev - er thy help-
Seek-ing thy spir-
Darkness shall van-
4-
•<S—
■&-^&-
&ZT
&
I
Oh, trust Oh, trust.
it
ish
^
I'll be.
to cheer.
a - way. J thou in me, thou in me,
■f- +. -p.
V \ 1 1
f^
t=t
? p p
M=t
■&-*-&-
m
Bit.
Sim — «-
fc=&P=feS*
filli p
J^-
^ ■ ■ ■ I
I'll help thee, and strengthen and com - fort thee; When bur-dened by
S
-I h
^t
1 1 1 1 1— 1"
1
±±
4— J-
I
•«-!-<»-
:S:
^# — #-
Sfe25*-
sor- row, when tempted and tried, Ev - er thy help-er I'll be.
iE=
-<2—
.f2^2.
t=t
i
# » » — H H
1 1 1 " t
V — I — -
p=p
Copyright, 1896, by Meyer <fe Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 52.
All the World Around.
• i oto thet will i MJir ♦" o thou Holy 1 1 klm, Tli ti.
JENNIE WILSON. C. E. KOCK.
Di I l.
-iU-fc-
( IIORUS.
.A
1, riurf are hap - py voic - es ung-ing All the world a - round;
2. There are gold - en beams de-scend-ing All the world a - round;
3, BleSS-ingsfrom a - bove are fall-ing All the world a - round;
4. For the boun-ties free- ly giv - en All the world a - round;
•I
a ■
Duet.
I?
Chorus.
s
Win - some blos-soms are up-spring-ing All the world a - round.
Skies of az - ure hue are bend-ing All the world 9 ■'■•ad.
Tones di - vine are sweet - ly call-ing All the world A - round.
Let glad wor-ship rise to heav - en All the world a - round.
m
Chorus.
A— k-
* #
5
=$
P??
-# — # — m — r
The Lord reigns over all His works, His goodness doth a-bound;
All His works, doth abound;
m
+-^±
3=c
r^
V ¥ V V V
\ 1
T #
-0 — 9 — 4 — # — «— L f- #-
To Him be boo - or, glo - ry, praise, Ev-*ry-where the world a -round.
_ •__#_•_• — * # 4 — *_
£g u- V . LI 1 ^ =^ :
g 5 » |-»- s — # • •
o
*
• • •
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer A Brother, Chicago, III.
No. 53.
Over There.
ADA BLENKHORN
■| n.iu a new h
E. E. MEYER.
$m
A"
*f
B
-*-
^r^-f
1. There's a cat - v, shining white, Built upon the plains of light, "lis the
2. When I reach the gold - en gate Lead-ing to this grand es-tate. O-pened
3. There my Sav-ior I shall see, In His ho-ly like-ness be; Garmeuts
fetsfe=g
1/ 1/ 1/
rf
1/ b
1 — '
»i=Je=3
pal-ace of the King, bright and fair;
wide by an - gel hands it will be;
whit-er than the snow I shall wear;
-H L # • • • 1-
Grief and pain shall pass away,
I shall en-ter in -to rest,
I shall sing the glad new song,
&&$
-0 — — r-75!- r # — 9 — — -■
-*— h k^-*— t=l — U — g: U r * — I*— ?— w— •— p— J
-r.r
1 — r
bright and fair;
U W 1/ b
r
£zg-ij— T
-N \ r; •— N &* ; 1 1 *
a-r-j r 1— * h r , N * J 1 J 3I3
w— :— t—j=3^^=0^i=i — ' * J — ^ES=3
* .0. .0. .0. * * 1 * -^..
In that place of per-fect day, Sin and sor-row can-not en - ter there.
With the hap py and the blest, 'Mid their glorious songs of vie- to - ry.
With the countless, ransomed throng; In the glo-ry of my Lord I'll share.
.9- JL. .0. m
u 1/
O-ver there.
u \>
IgS;
Over there,
-0-*-0-+
O ver there. In the land of endless joy where the angels sing;
Over there,
■*V— ^r-^ 1
■ N -*-J
^^3i=«=^
-0—0—0—0-
t- I I 1 I
jtzitJt
v-v-
.£_)«_£_*_*_
-*-*-
P—P-P-
V~V~b~b~X
i/ I
St.
A—*
N N J
A— 1\-
Repeat pp.
-&-.
.«- »
*—m\ 4 d
Tjrr
i
Be;
-»- P -0-
Over there, O-ver there, In the glorious palace of the King.
O-ver there, O-ver there, the King.
-P- -P- -0- m
-"0-0-
-# — »-
r-r-i
■X-b^-g-r-X-
*r*-^r-r-
•^-p-P—p-
1 — h
P=P=
v— t/-
U ^ I 1/1/
Copyright, 1896, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 54. Cling to the Hand of the Savior.
n
"V
E. E. HEWITT.
i~ Rblc t
> j. in k than oat
i 1
A. J.SHOWALTER.
y u
tM '"1 " ""
m s M
1
{'
"^ A t m a
-a m — <»
-* • ' * J € ,
fi
-d J _
-
•
M-j— i i f '^— #- w J*J w w •
i. Would yon tread the paths of light? < ling to the hand of
:. Would yon tri-umph o- wet lin? Cling to the hand <>f
}. Turn from ev -'ry lur - illg voice, Cling to the hand of
;. Trust - ing in Hit boundless grace. Cling to the hand of
j» • t i . - s - 5 - *•
•jr--
the Sav -
the Sav -
the Sav -
the Sav .
i'»r,
ior;
ior;
ior;
\«j»^ p 7 (1
m V
jt J • -0 9 j* •
1 '
i m \
L» Li
" 1 1 — 1
m r
' 1/ ? i y
rv
r i
-4 '
r "
t
1 1
1
\ a
1 r\ h 1
V
4
frt i
I . I
V s
JL — | 1 L.
— | ■ -j &-
.^ /_•_■ f
J
?
? — T~ — —f~
—m — ■ — =3—
— *— — #--
-0-~-0—
I
f 1
■
r m m mm
i
&
# • #
•
He will guide you there a -
right,
Cling to the hand
of the
Sav -
i.>r.
Let His might the bat - tie
win,
Cling to the hand
of the
Sav -
In His keep-ing pow'r re-
■ joice,
Cling to the hand
of the
Sav -
ior.
Till you see Him face to
face,
Cling to the hand
of the
Sav -
ior.
tiU 9. 9 ft. m
!
- 1^ J* .
m .*
+
<^
S 1 ** » * p #
*
»
• m m
1* »Ut
tn
^
> /i
•5
P
i
r
r
1 1
r
Chorus.
Af j |iJ»
^
rJ N ft -J ,N- c
■i — # •■ * * — i — ^~
r—
$p — *~~
-h # 0— h^-v—
-# — - — i — m — m : —
1 0-^-S EH
£-
-^-
Cling to His guid-ing hand, Cling to the hand of the Sav -ior;
guid-inghand.
m ^ ^ m -*- m m m m ^ ^ M +- * « •«• ^*
?
I
3=F
^^Ei
I
Marching to the Fa-ther-Iand, Cling to the hand of the Sav - ior.
(2-
Oop] i U-ht, l>y;<, to Meyer Jt Brother, Chicago,!!!.
No. 55.
JESSIE H. BROWN.
1
4=e
Calvary.
'■ i be Place which la celled Calvary.
st. Luke 28: 88.
E. E. MEYER.
j^^=^^^p=pp^
1. O cross of grief and an-guish sore, Wlu-iv <>n the dy - ing
2. O cross of scorn and darkening shame, The heartless pass-ers
3. O cross of ev - er - last - ing pow'r, The sign of tri-umphs
Bd
4e=±
C - lngpowr, in
f^r-f-r-fr
y\ u-
— »
3 i
mm
r
■9-i-
-0—
•J V
Christ we see! For us the aw - ful pangs He bore That
sneered at thee, And mock'd with cru - el lips the claim Of
yet to be! Our Lord, raised up in that dread hour, Shall
-#- -#- -#-• N a^ \1 -#-• -#-
1 1 a ra — —a a a rd^*-#-* 1 1
e
£=£
• •
F— I — I-
■L
f=J
Chorus.
i
&m
m
±E±E^m
s
^^
g
broke His heart, on
Him who died on
draw man - kind to
Cal - va - ry.
Cal - va - ry!
Cal - va - ry.
Cal - va
* #=1=3
=^
f^f^f
§
^
B
1
-•-.
-9 0—. m L «i — —el 5 —
■e> ■ -e> -f- -#- ■ ^
Cal - va - ry, Where Christ once died to set us free ! O
W:
£
£=f=^
rr
r 1
I
S
Cal - va - ry, O Cal - va - ry, A world's redemption came thro'
thee!
fc«=«
*
mm^m
m
COPYRIGHT 1895, BY MEYER 4 BROTHER.
No. 56. Yield Not to the Tempter.
E. E. HEWITT.
"Bert
I 1
. I: '.*.
GEO. W
! ' *
STOCKTON.
1 1 !
V ,?■) ,
J
A ' 7
1 | 1
-0 i 0—
i *
- A — *-
— 1 1 1
FY 4 m
-0 ! W-*
~^t—
*—
-0 m
^ 1 I
i . Yield not
2. Yield not
3. Yield not
7-v ., 1 r-t-
to
to
to
1 • 1 ■ 1 1 - *
the tempt-er, tho* bold he may be, The sword of the
the tempter, tho' hid -den the snare, The Lord will pro -
the tempt-er, be strong in the Lord; How rich is His
■ J 1 J 1 1 .0*0
(•■: >:{ •
f t~f~
-1 —
—& — 0—
-i 1
W . A 1
1
1
1 1 I
Vr
1
1
1
f r r
.
1
1 1 1
1 1-1 J
1
J
1 1
1
t
/ 1 P * \
■
L hr 1 1
J
J
Tr A '
fi % • -
•
5
*
»
•
K3
&
*- 1
J Z. 0~
•/
*f~
1 r
#■ »
1
Spir
- it
will cause him
to flee;
The grace
of
your Sav
Hu
tect
you
in an - swer
to prayer
; List not
to
the wins
-per
that
prom
-ise,
how grand the
re- ward;
For all
who
are faith
- ful,
and
•
m ** *"
m _
1 -
■#-
■•-
(.
*v 4-
K
Zj*j2-i-
W
\
— ' >
I* I*
\ 1
1 1 '
1 1 '
1"
t
1
i
1
1
1
1 1
1
:?
J=L
p=i
2
^
as
* - 1
wis-dom and power Are a - ble to save you in each try -
leads you a - stray, From e - vil in-duce-ments turn quick-ly
and
m
tri-umph by grace Will find in His king-dom a crown and a
_• _,_ J , P r f,f f f.f f f
TSt-
ing hour,
a - way.
a place.
?
ti-«-
£=t
? -
Chorus.
_D ^
N
i s ft rs fe.
\.
J
1
fm- 4 J
—
-P 0—
rfW ,; ■ iF
—& —
-1 — •—
Yield not!
L
yield
li gl
not! for
• ■
0.0 • #'
Ciod can make jrou
stand;
(3
Yield
JL
not!
#
/£Y h.0 »
* • * « • s
1 J
(<•). !7^ I 1 *
1 1 *
!
^^ T '< m m
> • >
-'/ 4 f f
J?
W J
L> 'v >
' 1
1 1
i -
U '
J
r
t
1
n ii 1
v *
i s ^ ».
|
k
~fi<
K P S
?■
rr\ '
' 1
* • # J . R-
—J —
! r-
-0 P *l-
TO'
'
-^H 1 ■-- —
V
t — ir
0-. 0—
J
yield
•
not! He'll
— #-- — ) —
$0.0 0.0
hold you by the 1
1
land;
1 +
Yield not!
— 0—
yield
—f—
not! the
•
— 1 h —
' '
— 0-- — —
I 4
^ — <r~ +> — <p
f—
Lf-f-
-— ■
— *— : — #
— P-* — -J—
Oopyrlffht, 18M, bj m. ■>. ir \ Brother, ChloMro, Ell.
Yield Not to the Tempter. Concluded.
tUD
tji:i\i:ii:i\::i
4-r-
m
bless -ed Sav-ior came To give you vie - to- ry, all glo - ry to His name!
^
No. 57. In the Time of Birds and Blossoms.
JENNIE WILSON.
•I will joy in the God of my salvation. Hab. 3: 18.
m
C. E. KOCH.
-fc \.
*&±
i. When the lav -ish hand of sum-mer, Decks the earth in fair ar - ray,
2. When the ros - es scent the breez - es Which among them soft-ly stray,
3. When the mer-ry birds are sing-ing O-ver nests their sweetest lay,
4. When all na-ture is re-joic-ing, Chil-dren's voices, fresh and gay,
_i_L 1 * * +■
Isfe
«
--7-
m
m
Ra-di- ant with gold-en sun-shine, Comes the welcome Children's Day.
And when arching skies are blu - est, Comes the welcome Children's Day.
Fill-ing woodlands green with mu-sic, Comes the welcome Children's Day.
In the Sav-ior's praise are blending On their welcome fes - tal day.
ta
U
Chorus.
fc
m
■d— — * — •
Welcome, welcome Children's Day, Hap - py, hap - py Children's Day;
mm
£
EES33=E
I
I— I— I
:2-r
Effi
:*=*=p — » — |fz±E
rrri i
t=t
r
^=*
N-d — *
r-4— J-
^-fib.
-« — ^>
# ^
-*-^r-«-
m
In the time of birds and bios - soms Comes the welcome Children's Day
6
E 1
p— ty=y-
-#— » -£-
la-
s' v ■ V I
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
4-=-t
f
No. 58. Do You Hear a Song Resounding?
. tin- attorn ilihNi ML
E. E. HEWITT. JNO. R. SWENEY.
fi
h-ft-« K-
v N K S z: E - 1
~~
— &-,
/
— tT4 1 —
p p— ** — K-
taa
— 9
p
\) 4 > <
-1 * N « * S
fc>
V ^ -0 #r- L # # # « * p 9— ■- £-7—
r *
u
^
i. I>-> jroa hear a song re-sound-ing thro' the stiifc
1 the
2. Join the song, ft wcu end wounded in the war.
g of
3. u be brave and joy-ous, he-roes of U
not
m+-*-+m++-mmm . JL
t-
f ,
fm '< '« * *
fi ■+ *
2 r
t - f •
1
* 2 -
^ i • -V
— • — > — y — > — V — *■ — * — ^~
— \—
"i *
_J y j, 1
**t*t*t*t
sol-diers of the bat -
rest for - ev - er on
pine be-cause of earth
tie -field of life?
the Gold -en Shore;
•ly pain or loss;
9 • '• *—W
'1 hey are singing of the
Sing of love that sweetly
Since the Lord of hosts i-
-$- 4 t m J
s x K
N l-
4^
-■ *—+B—\—^-
r=* t=yf
ban-ner of our King,
binds the bro-ken heart,
with us all the days.
And the grace that shall a - bun-dant vict'ry
Love that ev - er - last-ing blessing will im-
Liftyour voic-es in a glad-some hymn of
J=X
4 • -
Km Km Km Km
Chokus.
— w — r — * — —t — * ' w 9 —
Ring, ring, ring, ring, song of joy and glad - ness;
A J J j J .JL±~m . .
-N V
> » » "->—
-0 0-
Ring, ring, ring, ring, tn-umph o - vcr sad-ness, Christ our Leader, ev - er near,
m=*=^t
s t
• — J — 5> — • — • — •
iK-ht, 1898, bj ChleacO) DL
Do You Hear a Song Resounding? Concluded.
-N-« * m J-
J 1 1 » 9i-
■-*— N-
*=z
N — P
• I:
II
-0 M 1 h-
-0- * -0- -0-
* I \J l> V '
Strengthens us %\ ith hope and cheer, Hear the notes of praise resounding, sweetand clear.
Ei -?—tJfc r — ?-?-w-r-?- £=s=t-r-* *-r*-
T>
>
-^
No. 59.
C. E. F. ALT-
fc
Coming Home.
"Then shall the Lord be my God." Gen. 28: 21.
CHAS. E. FERGUSON, arr. by F. S. SHEPARD.
fr
1
£EE
' ■* V
■^■'-#■-••-#■■8- m S —
1. Lord, I have wandered far from Thy fold, I'm com-ing home to- day;
2. Plead-ing for - giv-ness,low at Thy feet, I'm com-ing home to- day;
3. Lord, let Thy bless-ing en - ter my soul, I'm com-ing home to - day;
! *- 4" * - f" \f- -r^V
tlfi:
t=t
e
a
^
i> u \>
f
it±=
S
P
Back from the mountains, barren and cold, I'm com-ing home to - day.
Grant me thy grace and par-don complete, I'm com-ing home to - day.
Cleanse me from sin and make my heart whole, I'm coming home to - day.
1 1 h
*=*=
ZE£
M4
^HT-
Chorus.
^-4 4 H 4-
^F
I'm com-
S=X ¥T?
v \ 1/ 1 v 1 - - - -
ing home to-day,.... I'm com-ing home to- dayf. . . .
to-day, to-day,
jL jL A. +. +. +. fs _|_
£tf h H h 1 K
- I I 1 I
i
t*
J:
f
SI
F
"^ -W -W -
Je - sus will all my bur- dens bear, Hear me and an - swer pray'r.
■0- ■#- /T\ -0- S^ m
-, » I I ' —I-* ' \ m • I ¥k-~^WZ
■^
i
' r pi - - - ■
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago.Ill.
No. 60.
Singing of Jesus.
' Imp.'
JENNIE WILSON. J. H. TENNEY.
♦ ♦
v J :{JS£at
» *r~l
USS
1. Singing of Je-sus, our Sa U-ing ol mer- love,
■J. Singing of Hun who redeemed u>, Free-ly l>y in - fin - ite grace,
3. Singing of Je - *us In heav-en, Wav-ing a con-quer-or's 1
!. J
'l>H
*=*-
5==£ I
HlH
izz fj— »— c.1 * # I .r-f-f zE * . -C -«- ^J- » • * • I
Onward we go in our journey be-low, Seeking the bright land above
We will upraise happy voices in praise Til] we behold His dear face.
In their glad song we shall join the blest throng. Washed in the blood of the Land)
— Py/,,it- *• *- - *- - -.-• - - » -
m 9..— -
->
'!
1 — r
-
•:-|
-
~^~J—s
J J s J
Chorus.
fr=5F
■->
i
i^^i
Sing-ing of Je -sus! Sing-in g of Je - sus!
Sing-ing of Je - - - sus! Sing-ing of Je - sus! Thro' Him saN
$==
JUlJLU-
•0- -0- -0- • -0- ' ~
=f !■=*=
NH : » 3 3
* *
r— *-
; be
-*-*-
s s s
* v
; j : : ?5^ E
Thro' Him sal- va-tion, sal- va-tion we claim; Singing of Je-si
va - - tion, sal- va-tion we claim; Singing of Je - sus, of
h h h s — . x- N v , v s
^=t
-?=»-
# *
-#--
# .
-#— #-
^ ^
N s
£ .
*-H-J^
I i J—*— 2 *—*—!
i./ i frj.H
Je-sus our Sav - ior, Glo-ry we give, we give to His name.
Je-sus our Sav - ior, Glo-ry we give wegivetoHis name.
'$=£±.
fet
-| T > ' • / x
C •!•> right, 1898, bj Meyer A Brother, Chloeffo, in.
II
No. 61. I am Going Back to Jesus.
•• I h<> Lord hath laid on him the iniquity of uh all.'' Isa. 68: »'..
MATTIE ALICE LONG. LESTER PRICE
■■>
J
i •
3EE?E£i$EE£
^E^i
iH
1. I am go - ing back to Je - sus, Tho' I've wan -dered far a- way,
2. 1 am go - ing back to Je - sus, I am knock-ing at the door,
3. I am go - ing back to Je - sus, Tho' I know I'm full of sin,
4. I am go - ing back to Je - sus, With a load of care op-pressed,
m
£fe*?4
-«
m
^4-# =
c/
t=±&—
n 1
! hi,
1 -* I
* J 1 1 ' 1
1
/£"*?'' ~*
« : J •
^L~\
J *\ 7 * rN
^ J
_ —
J ' * '
1^1
,^P i
* • 1 ! , 1 \
3
J ■
\) 9 * w m m m
S -0.^' m
•
And up - on His ten-der mer
-cy,
I will
cast my - self to -
day.
I am sure that He will greet
me
As He
oft has done be -
fore.
Yet with lov - ing in - vi - ta -
tion,
He will
Did me en - ter
in.
But He'll soothe my trou-bled spir
-it,
And will give me peace and
rest.
m m • 9 J | m m
(G
• •
rill
, u
($)' '? 1 ' ' £* B*
A 1
p
«
# 1*
i* 1
«- J
I' f * ■ " 1
J_ i \j L
111 '
» . i
'/ V
1
•
w
h I
-^-T— #■
^^
■#— . #-
#-- #"
^-^-^ *- +
E if- f. $
at
I am go - ing back to Je - sus, Weak and sin - ful tho' I be,
I I h h - . h
^±
V V
V
*—?
&-r
-&-—
$
I'll ac-cept His in - vi - ta-tion, From my sins to set me free.
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 62. Speak a Word for Jesus.
"Wi • hp«-ak that \s-' d J that weLavoBttu.'' John, .'i: 11.
E. A. HOFFMAN. W. S. NICKLE.
^m
*=*=?
*.
m
r
2-
I. Broth - <i, will you speak for Jc - sus? lie re-deemed your soul,
-'. Speak a word for Je - su>, broth - er, Just one pre - cious word;
3. Speak a word for Je - sus, broth - er, In this mo - ment blest;
4. Speak a word for Je - sus, broth - er, For His love is sweet;
M.M.M.
£&2
JT4-
'r
- :
m
^
h
*=?
rr
?
you whole,
ing Lord,
the rest,
re - peat.
I'ar-doned all your great transgressions Cleansed and made
Think how ten - der - ly He loves you, Your a - ton .
He has won-drous-ly re-deemed you, Tell it to
Now con - fess His sav - ing pow - er, And His praise
M. • JL JL
m^m
m
i~rr+r
Chorus.
P
k=&
J
J+=f
Speak
J
:
a word for Christ, dear broth-er, Just
word
for Christ-
m
t±
m
7-*— ^
Mag • ni
*?
s ■■
fy His sav-ing pow - er, Tell the love of Christ.
■■'.
3]
r^
ight, 1898, by W. S. Nickle.
No. 63. Jesus Is Calling To-Day.
••Ami him thai cometh to me I will In do wise cast out." John »>: -'it.
CHARLOTTE Q. HOMER. DR. L. O. EMERSON.
t i t
*=*
J
* *
m
i. Je - sus is call-ing! O hear Him to-day, Call-ing for you,
2. Je - sus is call ing! Your serv-ice He needs, Call-ing for you,
3. Je - sus is call-ing! He stands at the door, Call-ing for you,
AAA
___• ,_„ , ♦ fL
ys »
t=t
53=
-**■
i
*=*=*
Pi
call - ing for you; Will you not quick-ly the sum-mons o - bey?
call - ing for you; Ten- der - ly, pa - tient-ly with you He pleads,
call - ing for you; O - pen your heart, and His mer - cy im-plore,
* , *- p ft * # 0.
t —\ 1
J=f=r
1
Chorus.
*=3t
^S
^TWT?
rm
LTD
Je - sus is call-ing for you!. .
t3=3f
-*=±t-
Call
ing for you,
for you. Je-sus is call-ing, is call-ing for you,
05fe:
-f— f-
^=P=P=P=*:
-0 *0*00
j i 1 _L=r=t
# — — — 0-
-y- nJ-V—Y
V V V V V ' V
J N N N
-N-,
tt=t
T*
-0 — #-
call - - ing for you, Hear Him to - day — do not
Je-sus is call-ing, is call-ing for you,
turn Him a - way, Je-sus is call-ing for you
for you.
m m ka ■#■ -0- -0- -0- -0- m
:fcte
1
f=$
Copyright, 1897, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 64. I Never Will Cease to Love Him.
" 1 In l"v .jri< tli u>
CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
s 5
T -W
I "i all the Lord has done foi me,
He gives me itrength for ev-'ry ilay,
Tho' all the world His love neg-lect,
He saves me ev - 'ry day and hour,
While on my jour-ney here be-low,
X
&m \ ^s
nev-er will < esse to loi e Him;
nev-er will cease to luve Him;
nev-er will cease to love Him;
nev-er will cease to love Him;
nev-er will cease to love Him;
• ' •
m
: ;
%m
• =!=
* V
« * J 1 *
«=c
; :
m
And for His grace so rich and free, I nev-er will cease to lore Him.
He leads and guides me all the way, I nev-er will cease to love Him.
I could not such a friend re-ject, I nev-er will cease to love Him.
Just now I feel His cleansing pow'r, 1 nev-er w ill cease to love Him.
And when to that bright world I go, I nev-er will cease to love Him.
-----
r=t
i
C'HOKIS.
— P — * — 7
nev-er will cease to love Him, My Sav-ior, my Sav-ior;
He's my Sav-ior, He's my Sav-ior;
ftrfe
» i
'fttti, u >
V /— L *<
*=*=*:
a
II
V 9 * * " * f 'I
1 nev-er will cease to love Him, He's done so much for me.
For He's done so much for me.
II
Copyright, IBM, bj 1. 0, Exccll
1 — r
No. 65. Go in Secret and Pray.
"He will draw QigD to you." Janus -I: 8
*=*
*'
i i jT sgFrg
EDGAR A. HOLMES.
£gg
My feet of- ten times grow weary While walking life's toilsome way,
My hands of- ten tire with toil-ing, And long seems the passing day,
My heart is at times discouraged When tri - als be - set my way,
Tempta-tion and sin as-sail me, To lure me from Christ a - way,
When-ev - er the light burns dim-ly, Or dark-ness ob-scures my way,
fazz&zp:
t=t
b b
:*=pc=*:
. — r« F 1 a m - v 0-^-0 .
I > 1» >b b b.~t — XlL — — =j
-^ — i — -+-
9 -0- -0- -0-
4< t ij, 8
And then, to find strength and com -fort, I
And then, lest I faint and fal - ter, I
And then, my weak faith to strengthen, I
You won-der how I re - sist them, I
go and in se - cret I
go and in se - cret I
go and in se - cret I
go and in se - cret I
I haste in -to Je - sus presence, And kneeling there hum-bly I
m
t=c
B3^
b b b b
*d
m
J=*=*c
Chorus.
pray
I en-ter and close the door; Je-sus and I talk it o'er; He
^ W-UIU
r=t:
• I 1 1 m — # _
jctpizz^:
t=t=
■y—v-^j-
— I b b b b I b I — I b '
^
-£—*—*-
_> N
t=t
i
-&—>>-
-^-0-0-^^-i—i-^z0
comforts, He
ns,He cheers me, And I am discouraged no more.
S 2 ^
! I 1 I
fc=SEjE?=jE5
m
2zfcp=^=^=p=z^z^
V— I/— *<-V— i/-H i/-
b b b b b b
Copyright.. 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 66.
Free Indeed
IDA M. BUDD. '^i- hli.ill )»• (r<-. iml. -.,].• .1. |
V V s S
CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
i. Walk-ing each day in the hcav'n-ly light, I am free, free in-deed,
2. Naught foi my-aelf had I pow'i to do 'l>> be free, free In-deed,
3. Glad-ly I toil fol HU take eachday Free in Him, free in-deed,
::J(i
x=t
Be£
; M t= f = f = f z ^ : =f= [ f z
-0 — #-•
J3
U U U b
"■ V
ifefefe
t=3
9 ' ^T 7
( 'al - va - ry's waters have wash'd me white, And I am free in - deeci.
Je - sus must save me, and cleanse me too E'er I was free in -deed.
Striv-ing to serve Him in truth al - way Who makes me free in -deed.
F*^
i
tf
,s f
~ * L J J * • » * * * T
-* W
Free from the fet - ters of fear and sin; Free from thee - vil that dwelt within;
Burdened, and wretched, and blind and lame, Just as I was to His cross I came,
Lord, thro' the free-dom Thougivest me.Helpmeto lead fettered souls to Thee,
-0 — a~i-# ' 1 P * * — r-m 0-
Wit P vit
f=r = fH
• •
/—*
-fc-N-
FlNE.
0-0
I
v «
t
Christ hath my might-y De-liv-'rer been. And I am free in - deed.
There He ac - cept-ed me, praise His name, And made me free in - deed.
Do for them then, as Thou hast for me And make them free in - deed.
-ik-m ' — *
t
t=t=E
w
»=i i_
U l>
i b
D.S. — Cod's own dear Son has my ran -som paid, My soul is free in - deed.
Chorus
R fcr
D.S.
?0
II
r-rr
*—?
*
p
Free T am free in-deed, Praise the Lord,
Free in-deed
1 **
I am free in-deed.
r?
i i
t=t
c
m
t=x
i^
11
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer .v. BrQther, Chicago, III.
No. 67. Flash the News Along the Line.
•'Uood news from ■ uur oountry." Ptot.
Rev.
ELISHA A. HOFFMAN.
t
1. Hear the news from heav'n a - bove,
2. O the glad and wel-comc news,
3. O what wondrous grace is this,
Je - sus waits
Je - sus waits
Je - sus waits
save; Waits in
save; Who could
save; Woidd ycu
!3EB*
«
1
n *. s
1 < %
! S £
1 i s 1^
Pi l IS I s N
J , K K
! ^
rath 1 J *
^ J -^
J
I '
rnr m * * 1
* *
^ «
\S)J • p • J
h C' # •
<^ 2
e) >
* • 2*0 1
mer - cy and in love, Je - sus waits to save; He who died on Cal - va-
such great love re - fuse? Je - sus waits to save; He is here in love to-
know God's perfect peace? Je - sus waits to save; Lo, He stand-eth at the
/£Y 5 • m m • P
1 * • 1
1 f
^ 2 • 2
2
(<•;. * f ?
>L> T <
[5/ *
1 ! j ^
r p • p
1/1 • > '
1 J *
1 Pi?'
EJ
L i i
r ^ *
^-1-
ry To a - tone for me, Of - fers now, to all the
day While we plead and pray, And He waits, O soul! to
door, Knock-eth o'er and o'er, In the tones of ten-d'rest
race
bear
love
His sal
All your sins a- way. v Flash the news a - long the line,
Plead-ing ev - er-more. )
Je
■0- •&•
M. jZl.
fe£
—0 »■
t=^r
I
-a-
S~r-l
ZL
^P=zzfp=i:
--#-
cs=
waits to save, Waits to save with pow'rdi- vine, Je- sus waits to save.
^
-0-^-0
m
&-
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 68. Fall Into Line.
T proAH toward the nuk. M PbU.8: 14
Rev. R. H. SHAFTOE.
.
0.
-d —
F. PUQH.
=£ — h=
W+i — H- / ' -M
=£3=*=*=
' .
-**=?=
1. Kroth - cr, the con - llict is rag - ing to
2. Sis - ter, the Mas - ter needs .sol -dic-rslike
3. Sin - Qer, 'tis Jc - inf who calls you to
1 h ^ i h h ^ ^
-^^r^i> —, — A d~ : r M m a — f — * '
■ ,
- day, God
you, Who
- day, Come
4. * .
calls for
in the
to Him
(m)S&- * F— * — F F F F—
—* —
— e* —
• b 1—
^ i 1 \j 5 !/ y
F 1* F
r • w
1 1 r
l
1 V V
1
y y
you then why long - er de - lay, I'all
con - flictwill al - ways prove true, Fall
now, he will show you the way, Come
*^4 — T~T
in
in
and
a > t =*
-I
to line
to line,
be saved
with the
bold - ly
by His
J=X
n ft hi
h >,
1 IS k
V - * 1 /d
f r 1 i" j *
1 ? 1
jL 17 ! 1 J 1
■ H ' r 1
J _( S 1
1^ « J S i-J
« F * J
im; • T
1 ma f
* * . f ,«* 1
brave and the true,
march to the fight,
pow - er di - vine,
11 r f f a
[ » • # V #
Do with your might what your hands find to do.
Sin must be van(iuished,then stand for the right.
Then with His sol - diers just fall in - to line.
/SV^* 1 &
1 iii 1 r
1 1 1 p 1
w* » 1 1
k- K 1* T r* r*
f r • ??
1 ^ ■ 1
r f ^
| 1/ L/ 1 > ^
y ^
CHORUS. K
n ^ 1 s *
1 >, h /
J .T I s
V rf ^ 1 *
fir "1 *
fi> . # • '#
.f -n (&< . 1 .
fT\ « m * m m
"V 1 1 ■ 1 >•
f P * f N*
■^ 1 U P 1 - * I b » * > y ^ I y 2
Fall in - to line, yes, we'll fall in - to
Fall in - to line, fall in - to line, Fall in- to line, yes, we'll
J A s 1 A J 1 va
'/TV** 0**0
#
(">Y.f j >•
« >•
x^ y LV *
• " ■ J *
(••(•• p • f
• r K
r > "
i !• ? 1 1/ tf
•tt tfi.
rrtr
line,
fall in - to line. Clothed for thecon-flict in ar - mor di -vine, marching to
^ x
f-iT r r g
1
= »- F F -
1 y y
Hi \n ,v Pr (lu 1. fliioaKo, HI.
Fall Into Line. Concluded.
I
T-nr-r
-tr-tr-^-p-
i v if I
bat - tie, we' 11 sing as we go,
S
^=A
Je -sus, our lead -er, will vanquish the foe.
:E I I 1 | rrl — *~
*
Ffrrrs
No. 69. Bring Me Still Closer to Thee.
J. S. N.
i Andante.
"Call upon the Lord while he is near." Isaiah 55: 6.
J. S. NORRIS.
I
*— N
£=*st
tt&t
tt*=<=lF=*=t1=P±+±±4-t
i. Grant me Thy spir-it, dear Sav - ior, Fount-ain of meek-ness and love;
2. Give me Thy mind, blessed Sav -ior, Help me to "walk in the light;"
3. Give me Thy beau-ty, dear Sav -ior, Show me Thy glo-ry di - vine;
~U M-
\-# ft 7
1 [-
0-—0-
-0 0-
1 1 I
!P1
S5JI
fe-=? :
1 I
v=^0=* — k — k=e
p \> \>
\> \>
£
'$=
*^=j:
Gra-cious-ly guide and up-hold me,
True to all truth ev -er make me,
Dwell-ing with-in, make me ra-diant,
r'<:i ; 'i:» * 2 < i
«
Bring me to man-sions a -
So shall my pathway be
So that for Thee I may
S
I I
bove.
bright.
shine.
,, Chorus.
1 " "
l^g^^ gH
£==,£
fe
*=*
Hear Thou my pray'r.loving Sav -ior
t==x
Clos - er to Thee would I
be;
-» * »-
* ->~ fc
-?— <>-
Jee*
I— I
What - ev - er else Thou de-ny - est, Bring me still clos - er to
1— r
1
tm
=F
Copyright, 1896, by W. S, Nickle.
u u
No. 70. Battling for the Right.
A mmiimI of batth
in tin- laud.
ADA BLENKHORN.
With
Jer. 50: K
E. E.MEYER.
-i-m J J
S \ -I
, ^
^=?
3=^:
[. PretS-ing forward oar cause to win, Conqu'nngev -er thehostsof sin,
2. l'ress-ingon 'neaththenoontide"s glow ;Caring not when the rough winds blow,
3* Prett-ing forward, a fear-less band, Always no -der the Lord's command,
t 1 2
r r r
.-!r k 4 r ; r r r - ^- , ^
S^
r
^— >-
^
» »
* * ^f—ir^i — g
"-Sty
God's strong arm we are trust - ing in, Bat-tling for the right.
Paus - ing not till the foe lies low, Bat-tling for the right.
Till as vie - tors we take our stand, Bat-tling for the right.
-# M g— T~<
*=£
^
:fcr»:
b i^
r
I
Chorus.
;tr»
fet
fc=p=fc
For- ward all! let our watchword be, Let it ech - o from sea to sea,
&5:
*=*=*:
^
? • hg-
P*
W
11
fcji
-gr^-y-
r
In His strength we shall vie - tors be, Bat-tling for the right.
<£/;•
f=HS=s
>r>
fc 1 c =F = H EE F
o
r
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer <k Brother, Chicago IH-
No. 71.
The Narrow Way.
"Narrow in the way
E. HEWITT.
N —
which leadeth unto life.
m
-4-'
Gen - tie Sav-ior, hear
Lov - ing Savior, I
Might-y Sav-ior, keep
Com -ing Sav-ior, faith
h
Math. 7:14.
Rev. E. S. UFFORD.
r ,N — ft • h b kJ =i
me when I pray,
will fol - low Thee
me ev - 'ry hour,
I would be,
it
ful
ft
I
Ite my strength and stay,
Fol - low safe and free,
Lean-ing on Thy arm,
Watch-ing for Thy call,
t
I
g = !~: 1= tt}
Guide me ev - 'ry day ; Lead me gen - tly lest I go a - stray
Where Thy steps I see; I will go where Thou dost call for me,
Guard me from all hann; Hum-bly trust - ing in Thy love and pow'r
Crown Thee Lord of all; Soon to glo - ry Thou wilt sum-mon me
H
*==*-
h ♦
m
V \>
r~ r
r
1
Chorus.
^Q
S
^^E^t
tEEi
From the nar-row way.
In the nar-row way.
In the nar-row way.
From the nar-row way.
, - #■ ♦ ~ .
m
Ev -'ry day I need Thee, I will ev - er
+ m +. JSL £L JL» *. JL JL
*=£
F
1 1/ 1 I
2Z
^
-7-
t=t
-^
1
a
heed Thee, Take my hand and lead me Through this nar - row way.
£v£=*
•f 2 - *-.
.fi.
1
-W-
~r
V -
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
r
No. 72.
Shine, Shine, Shine!
"Looking uuto Jc-u 1 -.' Heb. IS: v.
E. A. S. H.
EVA A. S. HIGGINfi.
l.Je
3- Je
sus bids us shine w itli a bright, bright light! Pure lit - tie
sus bids us fol - low. where He may lead; All that He
sus bids us lore 1 1 i in with all our heart; Oh, from His
: >
• »
!4
* — p — b — l !/ i/ ' i -
F
i *
*
^^— «-r-^
^
i i. i. ^ i t
P=0
gems
tells
love
in the Sav - ior's sight; Shin - ing for the Mas - ter with
us we'll try to heed; Scat - ter - ing a - bout us the
may we nev - er part; But, while lit - tie chil - dren, for
•#- -^-
S
>
ClIORl'S.
*
r,
g
I
all our might, Shine, shine, shine
gos - pel seed, Shine, shine, shine
heav'n we'll start; Shine, shine, shine
if
=1=
Bright lit - tie jew - els
&
t=*
*
I'
r— r— »
1 — r
*
H
be* Shin - in
*
4=
^
with
light that all can
"I
h — r-
^^
1 — r
r^
*
II
E
**
Hear the Mas - tcr's voice say -ing: 4 *Shine for me!" Shine, shine, shine.
E^^^
sn:
i
:*=£:
No. 73.
IDA M. BUDD.
Shall It be in Vain.
"I said not, &eek ye me in vain." Isaiah 45 : 1!>
K I _i_
• •
CHAS. H. GABRIEL
-TS-r-J N— H 1
^
At the por-tals of your heart, Waiting from the world a -part,
2. Can you in earth's joys re-joice, While His ten-der, lov-ing voice
3. Will you bid Him hence de- part — Clos-er lock your cold, proud heart?
'*M
fa oU * £
'bib
1
N 1
n - 1
1
1 r> 1
^i^ff x. 1
1
* J r
J 1
J
Lr> IV p N
* # •
* m \
• m
2
-T\/ 9 1 ! ! ~
•
. 4
I ** '
V!/
m * m m
«
' -#■ •#• •» •*
Lo! a king-ly
Still craves entranc
Or en-treat Him
4 * * '
form doth stand
e at your door,
still to stay
4 # . m ^
Knock-ing still with pierc-ed hand,
Can you slight Him ev -er-more?
Till some more con - ven-ient day?
M. +- +-
Knocking gen-tly at the door Where He
He has died that you might live; Peace to
Will you not the door un - bar? Bow be-
^3^S:
f=Fff
oft has knocked be-fore,
you He longs to give;
fore Him as you are?
J±
±$z
£
f
$
P&
m*
^— &
1
s
Fine.
f-i—
-*— *-
*?tj
■*~^r
In His wea - ri - ness and pain,
Since He for your sins was slain,
Hark! He asks you yet a - gain!
Sin -ner shall He knock in vain?
Can you let Him plead in vain?
Let His ask - ing be not vain?
rKl I I r
fc=jt
m
m
1
D. S. — ^4/ //k? _/><?/• - tals of your heart,
Chorus.
1. knock )
Will you let //iwz -^ 2. plead \ in vain?
3. ask
I
¥2
£
D.S.
J— w-
jtT
rrr.-t
Lost one, shall it be in vain,
Lost one, shall it
h
All His ag
ny and pain?
&+J-
UH3
^
m=v=f
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, III.
No. 74. Will You Join Our Ranks?
".My Mm, gtf* Hi'- thl lfc i!«'-.
Mrs. FRANK A. BRECK.
4 :* I
^
J. H. TENNEY.
Vf
> '
1. Will you join our ranks that are "flTh-rng on 'Neath the ban - ner
2. Will you join the ranks of the saved to - day? Will you make the
3. Will you join the ranks of the white-robed throng, Where the Sav-ior
&P$=£i£
■> ■>
— #-!-# 1 P ——W — •
• »
y— r
t=t
±=±
.*■
^
U 2 U *
of our God? Will you seek the land where the Lord has gone? Will yon
Lord your choice? Will you have the peace none can take a-\vay, And in
reigns as King? Will the glad "new song" un-to you l>e-long, Will you
fcrr
JdrJ-^-i
Chorus.
— IS N-
r.>
r
Will you join our ranks? Will you
walk in the path He trod?
His bless - ed love re-joice?
with His dear an - gels sing'
m
^-
o '
.
-B— b-H
PS — s
r -U
.. , _l_
r~\ 1** i
jt^— j pr— -d — ^-1
nEE — — *=
-J j— j 1 * j*—
ffrr 1 J 1 • 1
" K J J ai fl J !
j *l ^ * j
- * a a • #
join our ranks? Will you cast
r r « fc b 1
r • r ' '•'
the world, the world a - way? W ill you
r% . . S] . ...
/ZV d i
j r
[^•t /
1
r II 1
w4> L
m 1
it
^^7 f
1
1
» [ • * •
r ■ r
1 f 1 u B
4 — I.
o .
have the joy noth-ing can de-stroy? W ill vou join our ranks to-day?
1
*=t
•
i
1=4
1 i> P
Oopjn itfht. lS'.ia, by Meyer A Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 75. Living in the Sunshine,
ADA BLENKHORN.
•Walk In the Light u he
I John 1:
is in tin- lij,'ht."
CHAS. H. GABRIEL
mmmg&^^m
1. Liv-ing in the sun-shine, Liv-ing in the light,
2. Liv-ing in the sun-shine, Like the love-ly flow'rs,
3. Liv-ing in the sun-shine, Liv-ing in the light,
-# — 9 — #— » — 0-
Not a sin-gle
Filling with their
Till a-bove in
shadow, — All a -round is bright; Doing deeds of kindness. Speaking
per fume All the gold-en hours; Let our life be fra-grant As that
heav-en, Faith is lost insight. Till we see the Sav - ior, Son of
§fe§l
S=?=t&=* =
#— P-
F=F
v v -
m
e
3t=*
m
-G>-
%
SEE3E3ES
^=2
words of love, Like the hap-py an - gels In their home a - bove.
life di - vine; May we in His like-ness Ev - er bright-ly shine.
Right-eous-ness, Who with His own sunshine All the world doth bless.
*r r r i» r r r g (p * ^
J J J £ £ I _ I 1/ 1/ y U I I V V V V
Liv - ing in the sun - shine, Ev - 'ry pass-ing day; ....
Iyiving in the sunshine, happy.happy sunshine, Ljving in the sunshine ev'ry passing day;
r3- 1 t . **
v v •/ v \ \ V
ing in the sun - shine, Shedding light on other lives along the way.
happy.happy sunshine,
*^ H3» ■ »##/# m*m m m m - * * +.b 1 1
Liv
Irving in the sunshine
MEYER & BROTHER, OWNER,
OHICAQO, ILU
No. 76. Workers in the Vineyard,
Tell t: • Lord hath done for th
E. A. H.
EDGAR A. HOLMES.
!
Pp
1. * *
1. The work - er* in
2. I'hrv con - se - crate
3. We send then to
4. They "f - fer up
1 h ft £_
# [ *-' r *3
■■>
the vine - yard
their all in
the front for
tlwtt in
have
faith
us
sac
=*=
and
to
ri -
forth
toil,
fice.
• i
And
Their
i
y-* ;** *
:t
9Z2-1
mis - sion-a - ries of the cross,
prove their loy - al spir - it thus;
preach the Gos-pel in our stead,
lives they do not count as dear,
I
Com-mis-sioned by the Lord and by
We send them to the lands, wherethe
To win the dis-tant lands to the
They sail to distant land* with the
n 4 1
I
1 S
V V V IV 1
k V
4ft m
■ K 1 K -1
N v 1
m
«r— . m
t ^\
• • , • m 3
vu j .J ^ .J
1 • * 1
US
hea -
cross
cross
to go As her - aids of the
then are, And there they toil and pray
of Christ, To "go and bring them in,"
of Christ; The du - ty now is ours
pel the lands a - «.
for the Lord and us.
as the Mas - ter
to sus-tain them there.
TZkYi^ *
m «
m • 0-0
* *
m (■ ■
(&)•#
\*J^ *
■
* • » "
f Ti t *j f
f m II
■
j >
r jn
1
1
1 >
> • • •
' r ~ '
Chorus.
r
a— #-
ST - tf
^=*
1 hey are work - ing ov - er there for you, They are
for you,
=fci=*
■+-* — # —
v— 5-1
«=tc
-I — L
±=t
SEtE^^
Z
-*—+-
r 1 8
work-ing ov - er therefor me, They arc standing in ourplaceand
for me.
1 I I
»zz»-
* *
£=="
V fe fN % m 4L
• —
1 a l'.rotlur, Chicago, 111.
Workers of the Vineyard. Concluded.
in the strength of grace They are working there and winning souls for you and me
aizfcx^iEaiizzfrzizfe
ii
v—j — ?—v — ^— v-
rrr
> y
No. 77. The Cross Shall be Triumphant.
'•That saith unto Ziou." Isa. 52: 7.
JENNIE WILSON. J. H. TENNEY.
March movement.
i ra 0*
,1 rt J i 'OT3
-P5-
fci
£»
S
^-#-s-al — 1 1-
1. Be faith - ful, Christ-ian sol-diers, And for - ward brave-ly go
2. The bright-ness of sal - va - tion Shall ban - ish sin's dark night,
3. March on be - neath the ban - ner That tells of Cal - va - ry,
■#- ■#• 1 M*. 1 1^
352
TF
1 — T
-4— -f
:^=p=)i
r — i — f
t=t
1 — r-D
fei
^T
cs
ri *i :
! I
The Cross shall be tri
As Je -sus on all
Each fol - low - er of
m
um-phant,And van -quish ev-'ry foe.
na - tions Sheds ev - er - last-ing light.
Je - sus Vic - to - ri - ous shall be.
r-S r-B .
S
&=*=*.
EE£
I — I — I-
The Cross
Chorus.
§5
#-*
:|B
^
#
E
-fi-
"£-
■Z5>-
The Cross shall be tri - um-phant, And Christ su-preme will reign:
lAllglo-
iEEg^
-,'^*-
#— *-
tEEE
EfeEEEt
l£=^
V^ "J s 1 i-l 1 1 r-i—l K h-Un
1 i
All
r y.
glo - ry, praise and hon - or To Him who once was slain.
^f=
-f — L T-E^ — ' 1- — '— 1 1— f*4
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 78.
Are You Coming?
E. R. LATTA.
"Mj sheep haw m j lion me.* 1 John I
F. S. SHEPARD.
i
I p « s i j p : ■• - i j jl J* j;rtfii|fl>i
i. A re you com - big to th<- Sav
2. A re \<>u i om - 11114 to lMr S:lv
3. Are vou com - ing to the Sa\ - ioi now, While the door of mer - cy
lor now, in th<- bright-ness of your
ior now, While 'tis eas - y to for-
mi \
S2 i -
*£:
*=*:
1 — r
y +=
+1
pfcH^
r+ ^ -.— 1 Un
~*r- — ft — h — ft — «l — *-1
r— 1 f*— k-.
youth -
sake
-
-^ #
ful
the
^en
■0-
-2L T _j_ r _j_
days? Are you
wrong? Will you
stands? Do not
£ S 2 ^ — S
:om - ing at His feet to
fol - low where He leads the
lin - ger! soon 'twill be too
f ' T-T- T m '
bow And to
way, Will you
late, Yield your-
(?*-f — t~
--r-^-r S
— *- —
-fM-H ^^»-
*w r
^ B
i* • j# j# . i* |# j*
•
i 1 *^ 1
1 -/ >
if P U . p 1 1
ClIORl'S.
#
h fN
*
A— #-
$£=&=*=*
's
* f> V *"
of ■
glad
self
fer Him your thankful praise? ) Are you com-ing? Are you
- ly un - to Him be - long? -
un - to the Lord's commands. ) Coming now?
E^^^^^ pi
i t=t
h
* K
v
fcrnV
s r ft*
ii|^±E^
J . J. A J* »
# ^
# — ^>-
-# T
com-ingr
Coming now?
Will you not His pard'ning mercy crave?Are you coming:
m
h- *-
:ra=*=m:
±3*1
* . ♦
Coming now?
• •
• ^
■F
i-
* ■ * ».
• /
I
*=£
m
you com - ing? Are you com - ing while He waits to save'
Com-ing 1
— fiff r:r.t: t t: t «
TS
^^t
Copj rtgbt, other, GMoego, ill.
No. 79. It Leads By the Cross.
"Serve tho Lord with gladnttS. '
Mrs FRANK A. BRECK.
^p£qp]s_^_, A _^_4r
Pm. LOO: 8,
i ^
; I;
i i »
I?
C. E. KOCH.
;
The way of sal - va-tionmust lead by the cross, And lead you to
2. The way of sal - va-tion must lead by the cross, And show you the
3. The way of sal - va-tion must lead by the cross, O will you not
*=£#
&m
JL-U-4-
r r r
■m
w
¥=£
-N— +
9 ' -0- 9 -0- ,-0-U 9 9 •
-N— N
J- T — n-h 1 y-
in - fin- ite love, What-ev - er it bring you of tri - al and loss, 'Twill
Sav -iorwho died To give you a right to themer-cy of God, And
trav - el there-in? O will you not ask that dear Sav-ior to - day To
•—-»—» » » r-h 4 y I ~ y"l
^s^i
-6*— y
y±£
Chorus.
\i-A j 3 s frTj^j kk:3 \ \ f\l i.t ^
lead you to glo-ry a - bove.
give you all heaven be
save you from sorrow an
m
• bove. )
- side. I It leads by the cross, it leads by the cross,
d sin? )
*.'.*. jS h |S |S ^ -0- -0- . R-#- -0- -0- +- #-• •#■ ■#-
r b r.r r f- \r r xr-rf-^-r-r- r 1 1 1 -i t=i
isn
^=^
> g g— V ' V >
F=s=*
-y— y-
1 s fc l* " fc i S IS
/T\b-t7^fe-J—
4=>J — hen
-li-T— » W'j-Vd— *— ! — m is
The
m^n^0-
way to the cit - y of
gold, The
-#■;■#-■#-
-»-- — » — 1 —
way of sal - va-tion will
0-J—0 — 1 1 .
H r H 1 1 1
ra^
1 15L4* — i/-J
£ — ^^
_| y 1 1 1 y
Rit.
^aS^ ^ ^^^E^gp ^
lead by the cross, And bring you to glad - ness un - told.
#. ^. #. is *i h |s --^
*- ■*-
£p?
**
-4=5-
-y y-
S
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 80. When Jesus Came my Way.
.Murk 10: -17
REV. J. HOFFMAN BATTEN.
I. H. MEREDITH.
: :
£
HP
9 0-
i. 1 he beg. ear sat blind by the way-side road, Till Je-sus came
2. One word from the Mas-ter, nU eyes gave sight, When Je-sus came
3. I heard the Sweet sound of the angel throng, When Je - sus came
4. Oh, come to the 'Sar-ior; be healed of sin, To-day Hecomes
a - long,
a - long,
a - long,
a -long,
*=*=*=*
v=&
m
*=*
J=*=*=*:
v-v
— - — .
\j U
came a-long that way; And then he re-joiced in the power of God, When
came a-long that way; And faith in His word fill'd his heart with light, When
came adong my way; As glad-ly they sang the re-demp- tion song, When
comes a-long your way; The sin-ner cries out, and the light breaks in, When
m
t=d
t=t=$=t:
*- -0-
*
' S
Chorus.
h 1
-PS— N-- PS— *-
;
o
Je-sus came a-long that way. ..
Je-sus came a-long that way. / xf ,. r „ , , .. . 1t ,
■J , > My life was all darkened by guilt and sin,
Je-sus came a-long my way. I J * fa '
Je-sus comes along that way. ^
t=rt
J-i-TTf
*—? ? F • -
*~
'
1 •~^ \
r
*
£
;
J :
?
v
Till Je - sus came a-long, came a -long, my way; But
l-rf-t-
1=5=^
3=JE
• •
4-L
m
* -1 4
bright-ness and peace with - in. Since Te - sus came a - long
&
-I
-h h H-
my
way.
t .=5=%
m
-&s
i^riit, is'.»4, »>y Meyer A Brother! Chicago, 111.
No. 81.
Mrs. J. W. KENNEDY.
Decide To-Night
II Kings 18: 81.
W. S. NICKLE.
•i
1. Why halt ye be-tween two o - pin -ions, O why not de - cide to-
2. De - cide who you'll serve, now dear broth-er, There's dan-ger if you'll de-
3. Come un-der the heav-en-ly ban - ner, O come now, dear brother, to-
4. Why still un - de - cid - ed, dear broth - er, There's mer-cy from Him a-
v. ,. 9 — r* • • = *— r-£ » T , -0 — £ $"-«-#-
l^ f nrls
i=i=£
v-
-3-
-*=£*=*=$:
*-*
night? Vou should not re - fuse the Sav - ior to choose, Is it
lay; If Christ is your choice, you may now re - joice In the
night; De - cide for the Lord, 'twill bring its re- ward, Henceforth,
bove; Thy ref - uge is near, then why should you fear, Why not
B
¥=¥■
r=t
Chorus.
dark-
knowl
bat -
trust
ness, Or
■edge of
tie for
in His
is it the
sin washed a
truth and for
grace and His
s «-
light?
way
right,
love?
;}•
why not de - cide, dear
3
li
m
•J -0- -0- "0-
m
friend
-d 3-3-il frr-z — N N — # 0-
- m m m — L 0- : -0 — 1 — ' — 1 * 1-
* r 1 *Tft * *
O why not de - cide to - night? Time speedeth a
to-night?
P -iff f* P> rg — — ft
- way,
de - lay, But de - cide for thy Sa"v - ior to - night
to-
m
night.
\-i — —
S
% % * ' v
Copyright, 1898, by W. S. Nickle.
No. 82.
Glad Surrender.
21: &
"Make him |.'lu<l with tliv oooi
Rev. W. H. BAILY.
^ s •
I N. McHOSE.
T^
i. <» day of glad sur - ren-der, When Je - iui made me whole,
I have let my Sav - ior as - s unie the full con - trol,
3. Be - hold-ing this bright Tit-ion, My heart has lost its pain.
4. Sor-rea-dered to Hi^ keep-ing Let Je-sus take com-mand;
■• • ,- j '
r r r
S33BEZ
m
r*-r
v V /
b '
h
SEE
When fire from heav-en's al - ter, Flashed thru' and thro' my soul;
What rapt-ures, O! what rapt-ures, A - bide with - in my
I've reached tha land E - lys - ian. And learned its glad re-frain;
My time, my all com-mitt-ed To His up - hold - ing hand;
.a a_« a — ,_-a — a a . "f* £: £_; a.
§nn=
£^
is
W r hen at the feet of Je - sus,
I've heard this bless - ed prom - ise,
The clouds that gath-ered o'er me,
I gave up self and sin,
To strengthen and de - fend.
Be - fore I found this way.
His word shall be my coun-sel, His smile.my heart's bright sun,
££
-#-*-
m
m
And found the heav'n-ly treas-ure, Of Christ enthroned with - in.
To go be-fore and lead me. In tri - umph to the end.
Are gone, and now a - round me, Shines life's un - sul - lied day.
His serv - ice, life's sweet mis-sion, His ho - ly will be done.
?=^
/ V y y
ago, 111.
Chorus.
?;,
fci
Glad Surrender. Concluded.
J.
I'm glad, I'm glad, I'm glad
I'm glad, I'm glad,
ren-dered; All hail! All hail! The pow'r of Je - sus' name.
h ^
All hail'
All hail!
* f ,r
Em
:i — g:
v — /—
O For a Faith.
'Have faith iu God." Mark 11 : 22.
R. SIMPSON.
i. O for a faith that will not shrink, Tho'press'd by ev - 'ry foe,
2. That will not mur-mur nor corn-plain, Be-neath the chast'n-ing rod,
3. A faith that shines more bright and clear When tempests rage with-out;
4. Lord, give us such a faith as this, And then, what-e'er may come,
t*
-m&-
2r
That will not trem-ble on the brink Of a
But, in the hour of grief and pain, Will lean
That when in dan -ger knows no fear, In dark
We'll taste, e'en here, the hal-lowed bliss Of an
ny earth - ly woe!
up - on its God.
ness feels no doubt.
e - ter - nal home.
Si
r
m
K is
f-
d
No. 84.
In the Ranks.
"All til. K
HOFFMAN.
' I I. ■ p
ji=nd v v i
ink oami
TENNEY.
tlir ranks of
2. T'> the homes of
;. ( ) the bleu - < -I
Christ we stand With the Sav-ior's do • ble band,
u:uit ami woe, To the wea - ry here be-low,
i of light, From yon pal - a - ces of white
f\ L
1 1 fj J h
V 5
1 |
*~ p\
1
' 7 i t; N
# H
m . m
J
i ! -
^ 1
1wp r f-
J « * \ i
A I
1 # P ~i
1
* 2 4- J
i? J J
^ 1
\ > m • 2
• »'!•*
^ *
- *
^ 1
Join-ing with them hand in hand
Some in Je - sus' name must go,
Giv -ing coin- age in the fight
To de-fend the
Think-ing not <>f
To the sol - diers
0*0
■ 1
truth and right,
wealth or fame;
true and brave.
• - m r;
/i\? ii # • ;
i i
1
ffrfr, 7 5 • *
# * 'p» »
»
. V
I i 1 1
^ 1
Wy uf -T^h
-1 1 1 h —
-+- It ^
-0 0) •
1 --£-/ **— J
L| 1 1 1/ — 1
L l
• P— '
i — r
-f /
-( — J
%
immi
>- , — >-
:=
Touched by ho - ly
There for Je - sus
We will serve Him
heavenly love, "In His name" we
they must stand,Lending all a
for- ward
k help-ing
move,
hand,"
"3 |
Pray-ing to our God a- bove lo aid us
Thus ful -fill - ing Christ's command, The gos - pel
Till the world His love shall know. And Je - sus'
with His
to pro-
power to
might.
claim.
•0- ' -0- + m _.
In the ranks of Christ we stand With the Savior's no-ble band,
§
e^
* 3 — — d •
il?>:
5#-9-#
P
-P?
# -9-»-
In the ranks of
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111
In the Ranks. Concluded.
-4-4
v ft
r ■ t
join-ing with them hand in hand To de - fend the truth and rightl
S5Z — * . * _l ' — * — fl* -*— # -n-fg £±ff— r£
No. 85,
Give Him the Glory.
f=f
^
•o come, let us sing unto the Lord." Psalm, 95: 1.
Rev. ELISHA A. HOFFMAN.
' L
-m — 0— 0-m-0r M -\ * !
-0 0—0— 0-1-0-^^—0 0-
*=F
i
1. It was down at the feet of Je - sus, O the hap - py, hap - py day!
2. It was down at the feet of Je - sus Where I found such per-fect rest,
3. It was down at the feet of Je - sus Where I bro't my guilt and sin,
?
tzz
WW 1
That my soul found peace in be-liev - ing, And my sins were wash'da-way.
Where the light first dawned on my spir-it, And my soul was tru - ly blest.
That He cancelled all mv transgressions, And sal - va-tion en-tered in.
r
Let me tell the old. old sto - ry Of His grace so full and free;
to
•0- -0- + J_g_+ •&-
* <*— p-V— ^0~ #— # rT- 1
m
mm
?=tt
J I L
1 L l (- -) V-.
For I feel like giving Him the glo - ry For His wondrous loveto me
ft ± ± l A £ £ '
s — 7 V »— »— » - ri e — _«__ r *_|_-J-_* — # _
-P- ' — f — l 1 U, 2 f — = F---i 1 h — H2-4-
«f*
:l r
1
v— >-
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 86. Meet Mother In the Skies.
in Ui mother oomfortotb. to will i <oiuiort yon.* 1 i.^iah 86s UL
ARR. BY W. S. NICKLE.
¥
ibE£$ £=^ =*
eS
-"-^-^H--^-^
• • *•
1. In a lone -1]T gniYe-yard ma-ny miles a - way, Lies your dear old
2. Now the old home, va - cant, has no charms for you; Unedearform is
3. Now in true re-pent- ance to the Sav-ior flee, He who pardon'd
'
F=s= ^ = H f ~TT T I ?
moth
ab-
moth
- er 'neath the cold, cold clay; Mem-'ries oft re-turn -ing
sent, moth - er, kind and true. Ev - er-more she dwells where
- er mer - cy has for thee. Now He waits to com - fort,
fc£
±=t
.' *
I
m
it
r-t=^
m
of her tears and sighs,
pleas-ure nev - er dies,
He will not de-spise,
If you love your mother, meet her in
If you love yourmother, meether in
If you love vour mother, meether in
the skies,
the skies,
the skies.
tei
<•
1=?
1
Chorus.
IS
a
*±&
5.
='
t=£=^-:.
Lis- ten to her plead-ings, "wand'ring boy come home," Loving - ly en
-#-* — »— '--0 — 1 — #---#-— <Z> 1 — 0-— '
: fcJ>l I 1 zj=^
1 — r
-•— '—0-
1 *
%
m
■"■?
t^=r
treat - ing, do
r
>
:*
?-l ' • '
m
-&-
no long - er roam. Let your man-hood wak - en,
I
"* 1
t=t
B
^
=rr^
iK'ht, 1898, by John F. Kills dfc Co., Washington, li. 0. Used by permission
Meet Mother in the Skies. Concluded.
m*
PEE^
r* fc rs s . ^ s v
heavenward lift your eyes, If you love your mother, meet her in the skies.
£=
<? — r— •-
±j?
I
4-#-
V— 1/
No. 87. All Hail the Power of Jesus' Name
REV. E. PERRONET.
CORONATION.
O. HOLDEN.
,-o it
1 1
.
1 ! 1
H ... J _h
jET^— —
1 1 i~+—
J
L - ! i —
^ 1
,/m 't
J # m
■ 1 *
Ss 1
V>\) 4- J
»r« \
1. All hail the power of Je
2. Let ev - 'ry kin - dred, ev
3. Oh, that with yon - der sa
i 1 1 1 1
' * '-+•+-&
- sus' name! Let an-gels pros-trate fall;
- 'ry tribe, On this ter - res-trial ball,
- cred throng, We at His feet may fall,
1 !
TZx^Jt- •
m * § §
0m0
& • 1
\P7*-^r
m m »
1 1
ill'
1
l V '*' 4 J
1
1 1 1 I
A 1
t
I'll
p
Bring forth the roy - al di -a-dem, And crown Him Lord of all;
To Him all maj - es - ty as-cribe,And crown Him Lord of all;
We'll join the ev - er - last-ing song, And crown Him Lord of all;
I
r&-0
m
FM rt*
S
m
rT-rh-
35-
-=-*-
£££t£
r r
Bring forth the roy - al di - a - dem, And crown Him Lord of
To Him all maj - es - ty as-cribe, And crown Him Lord of
We'll join the ev - er - last ing song, And crown Him Lord of
"7
m
1
J=^=
*- +■ -fi-
ll I I
iJ
&
-72~r
all.
all.
all.
r
No. 88. The Love and Power of Jesus.
To know the lo i ph. ■'•: 10.
ABBIE MILLS.
WALTER A. KELLER.
tit
FH
■ »
i
i. Sing the love and pow'r of Je . Hare yon not new treasure found,
3. Sing the lore and pow'r of I , Hare] - ■■<■. ee-nooghto-
3. Sing the 1<>\ t- and pow'r of Je-sus, On the mount or in the 1 al<-;
4. Sing the lore and pow'r of Je-sus, Are yonr garments clean and white?
•■' s -
Ff^
^: f-
r=?
=tp^
ii 5
T
(
Tender mer-cies of the morning, Scatt'ring glo-ry all a -
To the storehouse, nev-er emp - ty, I lave you found the promised
Are you day by day vie - to - rious? In His might do you pre -
Are you read-y for the cit - y Having Je - sus for its
^
I — 1 — r
3EI^
i -1
round?
a ay?
v air-
light?
m
Chorus.
Sing the love and pow'r of Je - sus. Let the hal - le - lu-jahs roll;
mn
m
§
1 pk#*1
H te
-a- — - - # a
-* • 1 IT
1 x 1 a
hHtH
Je -sus,
le - sus, w ondrous
**4
'1* *
Sav4or, Oh, what
a » # a
mu-sic to the
soul !
^^
:;. -
IT' a ;# #
' c r r
"r^H
•
L pf
— 1 1- •—
— ^ 1 —
t Ff^* 1
No. 89. The Voice of Thanksgiving.
'uiih.-h with voioe "i thanksgiving." r*. 96
E. E. HEWITT.
GEO. W. STOCKTON.
I. The voice of thanks-giv-ing we cheer-ful - ]y raise, On this, our glad
_\ Ho brightens the day with His sunbeams of love, The nights, with the
3. We come to His tern -pie with car-ols of joy; His care and His
m
*=fc£
fcS=s
fc^t
iSi
¥=t
:s
£
:H
4— JJ-J-ri qr
# f ■*■:-#■ *
fes - ti - val day; The house of our God shall re - ech - o with praise
stars of His grace; In ev -'ry sweet to - ken that comes from a -bove,
guidance ex - tol; Ourstrength in His serv-ice we'll ear- ly em-ploy,
# _ # _ /rj jag
^
*
*- +. jL
^
h h ^ i s ^ >
r— J
Chorus. .
1 t~\ v W" r
# #
- P • » J ~
~J J j 4 j *
r 1 "It
fe ? 7 \> t
— 2 — 2 — * — # — 2 — « —
1 W~S~"d
~r~
1 — i#— - m 1
tyl ¥_4_j
For blessings He show'rs on our
His good-ness and mer-cy we
And sing, "Bless the Lord, O my
way. "I
trace. >
soul." J
We'll praise Him, we'll
We'll praise Him,
♦ ♦ ♦
cSYi v b '
* r r 1 1 1
r ■
[^•b i.", «
i 1 i j
•»
s* j, ' ! , •»
w^ rb r
> L> ^ '
•*. U U- U ~
1 -/ 1
_ > 1/ / ^ ^
L +H—
1 1
I
a
-V-n
*-&=
IE?
*=£
praise Him, Ourgiftson His al - tar we'll lay; ....
we'll praise Him.Our gifts on His al-tarwe'
We'll
11 lay;
§*3
e?p
pi
_#_
J
Jet
£31
-1 — •
praise Him, we'll praise Him, On this, our glad fes- ti-val
We'll praise Him, we'll praise Him,
-#-•#-•#- *■ *- 4L *. *. *. !S
day.
ftrn
Si
tt£
— *-»-
±=t
*=£
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
9 U
No. 90.
Rejoice, Rejoice!
ADA BLENKHORN. Thouhbaltr- I thing.
L*ut. 12: 7.
L. E. JONES.
Ml
-
.
■* — «.-
t {::•;?
v * i—ir
1
I. God't own ar - mor, f«>r our use is shin-ing in Hit Word,
-'. Though the fierce, re -lent -less foe on er-'ryhand we meet,
3. Though the eon - flj long, the foe will Strike in vain,
M&B.
*
' ? i *
pp
£
•?
p
• ^ — y
"Shield of Faith" with hel - met
We will tread them ev - 'ry
Soon up - on the field of
gleam-ing, ■ spir- it's glit-t'ring sword;
one as dust be-neath our feet;
strife they'll lie a - mong the slain.
mm
&
:t==t
fcv:
m
T=F?=*
♦ - *■ * — -
With these weap - ons we will
By the help of Christ we'll
More than con-quer-ors thro'
fight the bat - tie's of the Lord,
win a vie - to - ry com-plete:
Christ we'll rise with Him to reign,
^
a 0— - — *-
7— > o — b ? — h -
ttqc
i
:•.
CHORUS.
f-
^r^r
y- ^ ^. . --ST-^
Till our God, inheav'n,shall crown us.
And our God, inheav'n.will crown us.
Then our God, inheav'n.will crown us.
Re-joice! re-joice! O
re-joice! re-joice!
V V V s s
I-
I
fe£
w
"•"-^
— I « — >-«■
' ;'
let our voic-es ring! Re-joice! re-joice! We're going to see the King.
Re-joice! re-joice!
right, ISM, l>y Mtjtri Brother, Chicago, 111.
Rejoice, Rejoice! Concluded.
— > — ah" 1- * — d — *
En that world of peace and joy where holy angels sing, There God Himself will crown us.
' '
mm
im
fcpCZlL
I II !
fr_l* * 1* zfrzji:
v i> y >-
«=P±^:
t=r=t
if u ^ ^ ^ ^ i i
No. 91. Jesus Will Bear Me O'er,
L. E. JONES.
"Christ shall give thee light." Eph. 5: 14.
W- S. NICKLE.
;nf£
--* —
8.:* - id f .
mmm^ss
i. When I have reach' d earth's border-land, Je - sus will bear me a - way;
2. Cit - y of glo-ry so bright and fair, Cit - y of peace a - bove;
3. Dwelling with Jesus in glo - ry-land,What could I ask be- side?
m
fi=e
f f r +•* 0-
t — r
t=t
m
5^5! h
v—j— V
— 1
V
33Q&
^ L>
r v *?
sing with the ransomed band, Hap-py in end-less day.
5 prais-es to Je - sus there, Tell-ing His wondrous love.
m
Take me to
Sing-ing the song of the an - gel band, Near to the Sav-ior's side.
-C=t
3
I
f=£
-<;-
:(cz = te=ic
i
Chorus.
^S N fc_
■£$=--<
S
m
~w r
ried a
JEErEEf
J
#-T-
way to the realms of light, Safe on the gold -en shore;
-J fc-L
t=t
S
=Tf =
r— r
=£
In - to the sum-mer-land ev - er bright Je - sus will bear me o'er.
#• *- ■#-
^
-k-
-J r
*=*=£
«
^—j-
^F=£=F :
v *Z*
Copyright, 1892, by W. S. Nickle.
No. 92. Parted Hands Shall Clasp Again.
• I ihaU fO |0 luiii hut be hball 00< i- turn to DM JI BtBL 1'-': '-J-'J.
L. E. JONES. JNO. R. BRYANT.
> * a, k 1 x — s
&=*=?
*-*
1. We have heard such blen - ed news, Of a land from sor-row free,
2. Here we see the fall - ing tear, Here we hear the part-ing knell,
3. O how bless - ed it will be, When our loved ones there we meet;
JL JL JL JL JL
m-i t
m~:
^^
h
N
m
t
Where the Sav - ior's loved and own Dwell with Him e - ter - nal - lv.
But we know in that blest land, We shall nev - er say fare - well.
What a day of won-drous joy, When we there each oth - er greet.
f
i,i
;
O'er that coun -try bright and fair, There shall come no shade of
Here our loved ones bid good - by As to rest they en - ter
Though we see our loved ones go, Yet thro' Christ a crown they
ti tL t. M. JL JL JL JL JL
11 1 I =t
sin,
in,
win.
JL JL E
s h
*==*
And be-yond its bor - der land, Part - ed hands shall clasp a -
But when all with Je - sus stand, Part - ed hands shall clasp a -
Andsomeday 'twill not be long, Part - ed hands shall clasp a -
gain.
gain.
gain.
'art - ed hands shall clasp a - gain In
Part -ed hands shall clasp a - gain, shall clasp a-gain,
that
m
HS • V- K b "• • • * f-
Copyright, 18V8, by Meyer* Brother, Chicago.
Parted Hands Shall Clasp Again. Concluded.
;
4K
land where is
In that land where is
no
no
sin,
sin, where
There the
no
sin,
m
*=*=*:
;*=*
i
<f-# — # — # — « — « 1 — P
/v'//.
-r- S-
i
*_#
*=4=*
•
Savior calls His own, And beside the great white throne.Parted hands shall clasp again.
sttM > M -*-»
«
P=P=?=3:
*=t
y ^
• •
No
93.
Loving Kindness,
mm
1. A-wake.my soul, to joy - ful lays, And sing thy great Re-deem-er's praise;
2. He saw me ru-inedin the fall, Yet loved me, not-with-stand-ing all;
3. Tho'numerous hosts of mighty foes, Tho'earth and hell my way op -pose,
4. When trouble.like a gloom-y cloud, Has gath-ered thick and thundered loud,
' ^ ^ 1 ' -fs I
m
s
* * .«.
e
f^4
JL JL
1
f=F
i
i£
j — 1.
j_H |_j
zfis:
3=33=3=3
r
1
He just- ly claims a song from me, His lov
He saved me from my lost es - tate, His lov
He safe -ly leads my soul a -long, His lov
He near my soul has al-ways stood. His lov
1 *r 4t. JJ^
m
jl +. jl
ing kind-ness, oh, how free!
ing kind-ness, oh, how great!
ing kind-ness, oh, how strong!
-ing kind-ness, oh, how good!
4 «BT
^E£
*-*
-0±m-
Lov-ing kindness, lov-ing kindness, His lov
Lov-ing kindness, lov-ing kindness, His lov
Lov-ing kindness, lov-ing kindness, His lov
Lov-ing kindness, lov-ing kindness, His lov
JL jl
m
ing kind-ness, oh, how free!
ing kind-ness, oh, how great!
ing kind-ness, oh, how strong!
ing kind-ness, oh, how good!
IN I
s-fz
*1
£
No. 94. I'm Happy now.
"Thou hant pofl gllflneM in lay ). 4: 7.
S. HENRY BOLTON.
i^&
P. W. HILL.
• i
;
i. The Lord has come in- to my soul, I'm cleansed from er - *ry stain,
2. If hun-gry and a-thirst your soul, O come to Him to-day,
3. Come and en -joy this per -feet bliss, From all your sins de-part,
4. The"Spir-it and the Bride say conn-,' And"who - so - ev - er will''
„ JL - JL JL JL JL •+. JL ^_
fc=fc=l:
-A
• :
£ 3=p=pe
r—r
*M=i
-f ^~H *~
— * t— r-
|
a
H fr
k-
K-
|
¥=&
-0—. — a a .
dt-i-t—t-
a
-aH <*-
1 - a—
— 0—
-#-
5 ■
And now I'm un - der
His con-trol,
O glo - ry
to
His name.
Come and He'll make your
spir - it whole
Yes, come with .
. out
de - lav.
Come and the Lord will
ful - ly I
A - bid - ing
in
your heart.
May come and sat - is -
fy the soul,
He's wait - ing
for
you still.
JL • JL JL
JL JL- +
^2»— *—
a • a # • w
J0 . • . .
* 1
VS-*-r—
1/ • 1 /*
—0-- — —
•
-f-
— —
^M
"' 1
1;
1
1
•
•
•
r
Chorus.
n ft » N 1
v
1
v tf 1
■ fc
1 1
irr-J-
» * • * • #-
-i~
— a- T — -
*-: — ir-
-J— J
S 1 — f-
I'm
ii * -
hap-py now, I'm
hap-
■a-
" ' 1
py now
f"
My
1
"*- a - , a—
sins are
0~»
all
for-giv'n,
!
iCVr *
# 9 • # • #
\ 3
# >
w J
C>_f_
"< — b i \T
■— a—
' —
|
- }'. S
-a
1
o-S 1
s s 1
-s —
— > 1 —
L -l tr
] v —
_£ —
•
L! 1
$7^=
•*-: : :
~Jhr
^=^=
— 1 . L
— #
. -J . .
a a
S—
— -s-
vP 1 '
And
Je - sus is my I
*- • *
~W — I % • a
•
friend
-*—f-
, I know;
a
I'm
-0--. — —
on my
^4=
a
a ay
-* —
to h
— a — 1
si
eaVn
-0-1
I
1
E ■ —
• • y—
•
M=
1
m •
1 •—
— 1
•
1
1
Copyright, 1898. by Mover & Hi -- •, III.
No. 95. Are You Ready?
"Therefore, be ye also ready.* 1 Matt. 94 :
1. There's a last clay com-ing, by and by,
2. There's a last day com-ing, by and by,
3. There's a last day com-ing, by and by,
by and by, When the
by ami by, When the
by and by, When from
7^r.—. A ' — — r* * * * , M . m — r* 1 # #---*#~i
If V I I ■ I V V I
n 11 1 # !
1 1 '! ». ^
! I
JjjTi ? \y m • m f • | » J
r s
^pXp 7 * . * |* . |* #
— u
.J ^
•V !• # i/ £ 1 • - cj* /• .#. • ■ • ^ . . •
sun shall fade, and moun-tains dis - ap - pear; W 7 hen the moon shall
liv - ing and the dead a voice shall hear; Shall a- wake and
things of earth and friends we hold so dear, We must part re-
*:*♦:••§■'•*" J - >* A -ft J J
r 5 £ 1
l^A Hi M j ^ 1
\ \
^^b 1," V P U> • U 1 1
j | j* U ^
I. r
S j/
1 1 1
-I L
»=e:
^31
TB^T-S-
van-ish from the midnight sky, Oh, be read-y, for the day is near!
an-swerto the Bridegroom's cry, Oh, be read-y, for the day is near!
joic-ing, or with sad good-by, Oh, be read-y, for the day is near!
S. .♦ ♦ : ft . .■#-.- ■#■ -«-.
F^
^zizfczlczz^:
££
rmrr
gz:
Chorus.
HI
H-+-4
-K— fc=;
#^5*-
-Ta-tv
3tDt
t±P$£&<
-*i>
Oh, are you read-y, Are you ready for thelast great day to come?
Are you ready? are you read-y?
r-r-r— r "r Tr-r " r^g-r -r T ^=g:
7-nT-^ • *
!2l_k W » * :
«=R
Hr
t=E
2i
5 l»
V J 'J v
* v
i
2S^
N N
±=±
-K-# £=i «-
*=*
1 ! =3=3=
Oh, are you read-y,
Are you ready? are you read-y?
Read-y for the judgment day
PS
4^-#.
■f*- ■«■•
i=r^i=tizizfcz)Ez=jc
Si
' 1
^_^_
SE
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, III.
No. 96. The Summer is Coming.
"I will ling Jiihim- to thy iiaiui.-." JVahn '.'. '«!.
E. E. HEWITT.
C. E.KOCH.
^r\
m
s
v,
i. Th« sum - nier is 0OB9 - log, the hon - ey - bees hum-nun^, Ami
2. The ju - hi - lant sea - ion hrings ma - ny a rea - son, For
3. Oh, heat us, our Pa - ther, as glad - lv ire gath - er, We
p •
>s
*=*=
(1 (l
k
V .
s *
fev-*-* j^r-f *-
H—' 51
< C
J *=3=
;
▼ • -r -* -r
seek - ing the blossoms they
prais - ing our Fa-ther on
thank Thee a - gain for Thy
1 <^< g 1
love; Each
high; The
care; 'Tis
1 r? * ,
morn -ing
meek lil -
thro' the <
— # — * — -#—
dis - ch - - ei
iea pron ing.
v - for
2 ^ —
=1=)
a
Hii
we
-*— 1
~i—;-l -L ■ *
-Jt — # — lt_
-*-
' ? > J / 1/ • !/
r r \j A
J [J [J
> J
1 ~i
-fl- '? 1 ST
— K-
_^Zf-/ — S s v
— h N-
— s a> fc-
N-
— s-
1
fTV 9 #- > * #
#
1
5 •
J • m « €
#
new wealth of
good - ness are
ask for Thy
P • tit r
ros
show
fa .
- es, Green branches are bend
-ing, Love smiles from the sun -
vor, That in Thy rich grace
P m m P m
■ ing
ny
we
#
9
a -
blue
may
bove.
sky.
share.
/£V In . <f
§ ' §
i#a ? (• . » *
j»
P ||| ' ' ! '
|
1
W * F "
^^:-_u^L. > __
— h a — \-0— ' — • • • —
— #—
— • —
1 '— {-J / /—
— •—
— • P — '
V 9 It V
u
•
L£ J —
Chorus.
i
* m f
Praise God
in the high - est! O praise Him
N Ss S \
«f i * J* r» ■ i< t
SvV
t
>:
dav!
*=r=r^*
;.•
praise Him to - day! O praise Him to - day! With rlow'rs of
h h s
— » — » — »_ r _#_j_^.
s — , — ^ -
U 1 •
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
The Summer is Coming. Concluded.
Bit.
£3EE*=£3
-N— N— V
PSB
££
fec-tion He's strewing our way, O praise Him, O praise Him to - day.
- '
*— s:
I
a
No. 97
With Joy We Come
HARRIET E. JONES
O come let us sing unto the Lord.
r-l £3— -.
Psalm 95: 1.
C. E. KOCH.
X£
r
-y
1. With joy we come and glad - ly sing In praise of our Re-
2. With joy we come for Him to stand, Who crowns with plen - ty
3. We come, we come to Him our King, From whom our year - ly
, » J ^ M. J . ± £ & r _
: P- »4-f
t=i
&±
t
i foH — el
• 1 "■ ■
1
deem - er, King, Who kind - ly watch
our fair land; Who sends the dew
bless - ings spring, And of - fer up
? 1 h J.
- es o er
and gen
our grate
IS U-
our ways,
tie rain,
ful praise,
And
That
In
I j-^f -
-?-£±
r — r
t=
Chorus. Cresc.
eth glad our
the yield from
of thanks and
youth - ful days,
hill and plain,
joy - ful lays.
We come, we
ith
H
#
r
r
praise, To Him who gives the har - vest days.
jr+
t *
n
■y-
Copyright, 1808, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 98. The Light of the Cross.
.
CHARLOTTE Q. HOMER.
March tempo,
CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
? '*
rom the croti of Christ up - lift-ed Shines an er - er - Issuing light;
lonn that gsth-ers o'er ns, Adds new Ins -tex to its ray;
Tho' the tern-pest 'round me ra-ges, By it-. Light my way i> sure;
ill I
I
*
E^
mm*.
*
t=t
^B^BFf^EgEi
By its rays the clouds are rift - ed,
And the cares that rise be - fore us,
And tliro'-out the sweep of a - ges,
Till the home-land is in sight.
In its ra-diance pass a - way.
It, un - shak-en. shall en - dure.
±'± ± H M. +
Bless-ed light, light di-vine,
Bless-ed light, light di-vine,
p i i i
To the world thv ravs are
• !
^M 13 ^
XlJLE
I f
f=f
BEg
r>
_*^-m tg
■-;
>* V V I ■* V V I V V
stream - ing; Hallowed light, light of love, From the
Hallowed light, li^ht of love,
F
>=£:
QUARTFT. J/:/ /V emitted
i^g^^S^
i i i i
1 — r
f Christ is beam -ing, Oh, thou bright and shining light, gleam
JL JL. JL +. +. beautiful light,
-*-_*•-*- .a ■ I t , I +* •—
I I I
^
:»_*_»-
v-v
Copyright, 18M I. Gabriel.
The Light of the Cross. Concluded.
on, gleam on, To guide the weary wand'rerin the
beau-ti- ful light, beau-ti-ful light,
right, gleam on, gleam on
Beau-ti-ful light, beau-ti-ful light, beau-ti-ful light
4L±t
fefc=5
BE
/—/—/
-# — # — # — •-
/ ^ w
No. 99. There is a Happy Land,
a
4-g-
J
4=f
J
I
1. There is a hap - py land, Far, far a - way, Where saints in
2. Come to that hap - py land, Come, come a- way; Why will you
3. Bright in that hap - py land, Beams ev - 'ry eye; Kept by a
>a^
%k=
WM
1 — ? —
glo-ry stand, Bright, bright as day; Oh, how they sweetly sing, Worthy
doubting stand.Why still de - lay? Oh, we shall hap-py be, When from
Father's hand, Love can - not die; Oh, then, to glo - ry run, Be a
SE
*=t
*__#_«:
->— /-
-"
i
is our Sav-ior, King, Loud let His prais-es ring, Praise, praise for aye.
sin and sor - row free, Lord, we shall live with thee,Blest, blest for aye.
crown and king-dom won, And bright a-bove the sun We reign for aye.
m
£ t. t. ±
m
jizzi:
No. 100.
JENNIE WILSON.
Be A Blessing.
"Wherefore roiufort uue another." 1 TTmim 1 l&
feE£
P. W. HILL.
: ;
fn
^r^~*
i. In this world of curt en - cumbered, Be s bless -ing, be a bless-ing;
2. Un - to toil -crs weak and wea - ry, Be ablos-ing.be a bless-ing;
3. Scnrillg Christ who died for oCh-Cft, Be abless-ing.be a bless-ing;
1
I F
4-y - H > » =?:
t — r
s
3FS
3=t
rr
n
I re
1
1 IL k.
1 / k.
J is r*
1 fc. h J
1 1 r
iU. p. i J
" • 1 1 J 1
1 * p * •
\lVl m \ m
2 *i«4! € «
"V ' 4 « 2
~ f 9 2 •
* -^# • # .
* -^ 9 f •
With the use - ful ones be nunvbered, Be a bless-ing, be a bless-ing;
Where some lot is lone and drear- y, Be a bless-ing, be a bless-ing;
Counting all as sis-ters, brothers, Be a bless-ing, be a bless-ing;
-»^- — 3 — : — a s j t-- — - - — #— 1 — h- — »
rf»>: -r-^-r — * — ' — 1
F ' i 1 1
L . ^ H P;— ^
-1 — j-J F W-'~
\^> I* • 1* 1* 1*
r* * t* 1* 1* '
f f J \
1 ' i
\
11/11
1 b b 1
1 •> y 1
V
n ....
1 1 !
III
1 / 1 1 J
Ili
1 '
1
i' *
-
f f f
£ f m
"k 2 2 2 J
m 9a
9 9
9 9 2-
^/' # # # # - _»
See the du-ties round you ly -ing, Do them, as the days are fly-ing,
Make some heavy bur - den light -er, Make some gloomy path-way brighter,
Need - ed help and com-fort giv - ing, Make life rich - er for your liv - ing,
•0- -0- -0- mmmmm'*-'*--*'
/S\" 1
m m m m
w w w w
1 ' 1 m
»^ ,-*
* (• (• *
1 111
' 1 J
1 i I 1
1 1 1
1 1 1 1
ii
SEEEjEEf
I '
Stand not i - die, nev - ev try - ir.
Help to make life pur - er, whit-er, Be
There will then be no mis -giv -ing. Be
I bless-ing, be a bless-ing.
a bless-ing, be a bless-ing.
■ bless-ing, be a bless-ing.
I -*>
t-L
Chicago, ill-
No. 101. Sabbath Bells.
"Remember the- Sabbath day, to keep it holy.*' Kx. 20:8.
JENNIE WILSON. LESTER PRICE.
Ai — r i -^ -^r- rrr 1 J 1
I love to hear
2. They bid us lift
3. The plead-ing of
nfes
A
the Sab - bath bells Ring out their mu - sic
our songs of praise To Him who reigns a-
the Sab - bath bells We will - ing - ly o-
e c e
y
s
%
a
*
-0
1
sweet, And to the hal-lowed house of prayer Their welcome call re -
bove, And of - fer in His earth-ly courts The tri - bute of our
bey, And hith - er come with grate-ful hearts To worship God to-
1^^ r^ "•"£'•■
- ji ik V • ,— r« ' 4 A J'P r 1 r t" f (t___^ *—$0 1
j^BS i — * — h fe= i* i# * -f> — *— ^— g
$SE
peat. )
love. >
day. )
Sab-bath bells! Dear Sab-bath bells! In sweet ac-
Dear Sabbath bells! Dear Sabbath bells!
em
cord Their voic-es blend; Sab-bath bells! Dear
In sweet accord Their voices blend; Dear Sabbath bells!
— «__#-•_* — . — m-
*-±*—ft-
m
jp=£ia:=p:
=g * %m •
W=&r?==*
— #- J =-# — 0-
V ')/ 6 I
->-V— V-
t-T
}/ V $
V •
3 -#rjf5"
*&
Sab-bath bells ! They bid our thoughts to heav'n as - cend.
Dear Sab-bath bells!
ft r> ft
m
jE
1
-tf-
t~ r
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 102.
C. H. G.
Send the News,
"Good MWI bom th<- far country.'
Proi
CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
mm i \ut-.ti $m
Semi the goe-pel message o - wtt land and sea, Strike the chains of
Need we cross the sea the la - bor to be- gin, While around us
In - to all the world, go, preach the word of peace; Work, and watch.and
^m
i I #• fczjr
]> tf
1
E
UJHJ I f: ^
dark-ness, set the cap-tive free; Be the work of mer - cy
souls are dy - ing in their sin? 'Neath the ver - y shad - ows
pray, His king-domto in-crease. Give of time and tal - ent,
f?
?
&m.
u
:=*:=:-ic£E3EgiE
J;
ii^^p
earn-est-ly be -gun, Tell to ev-'ry creature what the Lord has done.
of our sacred spires See the smoke of incense rise from Pagan fires.
give of earthly store, Send the blessed news: ' 'God reigns from shore to shore. ' '
mmmmmnm^am
Chorus.
M
m
1 news,
;nd the bles
Send the blessed news, On the wings of
Send the blessed news, Send the bless-ed news On the win:;* of faith and
-r-Pr-V 'tT t,t p ' ff T f S^£*i-t-
■*—*-
Z^ztiTt^
1
PTTf
» •
1/ b I
J I'Hf
FS^Ff^
TXitf
HP
faith and ear-nest prayer; Send the news the blessed
love and ear-nest prayer. Send the news; Send the bless - ed news.
£jj' : ?l§
S^;
^^:
COPYRIGHT. IttS. «Y CM»» H GAtRltL
MEYER «. BROTHER. OWNER,
0HICA00, ILL.
U 1 b M
Send the NeWS. Concluded.
tm
rrv —
.ft
-^F^
o .
I
news! In - to all the world the ti-dings bear.
Send the blessed news!In - to all the world the gos-pel ti-dings bear.
4L.± -.-
W
?ZZ=g=fr=E= fr-p- E 3=JE
j • 1 V > — L^ 5 — "—"
r
E3i
r
P f>
No. 103.
Savior, Pilot Me.
J. E. GOULD.
«
^-fc-
= Pi — «u-<
*
^»-T'
r— -
r
1. Je - sus, Sav - ior, pi - lot
2. When th'A-pos-tles' frag -ile
3. As a moth - er stills her
4. When at last I near the
5=*
me
bark
child,
shore,
(2—
O - ver life's tem-pest-uous sea;
Struggled with the bil-lows dark,
Thou canst hush the o - cean wild;
And the fear - ful break-ers roar
... -. ft *
p— 1
t==$
H*— 1
F
E:
F
n -ii ■> - fc
|
1 ^ fc
1
V 1 / ' *
_r 1 J k. ■ is • k.
1
•VLB *. • *
j. #.#;#. ^«> r> *>
,-b 1
'ffTr 1
!
1
"l J J J
9 m m 9 a
r P m m ' ■ m *m m *m
1
v • • • • •
Unknown waves
On the storm
Boisterous waves
'Twixt me and
be-fore me
- y Gal - i
- bey Thy
the peace-ful
* * m
Vj ' ' V ' v ZJJ
roll, Hid-ing rock and treacherous shoal;
lee, Thou didst walk a-cross the sea;
will When Thou sayst to them,"Be still."
rest. Then, while lean - ing on Thy breast,
tfr-*- m . - - • - * - d ! 1
/EY 1, S • 8
» • 5 « 5
*
f#J., ^ • •
\~ f M
* 1 r 1
■^— *V ' M
1 1 ij ij
j ^
1 V U J
1 \J \J l>
!> u>
1 J ^ 'J
P*
1
i
i
^
■■&-
Chart and corn-pass came from Thee: Je - sus, Sav - ior, pi - lot me.
And when they be - held Thy form, Safe they glid - ed thro* the storm.
Wondrous Sovereign of the sea, Je - sus, Sav - ior, pi - lot me.
May I hear Thee say to me, Fear not, I wil
ill
P 1
p g^E - l», — r-*—? — p— — »
lot thee."
i
► v
' J V
r
No. 104. In the Army of the Sunday-School.
E. E. HEWITT.
I. ukc 7 : B.
E. E. MEYER.
^— *
i. We'll iu-v-er strike oar col -on when we're fighting for the right, We're
_•. We're still en -list-ing oth-ers for the sen -ice of onrKing, Come,
3. Oh! see oar ranks in-creas-ing sj the sen-sons now go by, Still,
1, We wel-come all who join us; oth - er thousands we in -vite; Our
&•".;>
!»'/-i
1
r Q- b 1 Ps Ps *-,
1
_* _
1
1 s- s — V-i
1
1 — 1 1
ib&\? k i — # — s
~# ^ ~> IN
F
— sr
fr?Y V P #
* J
^ S S~* 9
m 1 p
UU r j
• # J
sol-diers of King Je - sus, and we'll bat -tie in His might; His an-gels —
join our glad hat - tal-ions, learn the hap - py song we sing, And march he-
more and more are com-ing, with their fac - est'wardthesky; Our hal - le-
ery is, "We shall conquer," for we trust on r Leader's might; We'll nev-er
| * 1 * * . • *•
fmY h 1 J
r r
19 *, p u 4. f
4 p
p
1
^^W \% v 1
.
' 1 L
2-2 —
-J 1
-«. 1
-1 — Lis
%
s
&j?
guard sur-round us, and His Word shall be our light, March-ing in the
neath the ban-ner that will joy - ful vie - fry bring, March-ing in the
lu-jah cho - rus blends with happy songs on high, March-ing in the
strike our col -ors when we're fighting for the right, March-ing in the
, t , ,- t , j f , r^-r-J 1
^
Chorus. Jf7M Bgvr.
Eg
v — B-
13=r=i=f3
*
ar - my of the Sun-day-School.
ar - my of the Sun-day-School.
ar - my of the Sun-day-School.
ar - my of the Sun-day-School.
In the ar - my we are marching,
Copyright, 1SVX, by Meyer A Brother, Chicago, 111.
In the Army of the Sunday-School. Concluded.
ar-my we are marching, Marching in the ar-my of the Sun-day-School.
if i> [, y u
No. 105. Daily be my Guide.
JENNIE WILSON. ^ will guide thee with mine eye." Ps. 32: 8.
re^
FT
-#--.-* — i 1 — l - m -0-* L -0-0 — u # \-m-m—i
P. W. HILL.
fc=t=t
-^ '
1. Dai - ly be my guide, O Sav-ior, In the way that I should go,
2. If some bit -ter grief be-fall me, Peace un -to my spir -itspeak;
3. Lead me in Thy lov - ing kind-ness If my path be bright or drear;
m
&&
-J-S^rl
fcj£±
S3
■&T
Ff
+
1=1
IPi
1 #-;-J 1 H
And when per - ils lie be-fore me, Thy pro-tec-tion 'round me throw.
Strength to bear my ev - 'ry bur -den, Of Thee,Sav-ior, I would seek.
What- so - ev - er be my por - tion Let me feel that Thou art near.
£
J-J.
s
*=£
E£
i
Soprano and Alto Duet.
4
m
-i — 1 — v
rr~f^
-I — i
■ 4 4— £
£=? =T 3^
azjza:
:«=:*
Dai - ly be my guide, O Sav-ior, Till my jour - ney here is o'er,
mi
m
t
TUTTI.
fee
rT~r
s
s=s;
C^JJ «i I
-gr
?=*
*^^r7rrr-*^^^r
Then with Thee in realms of glo - ry Let me dwell for - ev-er
fc£
-0 — 0-
'=£
W-^-r
m
m
f=f
t=t
r
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 106. I am Safe on the Rock of Ages.
•"Ih«- Bock of salvation " 1't-ali:
JENNIE WILSON.
C. E. KOCH.
1. Far a -hove the swell - tag tide, From life's beat - ing storms ] hide,
2. Chang-ing sea-sons mine and go, Surg - ing bil-lows ehh and flow
3. This dear tov - ert cleft for me, Shall my wcl-come ref - u^'e be,
£>•; ..'-'« ' '
fc^e^t
£=£
j V \j *
v.
> h
i
i:/ 1 '^'
Here by faith I will a - bide, I am safe on the Rock of A - ges.
Still a - bid-ing peace I know, I am safe on the Rock of A - ges.
Throughout all e - ter - ni - ty, I am safe on the Rock of A - ges.
'-
"!>'
^B
r=F
Chorus.
1=2
♦ — *r
I am
IS N
m
safe
the Rock of
A - jres.
^
'/ •
n f-, 1
, s «s 1 1
1
1
jk
|
1* !
*\ IS
JW Jr~
J rt _S_J — uj_
— —
— u
N 1 —
— •-—
# 1—
1 1
1h?—*~ "■ J* — * — £*—
— &—
p —
— ■ # —
-*— ^r~
v- w j J n j uj
'
4 _l
" * •
1 *
safe
1
on the Rock of A •
f ft 1 9-y^
57
■ ges,
9 m
Tho' the
wild -
•
est gale
m
•
my re-
/CV v-_J
9 r
B't^-r—
— 1 B — 1 1 —
-J
-fc —
—
W 1M—
s> B — h -
—0—
— &—
— # — .
~f"
~f 1~
1
1
• •
1
l> 1
"V •
No. 107. I am Trusting in Thy Blood.
"Wo havo redemption through bis blood. Bphealftni 1: 7.
W. J. KENNEDY. W. S. NICKLE.
1. Sav - ior, who for me once died, Let me in Thy bos - om hide;
2. I've no mer - it of my own, Thine I plead and Thine a - lone;
3. Thou hast with Thy pre-cious blood, Paid my ran-som un - to God;
4. Sav - ior, near Thy wound-ed side, I would ev - er - more a - bide;
5. Care I not for aught be - side But for Thee, the Cru - ci - fied;
1
B
*=£
r
t
W:
53=£
1 r r r v
t=t
i
ftfiM
1 — r
Let Thy blood that flowed so free, Cleanse my soul, and make me free.
Thou didst suf - fer in my place, Now I seek Thy pard'ning grace.
Thou canst help me, Thou canst bless, Clothe me in Thy right-eous-ness.
'Neath the shad-ows of Thy cross, Earth-ly things seem but as dross.
I would nev - er from Thee part, Keep me near Thy lov - ing heart.
t J r-# fe# & rfe# * f" ? 1 • * <S>—
^
H
F
T=t
t=t
f
Chorus.
m
t=t
t=t
-& — "
I am trust-ing in Thy blood, Pre-cious Sav-ior, Lamb of God;
*EW
3F
s
-^-
r=f
r
rr
^
t+±i_ \ U I J
S
H
2=3
32:
^ r
From all sin now set me free, I am trust-ing on - ly Thee.
4 -tl t J
^r-^-rl
©i££
B
-^-
~t — 1 — r
Copyright, 1898, by W. S. Nickle,
f
No. 108. What is Your Record.
lJoth low and hinh. rich ami \»jor. to;. • Jm 4ft 1
g
-
I. N. McHGSE.
^
Oil, what is your rec - ord, my broth - er,
A rec - «»rd you know you are inak - ing,
A rec - ord that's dark and lon-demn - ing,
Your last act will soon be re - cord - ed.
Oh, what is your
A rec - ord that
Will cause you both
The sum-mons then
% i I %—%
**
3 — r
(1
# i
rs
\
s.
|
N
N
h
V ft *
| K J'
J
#
•
JL
E
—
5! •
J
Ss
W •
rec
with
shame
you
- ord
you
and
must
I pray?
will stay;
dis - may;
o - bey;
Will
You
When
You
•
it do
can nev
the world
must meet
-*- #
to
- er
shall
ev -
m
be
be
Ty
ff
lead
from
called
page
•0-
by
it
to
ff
an-
my
as-
your
■*-
7m\^ •
«
«
1
2
■
■
3
3
2
it
(fjz*
\^ *
I 5 *
j
1"
i
1
>
J
;
j^f.
o .
oth - er,
broth - er,
sem - ble,
his - t'ly.
Will it
Will it
At the
At the
pass
pass
bar
bar
V
in
in
of
of
the great judg-ment
the great judg-ment
the great judgment
the great judg-ment
*: LJ %
day?
day-
day,
day.
m
• r i
Chorus. s
n 4 I ri T 1
! - } N
i * \ * M
■* S |
1
A L 1 • M -
« •?
i • d i i J
Fr> m m a m
# • * # '
m * m m * *
r, • #>
V-)) • . * * *
r> •
«; 0*000 ^
Are vou read - v with your rec -ord? For the com-ing judgment dav?
'/£Y«# 0-0
• m *
•
1
(•- * i i . r *
m *
k, • *
*— ' ' u* 1/
i » ^
i *
■
r~ * i/ i
* w
I
;
you read-y? Oh, my brother. The summons soon you must o - bey.
T S
1 . r I -£r ir ' * * r
f " , / 7-^1 ^~ ■
•=+
Oopj right, UNL k> Hcgr«* & ProlW, Chicago, B.
No, 109. The Song of my Soul.
E. R. LATTA.
-*U A-*
"serve him with all your bouI." lH>ut. 11 : 13.
F. S. SHEPARD
ee£e£
1. All praise to His name — All hon - or and fame, Who suf-fered that
2. He sought me a - far, On per - il - ous bar, Where wild - ly the
3. I'm jour - ney - ing here, From year un - to year, And heav - en a-
irase
H->-
U V V
i
I might be whole;
bil-lows did roll;
bove is my goal;
J » r
All worth-y is He, Ex - alt - ed to be, And
He saved me from woe, To Him all I owe, And
My Lord in - ter-ceeds, Up-holds me and leads, And
JEEF=*=tt
v r F-
Chorus.
*=*
if V If
n tt
^ I s *,
^
! 1 js rs
V *r
fn
1 * r^
1
A. k
j 1 j
J
. — •
• * # #
rm r
"
\±\) !
* « #
#
# #
j J
J +
this
this
this
#
is
is
is
•
the song of
the song of
the song of
f T
my
my
my
soul.) The song, ,.,,., . of my
soul. >
soul. ) hap - py song
•
/•vtf *
L L L
r ' r
* ^ »
l^>> «
w
•* r r 1 '<?
^— ' 1 ■ r ' r r
^■""H
/
7 |* b k X
y
y
• y y
•
'• '/ i J
:z?^.
-*-
— H ■ 1 # ' -m
* * * C?T f
soul The song of my soul, All
of my soul, hap-py song my soul, w
@
£
7— t
V
V if U
^ if
4s— V
-A ^
££
SI
m ,— d — * I 1 — J — I— : — I 1 — * m m x m = — ' m '. d
' -0- -0- -+ . -+ -+ -0- -0- ■§■ * m ^ 9
worth-y is He Ex - alt - ed to be, And this is the song of my soul.
Me*
*—0
t : t t f • 1 g f
F- -B — * — b — is — • — 0-
— h^
11
0— '—0 — 0-
v \>
->— >-
-y — y — y — y — y-
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. no.
I Will Trust Him.
• ll.y peoplfl ^hull »>♦• willing in Um day o! tliy p0WW.'
Mr§. H. F. THOMAS.
m
PntmllOc I.
A. W. LAWRENCE.
: : :
%
i. Tbo' lie slay
2. Tho' He slay
3. Tho* He slay
me, I will trust Him, Trust Him in the dark-est
me, I will trust Him, Clinging clos-er, clos - er still;
me, I will trust Him, Faith shall leap the bounds of life!
_*_•_#
£ ft
'V<
1
V=E
X=t
"
N
=J
e
/ / /
Trust Him tho' I can-not see Him, Trust Him, trust Him all the
Clos-er till the cross shall lift me, Near - er, near - er to His
Hid with Christ in God for - ev - er, I shall dwell a-bove the
± ± * S
»-*■ • ■ • ' a ■— " , ? "~ J » , * * *-
II av.
will.
strife.
g
r
?=f
Chorus.
1
K
N
1
S
J '? # #
J
1 *
• '
f'V 7 ^
*
m
*
[ _
*■
Z
I will trust
I
•
will
Him,
trust,
m
1
I
will
will trust
trust
•0-
•
in
■0-
r
Him
Him
m
I
I
will
will
/£V h
1 1
\9J» 7 "+
III 1
■
■
#
•
W,. £
^7 ?
|
•
•
1
\
t\
h v
>'.-
*=*
1 — *-
"Him.
trust
^
b l> U P I
trust Him ev - 'ry day; I will
trust Him, I will trust Him ev-'ry day;
trust
I will
• \
■*=££
%
ii
I will trust Him.
will trust in Him.
I \\ ill trust Him ev
: >'
day.
m
right, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. III. The Childrens' Shepherd,
"Looking unto Jeans. 11 Heb. V2:
Mrs. FRANK A. BRECK.
T. E. NYE.
i. I'm glad that I have
2. I'm glad that I have
3. I'm glad that I have
a "'Good Shep - herd," So pa - tient as
a "Good Shep - herd," Who helps me His
a "Good Shep - herd," To keep me from
§y. r
1— r- ^j izqzitizq:
Us±=£:
4-^
*=*=£
Je-
word
trou -
sus can be; I know that He loves lit - tie chil-dren, And
to o - bey; He walks at my side and He leads me, For
ble and wrong; Who some-time will take me to heav - en, That
m
$
Chorus.
J3==t
Ei
3=s
so
fear
beau
m
*=?
* 5.s
I am sure He loves me.
I should wan - der a - way.
ti - ful coun - try of song.
H
Tis Je - sus, my Shep-herd who
I
1— 1 h
s:
Ui i\ii i =t
loves
•
me, He calls me His own lit - tie lamb; I know that He
-r-i 1 1 -i
B
*=*:
3
I
t^
1
i^s
*=*
^fif
■z-^-f-^z)
al-ways will bless me, And I'll love Him wher-ev - er I am.
m
*—*-
4=t
£
±=t
je=je=£=*=jk
r^-^-
■^-
y l ^1 p p v ft v V
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, lib
No. 112. Lift Our Banner High!
"Who will t-iaud Bp fur iiic." l^alm 04: 16.
E. E. HEWITT.
WUK Vot too fast.
\ N K h
LESTER PRICE.
N
i^e*
3E£*
i. Lift our ban-ner high, lift our ban-ner high' Free as air it-self, let its
2. "Tis the flag we guard, "lis the flag we lovejW'c will lift a prayer to our
3. Lift our ban-ner high! Let us faith-ful be To its waving folds, sign of
;,'.■' .
-#- i -# — — — *-
? '*
m
f-'f-*-
££
-s—s—s-
r
* *-
V V
col-ors fly! 'Tis the blood-bought flag of the brave and true; Bless its stripes and
God a-bove,That His arm may save, That His word may guide, And His peace and
Lib-er-ty; Let no stain of sin mar itsbeau-ty biight;May our nation's
• r ?
±\± tL h
-0 — 0-
&
tZjEfEt
t=Si
F
\ J V - V
ii
$=&
i=z
Chorus.
■#T-#
N N
'* . Tg
■ X f ' • X -
fi*-l2*-3r
stars.bless its field of blue
truth, with our Ian
pride be the lov
d of blue. ^ T itk ..
, ,. , [ Lift it
d a-bule. >•
e of right. J
high, Lift it high,
Lift it high, Lift it high,
£15=3
1 1 j
M
XZ3I
v.
»^T
u i*
i
-*>-*-
r* ft
s s
m
i=i
&=±*- i t Jt"=*=*
X- f » * X 1
5^ P
For which he-roes fought, for which heroes die; Lift it high, Lift it
Lift it high,
**
t=t
-#—•#-
i I 1
*
m
^=IZP_
. 7
* ;
.
£ . 3 ' -^^ — £r^ — *~^
V
high, 'Tis the nob-lest flag be-neath the bend-ing sky.
Lift it high,
& h
^
3
X
f
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer Jfc Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 113.
E. E. HEWITT.
Guard and Guide.
■i lu- Lord is thy keeper." PwOm 181: 5,
C. E. KOCH.
'Lead us
Help us
Lead us
'Lead us
not
do
on
not
mm
m
in -to temp-ta-tion,"IIeav'n-ly Fa -ther,guard and guide
as we are bid-den, Heed-ing when Thy voice we hear;
in paths of bless-ing, Help-ing otli - ers as we go;
in - to temp - ta- tion,"Lord, de-liv - er us from ill;
— - — - — - ^ — - t +. +. +. -&.
5 — b— U-=^
- f • fr
i
V V
Shield us with Thy great sal - va-tion, Keep us near the Sav-ior's side.
In the Rock of A- ges hid-den, Let Thy grace in us ap-pear.
All we need, in Thee pos-sess-ing, May our light shine out be-low.
Thine the praise and ad - o - ra - tion.King-dom.powerand glo-ry still,
felS
2=w=-r-
see;
f
Chorus.
t=^ :
May Thy love in us a - bide; Keep us near the Sav-ior's side;
May Thy love Keep us near
h h J ". ^^J •£-£.£.•&
• r m »—m—r^ * *— r*-
^ _b ' ^ — ;-^=J
fcij
v— i/-V— y-
r
-Q — b-b fvn
r-1 , =
r _N _
r-l -*— *n
1
Sns 2
\*-i M ?
— H #— j- nV-
-0 — »~f — s. — i —
1 — ; M 1
-0* — m —
-wl
"Lead us
(prHrf-i-
L » L, I
not in - to temp-
r-0— »
L£ J J_
ta-tion,"Heav'nly
i 1 — ^
1 ! y
Fa-ther, guard and:
f fff
*uide.
^9 y—p p
-f- t/- — y — b
^ L ^_U=
X b— b— i^
}F :: I
p p
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 114. Walking With Jesus.
•■];.
LAURA E. NEWELL.
S S N
Lnfca 10: 20.
1_ E. JONES.
i. walk-ing close to Je-sus, Feeding on His word,
2. Sometimes 'mid the shadows Doth He lead me on,
3. Walk-ing close to |e-sus, 'Mid the storm or sun,
l\ .^ h K ' s R \ ft I
■
Ac - tivc in His
But with Him be.
I am His for-
>v
;:
4 I
9 • #
>=izl.
ii
* w ~ 9 — m V V V v v 9 - • -
serv-ice, I His voice have heard; Mine His peace and blessing, Sheltered
side me, Ev-'ry fear is
ev -er, Till life's toil is
- - - '* t-J
gone; Cling-ing still morecloscly To His
done; In His name I'll la - bor, La - DOT
n i 1 1 1 '
, , h ft
I 1
V 1 ' h \ _i d
k P hi k il m
!
$y!>-?-* ' *j
,* / J * -A ^-*"'
-« 0-
rj
\s\) * rJ
in His love,
nail-pierced hand,
as I wait.
Walk-ing with my Savior, T'ward the home a -
Je- sus leads me oil-ward To Im-man - uel'a
Till with joy I en - ter Heaven's pear - lv
hove.
laml.
gate.
I
r
^ ; i ^t?" m \
+ J
c*
^-^r* >™ * L.
p . 0- ■
1 1 ^
^P I? F ^
1 > > r j •
1 ! ^. |
1 1 1
L>t>yp. ^yyp
Chorus.
£r
n- ^
• #
^*
^
Close, to my Sav - ior, Strong in His love,
Close to my Savior, Close to my Savior, Strong is His love, yes, strong is His love,
Pi
-0 — 0—0—0 — 0-
s 2i \ h L-L I 1 =t
:?zz»zr#=»:
I if \>
fT
-0 — 0—0—0-
#:.
• •
nil:
V— •
— -
leiiS
S !>> N
¥ u v vT
Near - - er to the man - gions, 'I o thehomethat waitsa-oove,
i- the mansions, Nearer each day, that waits above.
*•♦*- J
m
0-0
■1 1 1 *—f
*-+
s s s N N
• *
•>'
£^11*=*
t=x
Copyrlffb
P-F1 t*— F
Keyer A Brother, Chicago, 111.
=f
No. 115. My Dearest Friend.
"My beloved Ifl mine.* 1 Bongs of Solomon 2: UJ
Mrs. FRANK A. BRECK.
J. H. TENNEY.
1. Bless-ings ev - 'ry-\vhcrc a-bound, But the sweet - est I have found,
2. Je - bus knows my dai - ly need, And His arm is strong, in -deed;
3. Je - sus is my trust - ed guide, Walk-ing close - ly at my side;
4. When for me the gates shall swing, Where the hap - py an - gels sing,
frfrT 1 l
t=t
*H
n i-i
h
I !
|
h 1
K 1
J > ? 1
V
n . |
r"^ P
iLb '
0,
p m •
«|
J 1
t&— at-
— * * —
-H H
5 *
—0 —
J— * 1-=-l
tT 1-
Is
He
Till
Ev -
— * %—
the best
is near
my life
■ er - last
* L #- 7 J v#
one God could send, Je -
me to de- fend, Je -
on earth shall end, He
ing days I'll spend, With
sus Christ
sus is
will be
my best
1 ' - ' "
, my dear - est friend,
my dear - est friend,
my dear - est friend,
and dear - est friend.
•
e #_
f f .—+ -■:
L.
J~4 f r •
V$~?'~7~\ —
1 1
1 '
5 » S t
1
— —
T * — 1
»*^-H 0—
0—
* !
1 m • 1
1 > '
U
1 v » |
1
1/ 1
•
1
'•
1
s
Chorus.
=^t
iiHt
Je - sus loves me day by day, He
ill help me all the way;
n
^fct
5£
1
f—rr— ;-
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 116.
Onward, Onward.
L. E. J.
'
■* ~f * * * * : * ' ' '
L. E. JONES.
N 8
i. We are march-tag a • long, sing-tag as we go, We shall win,
2. We are march-tag a - long, tho' the world may jeer, Brav-ing ill,
;,. We are march-tag a -long, vic-to-ry is sure. Join our land,
mm
» »
■xr.
i
^F
I I y y y ,
J . -# — #— L- #- 7 — #-
ton quersta, van-quish ev - 'ry foe; Glad- ly march-tag a - lung
on-ward still, we've no need to fear; Glad- ly march-tag a -long
lend a hand, faith - ful - ly en -dure; Glad- ly march-ing a - long
~&^
c
-rh-
ffi^^
i t
*=*=;
>
^___ # ,
c
in the Sav-ior's might. We shall surely gain the day for truth and right.
heeding Christ's command, In His name we quickly go to take the land.
to a home a-bove, Keep from harm each moment l>y a Sav-ior's love.
±3--F-
< b
Chorus.
*
y ' y
* J. *
On-ward, on-ward, joy- ful -ly, day bv day, Nev
+ • •*-
er fear - ing,
m&±
¥?
<<
'i
i^i
1
-b~fc 3 ^ — b ~ i 1— - J — r v-'s— s — -* — S r— i
guid -ed a-longthe wav ; Hoping, trust-tag, Je-snswewill o-bey, From
3 . ♦.
# # — # — #---« — ^ — r # > M — I — — — 0- }-0 — r ~
m
T
j *
3=t
:gH»=^»-
• •
Hi >. t a Brotht r, Chioaffo, 111.
p*
Onward, Onward. Concluded
HK "T * -K .
JU-^
i i:^
ifcizz:
.0-±
*^=?
•i —
^— "■
II
Erfr-t
hour to hoar he
-#-- — # 0-- — 0-
— |K — y ? ^-
ives us pow'r, to gain a vie - to - ry.
-0-* #-2 ,0 * # «— -fc 4-
i
No. 117. The Homeland of my Soul.
A better country, that is. an heavenly." Heb. 11: 16,
JENNIE WILSON.
P433
4
* tr
— «— «<-
A. J. SHOWALTER
i f I <: d = « * I g ; I
I " I
i. Be-yond the dusk - y o - cean, Where sol - emn wa-ters roll,
2. Be - yond the shad-ows fall - ing, So soon on life's brief day,
3. Be - yond the pain and sor - row, Which oft - en comes to me,
SEiiapEZJE:
*±k=z
333?
-=z
T ± =^=r
Afce
**^
*=E
%
• g [ r ' - 1 » ' I; r ~« - -*
There is a coun - try glad and bright, The home-land of my soul.
My soul shall pass in - to a light, That nev - er fades a - way
My soul shall have a peace di-vine, Thro' all e - ter - ni - ty.
g: g fe f-
fc±
Bffi!
F
Refrain.
O home
ste
land, dear home-land, O hap - py sin -less
- ♦ « . £ #• ♦
shore;
Be-
^
pb F
1 — r
hg-
*fe
n
yond the
V s — * — #-
?
tide I shall a - bide, Safe there for - ev - er - more.
*&.
m r^-t-f
f=F
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 118. Laud Him and Praise Him.
••lY.ii~.th. Lord, all y. <n ntiliH, and laud biiu, all ye lvoiile." Horn. 15: 11.
A. F. M. A. F. MYERS.
With spirit.
«>
§
v v r " v ' v v
i. Soul have you heard him, liless-ed Re* deem •er, Tell -ing His
_-. Glad - ly He wel - comes ev -'ry one bur- dened: Come with your
3. See how the bil - lows cease an . gry roll - ing! Lo! how the
L?«
-hr^ — 1 I s — f* — FT
1 Fr ~^~l
dL.h U 1 «
ITT V ~> 4 m
is r j
\S\J ' J • J . * * •
<rt •■
« *m m
J • l *
mes - sage, sto - ry of
tri - als, come with your
tern - pests haste to -
^ •
ove,
care;
bey;
Won-der- ful
Lay down you
Thus may His
—m * * ■
, . f . ^ . ,
jour - ney here to re -
r sor - rows — Je - sus will
pow - er res - cue the
1 f • * . 4 • ai
©VVf-'-r-^H'-^-
4-
P P *
* • f» ' 9 — n —
P CL| 1 L ^ ^
L i
> / ^
l— 1 1 * — * — / — '
, *&h h h
I
IS rS IS
L !? 1 1 * « #
* • 1 h ^ ^ .
1
rm' / * • # • 1 1 1
ml J 1 *1
J € • #
j .
deem us, won-der - ful home in heav-en a - bove? )
help you, won-der - ful Sav - ior, all bur-dens to bear; > Won-der-ful
fall - en, won-der-ful Sav - ior, to save vou to- day; )
— m ± ±
m • ,, » »
/£Y w * • fU -> «
rv • 1
!<•>>., 7 * . *■ .1 8* *
r 1 1 ! 1 1
f£ . 1 (• I* #
^4i u i 1 P ft * *
p P -r r r
f * # * # r
1 ' V V v
1 i— > t & &
;•
-*— #-
-N — fS— JS
# #
; r ; ; J
#— *-
^ *>
• / • l - • l 1 •
is the blessed Redeemer; Wonderful is the Savior and Lord! Blessed Re-
■#. «■• «. «. «. ♦' «•• J- 4 4 ja-A« n v n
-0—0—0-r*
tst
1
v— >— >
^_ / _ / .
•> / >
v— > — /
>— >-
«» . «! .
Ff
r=r
" ' & ^ — *
deem - er!Laud Him and praise Him! Woniieiful mercy! Won-der-ful word]
» • »
telrrrt
' * .^^2
r g c r^
@E
•II
r 1 w v v
\ I'. M3 tn, Toledo, O. Q] JnT
No. 119. Hallelujah, I am Free!
I. N. McHOSE
I. N. McHOSE.
t-±- k— V-1 --I — ^~g — *-p — T - s=
N-, — h
i u, < 1 f i j
9
1. Steeped in sin and deg-ra -da-tion, For my heart hath gone a- stray;
2. In the dark a - lone I wan-dered, With no hand to guide my way,
3. I will tell to all a-round me, That sal - va-tion's full and free,
4. Help me praise my pre-cious Sav -ior, For His won-drous grace to me;
.-•#-•♦■ -0- -0- -0- -0- ' ■#- -0- * ■•- ■#- •#- -&-
But I heard a sweet voice say-ing, "Wand'ring child, comehome to-day.'
When an arm of might-y pow - er, Lead me in - to brightest day.
That his bound-less love and mer - cy, Reach-es e - ven down to me.
Praise Him, an - gels, and re-deemed ones, Praise the Lord e - ter- nal - ly.
■9— 7-
m
Chorus
1 s ^ r>
r 4-
—4-
_k _fcn
r 4— +-K-K,
' "1 1
. J *
•
— # —
\ ^-L... %
M
Glo - ry,
p, ti • *»
glo - ry hal - le -
lu -
— —
*
— 0-±-0 —
I am s
— ! !
aved, redeemed anc
H 1 1 1
-1 ! 1 1
[free;
m , — £
-1 ^ — y — v-
T
-1~
* • *
-5— t
0'000
1 L> u u
r— 1
I
*=*
Glo - ry, glo
1/ b I
ry hal -le - lu - jah, Christ has spo - ken peace to me.
-*— 0-
i
1 I V V I P
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago,IH.
No. 120, Follow In His Footsteps.
Ami H>- haiili unto them, lollow m< " Matt. 1:
FLORA KIRKLAND.
■'■' ■ i
LAWRENCE.
i.
2. O
* ?' + -t
& 3
fo] - low
fol - low
fol - low
s
ll foot-steps, A - long life's wea-ry way,
Ili> foot-steps, When bright the way and glad,
His footsteps, In sick-ness or in health,
i •■
m
s
h'
?j
ft
t=t=f
** 9 9 » * • #
/
He trod the path be-fore thee, The bless- ed Son of God; He
He Look -eth down from glo -ry, Make not thy Sav - ior sail; Do
Cling close-ly to thy Sav -ior, In pov - er - ty or wealth, N<>
n-
i
fc*
I
?j>
V
<-, — h-
>;
W=9
^ p T "* ♦ ~+
knows when life looks drear-y. He hears thy ev - 'ry sigh; O fol - low
noth-ingthat would grieve Him, That Friend above all friends. Give joy no
good thing He with-hold - eth, No harm shall come to thee; In foll'wing
-# — m — # — — #-
;2=^=M»=F
- » m #-- r- »
,'.
Chorus.
l=t
-'s-
.' >
in His footsteps, And mett Him by and by. >
pow'r to tempt thee, If e- vil with it blends. - Follow where He lead-eth. Tho'
in His footsteps, Thy life shall guarded be. ) ■
i i
B3
&£
■ ' i *
•s ^ ^ ^
i=^
■II
V=S=*=T
dark the way ap-pear; Glo-ry lies be-fore thee, It may be ver - y near.
tL ± ±L JL +
i=+
2E£
> ; _ y — / — £
'
.i • LSSfl bj M'\. r .v Brother, Chicago, ill.
All For Me.
"Who loved me, and gave himself forme.' Gal. •-!: 80.
Mrs. FRANK A BRECK.
!J-rf?-fc-R S-t-i K : V
10.121,
Irs. FR
J. H. TENNEY.
m
s
1. Je - sus came to save my soul, All
2. Oh! what love was His to give, All
3. Un - told bless-ings may be mine, All
ii
for me,
for me,
for me,
All for me,
IN h I
all for
all for
all for
*&
$-£$
fc£
IS
»
1
Sea
—&
me;
me;
me;
all for
Came to make
When He died
Thro' His grace and love
the wound -ed whole, All for
that I might live, All for
di - vine,
All for
me;
fc£
3=*
me,
me,
me,
all for me,
JL.
all
all
all
for
for
for
^Nfc?
S^
U T
me Je - sus wore a crown of
me Je - sus par - dons all my
me With the Lord who loves me
all for me.
-• r~. a i m. . 1 0-
I
V±=^
ff*
x-
thorn, Bear-ing grief, and pain, and scorn; 'Twas for me they all were
sin, Shows a king - dom I may win; Where He bids me en - ter
so, Joys m e- ter _- nal I shall know, Where the ciys - tal wa -ters
-Jt— ^« 9-± » . #_• — «_
Copyright, 1893, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111
No. 122. Wonderful Story of Love
. . t hi tit;*
. . Jo : 1 .
Rev. J. M.
V
Rev. J. M. DRIVER.
s s s
1. Woll-thl -fill Sto-:
2. Won-der-ful sto-iy « f
3. Won der-ful sto-ry of
love;
love;
love;
Tell it to me a - gain; Wonderful
Tho' you are far a - way, Wonderful
Je-sus pro-vides a rest; Wonderful
m
• •
TJ-tnf?
irnc-
b
h v
-Ki-
te
Xzm:
&(^S
\ LI
*=f
sto
sto
sto-
ry of
ry of
ry of
love;
love;
love;
Wake the im-mor-tal strain! An -gels with rap-ture an
Still He doth call to - day; Call-ing from Cal- va-ry's
For all the pure and blest, Rest in those mansions a-
m
*=£
» » #
• — »^
nac
• • •
s
* #
-+*
------ • • • •
nounceit, Shepherds with won-der re-ceive it; Sinner.oh! won't you believe it?
moun-tain,Down from the crys-tal bright fountain, E'en from the dawn of creation
bove us, With those who've gone on before us, Singing the rapt-u-rous cho-rus,
*±1
i 1 1 1 F 'F
■+ST
t=t
azzi:
V ¥ ¥
1 ^ is k.
s.
K '
Choris.
1
'A
) h r\ J s
1 1
'
L 1 • * -
#~ • ~
U. i U
# •
8
^ « « -9.
0) • 4 •
J m * *
'
f . .
*
Won -der- ful sto-ry
Won-der-ful sto - ry
Won-der-ful sto-ry
of
of
of
! ove * (\Von - der - ful!
o\e. ( Wonderful sto- rv of love! <
love. )
Won -
Wonderful
/ry « * * - *
1 1
1 — I — I — I — I
f
m U m
1^' 1 1 1 r 1 '
t- 1 m
l •?
" > > > > y
(• • r '
0'
* . *
M
V V ¥ V V V
I H
• • •
a
4—
U
##*
# •
»=*
der - ful! Won - der - ful! Won-der-ful sto-ry of love!
sto-ry of love! Wonderful sto-ry of I
¥¥¥¥¥¥
Used I j
No. 123.
Come This Way.
"Lrt liiui that is athirst.
DAVID H. KING, D. D.
W. S. WEEDEN.
m*
3
-Ps--
m
— M-tT
>- L g
As I drift up-on life's bil-lows, Long-ing for the light of day;
And me-thinks I hear my moth -er, Call-ing from the oth - er shore,
Hark! I hear the voice of Je - sus, Waft -ed from a heav'n-ly land;
Oh! the bliss, the joy of meet-ing Lov'dones in that might-y throng;
fcE
E£=
-t*
m
£
-25 — -
I can al - most hear fromheav-en, Lov'd ones singing,"Come this way.
With a voice so sweet and ten - der, Far a - bove the bil - lows roar.
I can al - most see His glo - ry, And the beck'ning of His hand.
Jc-in-ing with them in their sing - ing, Of the ev - er-last-ing song.
: — - 1 - f- +- . * # — i= — t— r M-±-M—k — # _ r ^
zr=m * a= :pr=i:=£=pcz : » — T~T~^ = i=
— /— I— u 5^=:b=;^ ZLr ^ ^ ^ =y
*E*iEE£
U t<
1
'=#■
«=
Come this way. come this way, Here is light, and joy, and peace;
Come this way, come this way,
#. #■ -ft
i Xr -
8=p
±=t
ifHz:
1 — r
/Os
I
3£
PI
P^
f=*
Come this way
Come this way
come this way,
L> if ' \
And your sor-rows all shall cease,
come this way,
fcfc
££
Copyright 1897, by W. S. Weeden.
No. 124. He Saves Me.
dth." Bph. t: 8.
J. W. VAN DE VENTER.
#
W. S. WEEDEN.
S S N
N p P P-
: : i
i^P*
i. The dear lov. ing Sav-ior hath found me, And shat-tered the fet-ters that
He sought me m> long ere 1 knen Him, but fi - nal - ly win-ning me
3. I n< • nev-er will leave Him,Groa «ea-rv <.f serv - ice and
gig i % zzj — » » -f — # a • J r-nr-f— # r *
H
t=t
5
bound me,
to Him,
grieve Him,
I ho all was con -fu -
I yield -ed my all
I'll con-stant-ly trust
£*=f-
*=T*=*
/
ston a -round me. He came and spake
to pur- sue Him, And asked to he
and be - lieve Him, Re-main in 1
m m m , \ + -0~ —
t=t
-a # # *-#
> * £ r
:^;
peace to my soul;
filled with His grace;
pres-ence di - vine;
9 ? ~* r~
The bless-ed Re-deem-er that bought me, In
Al-thougha vile sin - ner be-fore Him, Thro*
A - bid - ing in love ev - er flow - ing, In-
m
S=i
•-'-
1 -
^ 1 s s i s
1
\ K s
S
V *
J
J
ih "h
N a a a
a .
.
a
4
i a a
-
ts y ! 4
•
# 1
*r
V
ten -
faith
know
der- ness con-stant-ly sought me.
I was led to im-plore Him,
-ledge and grace ev - er grow - ing,
a * - ' *~
I he way
And now
■ - fid -
4 4
a
of
I
ing
a
a 1
sal - va- tion
re-joice and
im -plic- it -
m m
He
a-
ly.
m
M> f
1 ' 11
9 | #
a
Ji—
~|
^— ' r r r r 1 r
T 1 —
— U4i<-
— *^—
-*
^
s s s s s
1 1
i 1 1 1
#
a #
Chori"
-/
hob
&
taught me, And made my heart per-fect-ly wnoie. /
Him, Re-stored to His lov - ing em - brace. - II
know-ing, That le - sus, the Sav-ior, is mine . y
^- - . » fa > j| . 7 *• . f-r-I-ri-rp-*-
me. He
B*
> • laD V< after.
He Saves Me. Concluded,
:H.
g y I ' s ^rVr*- — —
• - ^ * p
saves me, His love fills my soul, hal-le-lu - jah! Oh, glo-ry,oh glo - ry,
X * *•
V— p-
— f I _Lj_:^L-U--l- 7 »tfq
J?z'A
1]
y v v
His blood cleanseth me from all sin.
1 * - m
-£=£.
1
M
No. 125.
I'm A Pilgrim,
Mrs. MARYS. B.
1 J* X
DANASHINDLER.
ITALIAN AIR.
^ ^ |^ f^
'
7 * /v s fc
1 in
9 ■ 1
^ 1
m
T\ 'i m • *
#
"" J * "
•^
)y 4 #
LUd —
l>
-V —
1. I'm a pil - grim, and I'm a stran-ger; I can tar - ry, I can
2. Of that cit - y to which I jour-ney; My Re-deem-er, my Re-
3. There the sun-beams are ev - er shin-ing, Oh.my long-ingheart,my
i
s
1 v-
fs
tar - ry but a night! Do not de - tain me, for I am
deem-er is the light; There is no sor - row, nor a - ny
long-ing heart is there; Here in this coun - try, so dark and
r==^
%
. *
-y-
go - ing To where the stream - lets are ev - er flow-ing.
sigh - ing, Nor a - ny tears there, nor a - ny dy - ing.
drear - y, I long have wan - dered for - lorn and wea - ry.
„ Chorus. *«.
- t \ h r >
r— >« — N — k — N *™N — 1 — n
+-j U-l y u *_*ILE1__1J
s s s
I ~ V ~ ¥ I
I'm a pil-grim, and I'm a stran-ger; I can tar-ry, I can tar-ry but a night!
No. 126.
J. S. N.
Duet.
Sometimes.
"Lead me, O Ix)rd. |fl thy nj/hteouBuewj. Itoalm 5: 8.
J. S. NORRIS.
m
t=i=^-'
4~tF7^
' >
*—~rj
+=*
i. Some-times our hearts are burdened with grief, Wea-ry, and faint, and sad;
■ne-times the skies arc dark o- ver-head, Si - lent is ev - 'ry song;
3. Some-times the road is rag - ged and steep, Dan-gen be - fore us lie;
4. Some-times the friends we so dear-ry love. Pass from our sight a -way;
1 1 1 1 1 . 1 1
■', ■
3=*
i=?
B •
%
*—*
+—*
■>
Where shall we go to find sweet re - lief? Who then can make us
Who then shall bring us joys that have fled? Who then can right the
Oh! for a friend to help and to keep, One that is ev - er
Oh! how we long to meet them a - bove, Where shines e-ter - nal
glad?
wrong?
nigh.
day.
J
*~r— ■
Chorus.
N
fc
I
IS
V
•^
s
|
^
s
CTS ^ *
# •
P
1
2 •
z •
Call up -
on
-P- *
the
—
Lord,
-*-
Trust
His
sa -
JL. '
cred
word,
/ZV^ 1
p •
is
j# •
#
^
(*/■* L L
\l^ P • P
P •
' P
p
•5
■5
1
p
1/ ~~>
•
>
1
* — R-
^z= ^ p ^ ^=
-p-—
Nev - er was a friend so true, He'll dis - pel our fears,
As Te - sus,
1 — r
S I |:| ft
^ :
ii
-p— i-
o .
-p— i -
I
His works we do.
*■ *" -fie.-
He'll dry all our tears,
&*
II
s
v Mi >i r ft Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 127.
I am Ready.
"And they were all liiii ii with the Holy Qhost." Acta 2: i
FRANK A. BRECK."
-*— Kr-\ r _ *
E. F. DARLING.
-0- -#■ m
m
p i — T-p ^ -*— js-q
EjpgfEEsEEjE
1. O Fa-ther of love, un - to Thee I be-long, Thy love and Thy
2. I see not the fu-ture, so plain un - to Thee, But safe - ly in
3. No serv-ice I ren - der, dear Fa-ther, for Thee, Shall ev - er seem
4. I shall not be lone - ly, or wea-ry, or sad, For Thou art my
la - bor to share; What-e'er Thoucommandest, my soul shall be strong,
Thee will I trust; Thou "knowest my frame," and Thou comfortest me,
hard, by Thy side; The bur-dens too heav -y Thou tak-est from me,
ten - der-est friend; To shel - ter and guide me and make my heart glad,
Cour - a-geous to do and to dare.
Re-mem-ber- ing "I am but dust."
And I in Thy peace shall a- bide.
Un - til my life jour - ney shall end.
I'm read - y, O Fa-ther, to
**
?EE£
Z=tk
\> I
1
a
be or to bear, I'm read- y to go or to stay; Where-ev-er my
Wm
?EE(ES
Eg
V— L
l< I 1/
£=+
Sr-*-\
T3r
du - ty, Thy-self will be there, And there I will sweet-ly o-bey.
B§
S^£
U
1 \> \, »
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 128. The Roll of the Faithful.
I In l.oi il will ri\'
JENNIE WILSON.
trengtb unto hi
I 1 I
i'.-alm V: 11.
A J. SHO//ALTER
fc ftN 1
"Tr"^
v *
i. Will my name be found 00 the roll of
I, Am I us - ing tal - ents to me now
J. Do my hands reach out to the weak and
1. Am l_ win - ning louls from the DOH - <r
f> ft
i i *
the faith - ful,
en - tru^-t - ed,
the need - y,
of dark - ik-^s
-P- *•
I '
n it 1
N
s
h
K
I
o
-
#
*.
J
JL ■ •
1
— —
— s —
_^
tn7 *-r-
— #—
— # —
— * —
#
—
— i —
t —
v
'0
*:
v
H
In
that
great
as -
sem -
bl y
by
and
by,
When
a
Do
I
"Oc -
cu
- py
un -
til
11
' Or
will
Cheer
- ing
those
who
walk
in
path -
way's
dim?
Will
the
To
the
light
and
home
of 1
saints
a -
bove?
'Mor.g
the
_-U P •
<•
■#-
4
-P-
#
I
C
F
ft
/5Y*i P •
9
I*
s
■
3
m~'
ff>>4f r
S
^-'
\j
';
u
1 i
■'
B
i ^
1
^ 1 — i
n 2
1 k. k i
n n ■*
1 y tt ! h c
1 i R J
• # * •
X. | 1 s
IPd — * —
— •-
#-=—«-
-# #-^ — — —
— #-^ — # — — —
•J *
— 0-
0*0
true
ac
- count of our serv -ice is ren-dered, When wc gath - er
I
at
last fdled with shame and with sor - row, See but wast - ed
Mas
ter
tell me with smiles of ap-prov-al, What I've done for
gems
a -
dorn - ing the crowns of the right-eous, Will there be in
ii 9
■#-
4 J -^ ^ *'** m m . m <0- m
/SYff P
w
i % • P
* 0-00
p • p p p
pJ4f y
'*-' ' y y
\ V v \
S S s
I
Refrain, ».
J — I
-* S
1
there
time
those
mine
^EE
be -
when
w:
yond
life
did
star
4\
the
is
for
of
sky?
done?
Him?
love?
S7\
Will
my
name be found on the
For last verse-
Vis, my name will
IS & . ^
on the
m
i
roll
-^t-p — * — r^t — •-
of the faith -ful, By and by. by
and by?
Will
=Ptl
the
ft
*
^
i
Copyright, 1898. by Meyer A Brother, Chicago, 111.
The Roll Of the Faithful. Concluded.
i J J J -
v
I
3EE±
.11
w mils "well dom
to me
.a.
;po-ken, V>y and l>y, by and by?
I. m fL M- «.
:*=j=fr— n — t
1 I I
' ' ' r r
No. 129. Lord, In Thee I'm Trusting.
P. W. H. P. S. 38,10: 12
££3
ffi
Isa. 12: 2.
P. W. HILL.
3=2
fc=t
r
r
1. Lord, my God, in Thee I'm trusting, Thou wilt hear me when I call;
2. Read - y now to halt and stum-ble, Griefs be-fore me still have been;
3. Great in pow - er, life and num-ber, Bit - ter foes have we withstood;
£ — 0— r-g zzr£=g— ^— *
k\tzZ=i=m:
t=t
m
±L2±Z^-
7=n
u u 1
Hear, lest they a-gainst me boast- ing, Joy and tri-umph when I fall.
I'll con-fess with spir - it hum - ble, And be sor - ry for my sin.
E - vil they for kind-ness ren - der, Hat - ing me for do- ing good.
— ' — * — »-r# — * — * — f-r-; 1
t=t
-y-
£&
fcfct
Chorus.
fc*
,s s
?-2- — ^_ L # _
:*=*
m
-Z7
Lord, my God, do not for-sake me, Distant from me nev-er be
Lord, my God, Distant from
_^^_v-
■i^-v-
F
1
fcfez
I
r
ra
&
To my Sav - ior I be - take me, Hast-en, Lord, give help to me.
be-take me, hasten,
*' h -0- h J
« » — f^-p* * P • * «— r ? « P-
S
V— V-
V > * /-
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111,
No. 130.
JENNIE WILSON.
Sing Praises.
•'I will ling j.raiH.- to thy narno."-]'-
O. F. PUQH.
m
*=*
# *■
i. Sing pnis-ea to the Sav -ior t King, Up. on His throne*-
A cru-el thorn-wrenth pressed His brow When ptin for ns He
3. Tri-umph-ant o - vtt cv - 'ry foe, In maj - es - ty He
4. O earth-ly throngs, with saints in light Your ad - o - ra-tfoa
bove;
bore;
reigns;
blend;
' 6 #-i:#=n
L:'«
m
^=T
t
m
*?=*
t
1 u ' ' r-H
Let glad, ex - ult - ant voic - es ring, In strains of faith and love.
A crown of brightest glo - ry now Is His for ev - er - more
And joy di - vine each soul shall know Throughout His blest do - main
Re-joice, and praise the King whose might And hon- or ne'er shall end.
J *
gEfe ^Zti y- 1 ^
* r-»^=
HH
f=5=f
Ji
Chorus.
-»— t
*=>=*
—z
m$m
Sing prais - es, sing prais
es, Sing prais -es
I N
to the King,
£7
*_*_
^
' *L*
y •
|S
£^£
3£3
Through time and through e- ter - ni - ty His name shall e'er ex - alt - ed
faBf
\z?=$r-
t=t
£=
&&=&
3=
1 m u ~ ih
be, Sing prais - es, sing prais - es, Sing prais-es to the King.
I FF — ?
a ^ 1-1
' ^ I I
lilt :
*m
■ -rlit , 1S9S. by M.'.v.r ft brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 131
God Loves His Own.
'Havin;; loved his own which were in tlio world, he loved them unto the end." St. John 13, 1.
C. H. G. CHAS H. GABRIEL.
to
j — i
ffiSEjE§d5Ej3E
1. God loves His own as the shepherd His sheep! Faith-ful is He from all
2. God loves His own — what agio- ri-ous thought! For by the blood of His
3. God loves His own! oh, ye na-tions a - wake! For, as He lives, He will
M. A. A. _ +■ *- -0- _ -|2- -^ A.
*=$
t
■<9-r
T*
1
: — 1 — t
:fcfc
i ^-y-bi tf j ? 1 gii « 8 1 1 iTT~i
:^t
;^
dan-ger to keep; With His al - might-y arm He will up-hold,
Son we were bought; In His pa - vil - ion we safe - ly may hide,
nev - er for- sake. He'll be a friend when all others have flown, —
A- +. A. ^* A. A- A. A- A. +. _ jSL-
ie
±=F
^b 1 1 1
r
u i 1-
&
td
Chorus.
^
9 -m-
-?—?—? ?-*-0
S=f :
Shield them and car - ry them safe to the fold.
Un - der His wing may se-cure- ly a - bide. ^ Singhal-le - lu - jah.the
Praise Him for - ev - er, He lov-eth His own.
*■ *■ *- *-i±—\. J J-
££
g ^ib^^
S^
fe-'-M
Rit.
A tempo.
t=t=t=d
?=^:
^
£
cr
tidings proclaim! Let ev'ry thing that hath breath.praise His name!Tell the glad
m
A. ±\\ JJ.J2-' A. A. A. A.
^— nS— r* — •-
*
A. ^-- JL A. A.
A— A.
^ n\ 1 1 4
1 — t-
v*
h=hk=i
u
^r-4— I U^J
sto - ry a-gain and a-gain,God loves His own,hal-le - lu-jah! A - men!
ffil
. A, A. J2L>
-0—0 — l — r» — * — h
fct
*■ * *
-J-J-J-
fc^r-P; — •- i -# — •- -0
& H u i if
Copyright, 1891, by W. S. Nickle.
No. 132. The Lord's Own Day.
th. tirst day of th< u tyon lay by him la t-torc, as God hath
E. E. HEWITT. I. N. McHOSE.
Duet. Sitm.
"U i
:r^fei
z
TT^- Z \ I
i. A Ljrate - fill hu>h, .1 peace-fa] calm, This || the Lord's own day;
megltd-lj to the House of Pray'r, This if the Lord's own day;
8. Lift up the joy - ful vo'kc of praise, This is the Lord's own day;
r
':
\? ? %_*_r
E^
?' .'-
mm
^r
i^£
i
r
For wea - ry hearts a heal - ing balm, This is the Lord's own day.
The Friend of sin-ners meets us there, This is the Lord's own day.
Sweet rest a - mid life's bu - sy ways, This is the Lord's own day.
m
&.
gii
4-4-
I I
^t^=iA^^
# *
* rj
I
This is the day the Lord hath made, When He his might-y pow'r displayed;
Tread soft- ly, this is ho - ly ground, A gen -tie ra-diance shines around
Ring out the notes of ju - bi -lee, The Lord Himself hath made us free;
« . a — «__ a. — T rr t~ i t~ . — ^ § t>*> — m-^s—k
V
;..?
* *
r
r- L r
1 — r
p^U M U^ m^^^ ii
A - lis - ing from the grave'sdark shade. This is the Lord's own day.
And rich - est fruits of grace a - bound, This is the Lord's own day.
Then sing with love's sweet mel-o - dy, This is the Lord's own day.
■#- -*-
-tr t-, t- r
a.
a-
^
m
\ !
-
£2=*:
^
^
r-rr^T
Mffht, 1898, hv M- \» r \ lir..tht r. QUettfO, III.
No. 133.
"Rejoicing in hope;
ABBIE MILLS.
Secret Prayer.
patient in tribulation; continuing Instant In prayer.* itoman 12, 12.
W. S NICKLE.
1. Joy di-vine I now am find-ing, As I kneel be- fore the throne,
2. In the dawn-ing light of morn-ing, Haste I to the mer- cy-seat;
3. When the noontide cares op- press me, And the world for-bids me rest,
4. Wea-ry/mid the shades of ev-'ning, Sigh-ing o - ver tri - als strong,
5. In the light and in the shad-ow, All the time and ev- 'ry-where,
-4±f=
b-te—* — ' S -H — ^
m
-'£+-
m
In the hour of sweet com-mun- ion, When shut in with God a - lone.
Bright-er than the ris-ing sun-beam Is the glo - ry 'round His feet!
Then I breathe the pray 'run-spo - ken, While I lean up -on His breast.
Then I feel His arm be-neath me, And my heart is fill'd with song.
I am need - in g this com-mun- ion Found a - lone in se-cret pray'r.
±£=M
I r r
m
i
Chorus.
p*E3
-X.
?=&*
£E£
------ -0. s $ - -&-
Oh! how bless -ed is com-mun -ion With my Je - sus, Sav -ior, King!
fc£
\ / * . r»
■±&
A/ V-
H
4-4
I
P^F
-0 0-
•&-
When I hear His voice so ten- der, And I tell Him ev - 'ry-thing.
, • ' * —0 — j— rJ f ' , *~ ' f . * x&-
fc£t
T-y
Copyright, 1894, by W. S Nickle.
No. 134.
The Port of Peace.
"So ha bring* th them unto 1 1 | baven.
Rev. H. Q. JACKSON, D. D.
JValm 107,30.
E. E. MEYER.
~t
9 jej= J ;
t
•/•,
k N-
*t-*
g
1. We are on the o - cean sail-ing, Toft*d on life's tu-mult-uous waves,
2. In the lu - rid sky a-bove us, Faith can see no bea-con star,
3. Thus the Twelve,midst angry bil-lows, Struggled long on Gal- i- lee,
4. Let the storm rage ne'er so wild - ly, Be the har - bor far or near,
ia j^* :
m :
t
£
t=p
l* b
P
Night and dark - ness all a-round us, While the tem - pest fierce-ly raves.
But our PI - lot will con-vey us Safe - ly o'er the har -bor bar.
Till the Sav - ior.roused from slumber.Spake and calm'd the troub-led sea.
If we on - ly sail with Je - sus, We have nev - er cause to fear.
is
p^
^
f-±— » — it
m
Soon the storms will all be o - ver, All our dark fore-bod-ings cease; —
JL • JL JL JL JL JL* JL JL
fc*
t
w
m
y-f
t=»=-
£
I
Home at last, we'l 1 soon cast an - chor Safe with -in the Port of Feace.
h *
Z
l
— j 9 nr
Copyright, 1894, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
U U
No. 135. The Sunbright Shore.
"Yea, saith thr spirit, that tlicy may rett fiom their laborB: and thoir
works do follow them," Kuv. 14: l&
H. Q. JACKSON, 0. D.
Mo Jet ato.
-\
> u
There is a land of light and beau-ty — A
The fade-less tree of life is grovv-ing In
No night e'er comes to veil the glad-ness, Of
There fear no more the heart is keep-ing In
sun-bright shore,
that fair land.
that bright clime;
chill dis-may,
In - to those realms of bliss su - per - nal, Death can - not come;
By faith we see the blestim - mor - tals.Now with Him there,
fcrt
t
*
tfc^t
*=F*?
i
■&.
BSEEjEE
?
*=?=*
m&
u
Where life
And ev -
No win-
And there
And there
And soon
"*T
*"?
is love,and joy is du - ty, And sorrow comes no more,
er there life's stream is flowing.Bright o'er the gold-en sand,
try blast.no gloom or sad-ness,But one long summer time,
from eyes long used to weeping, God wipes all tears a - way.
in mansions bright, e - ter-nal,With Je - sus is our home
we'll pass the shin-ing por-tals And in their glo - ry share
m
*=*
1
vrf
Chorus.
351
655P5
'■ ' f '
We shall meet, no more to sev - er.Loved ones gone be - fore,
s
*m.
1 ! I
P^— *-
i
*$
}
Z-
*
4-*-$—*r
'*-?
And dwell with them in bliss for - ev-er There.on that sunbright shore.
h 1
itJ
m
m^=^
Bb£^
Words and Arr. Copyrighted, 1894, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, I1L
No. 136. Beautiful City of Gold.
And the Htreet of the city was pure gold."
I ^ *
FANNY J. CROSBY.
i. There'i ■ cit - y
2. There the King, our
3. Ev - 'ry soul we
that l<juks o'er the val - ley of death, And its
Re-deem - er, the Lord whom wt love, Will the
be Ye led to the foot of the cross, Kv - 'ry
g
4. There sick - ness and sor - row, and death are unknown; There
1
>i
glo - ries may nev-er be told;
faith - ful with rapture be - hold;
lamb we have bro'tto the fold:
glo -ries on glo-ries un - fold;
There the sun nev-er sets, and the
There the right-eous for - ev - er shall
Will be kept as bright jew-els our
There the Lamb is the light in the
1
^) 5 1 1 N N W 1 r— t .
leaves nev - er fade, In that beau - ti - ful Cit - y of gold.
shine as the stars, In that beau - ti - ful Cit - y of gold.
crowns to a - dorn, In that beau - ti - ful Cit- y of gold.
midst of the throne In that beau - ti - ful Cit - y of gold.
m
Chorus.
i§&
f=F=f
-•
Beau
ti - ful, beau - ti - ful Cit - y of gold,
Beau - ti - ful Cit - y of City of gold,
Beau - ti -ful,
'!•«
beau-ti-ful Cit-y of gold,
Beau-ti - ful Cit-y of gold.
v - - p
Half of thy beau-ty hath nev - er been
Half of thy beau-ty hath
§-y - p—r
s
• • •
Copyrighted, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, III.
Beautiful City Of Gold. Concluded.
-I r-^=* m i -£ N 1
s ~>
si
told
nev -er been told.
Beau - ti - ful, beau-ti - ful Cit - y of Gold.
a
t=t
*=*:
a
137.
Who's at the Helm?
i he arose, and rebuked the wind, and said unto the sea, peace be still." St. Mark 4:
J. S.
A. J. SHOWALTER.
[. The night is dark, the winds are strong, Who's
i. O child of God, be not a - fraid, He's
). Trust Him, when high the bil-lows roll, He's
\. Some day the storms will all be past, He's
at
at
at
at
t=&
i
the helm?
the helm;
the helm;
the helm;
EEEitzzH
n #
^ 1
I
k. n
!-*-*
P» l> 1 ! '
— p* l: — —
i — —
v -S
i |
uH i" 1
-2=1 — t=i
— i 1 —
—0 —
1 1 —
— * —
& s=
— m-x
— 1
W $=^-1 — #- - -f-
«_i C_L_^__
To steer the ship of life a - long.
Who's
at the helm?
Thro' cloud and sun - shine, light and shade,
He's
at the helm.
He knows the rocks, the hid - den shoals,
He's
at the helm.
He'll land us safe in port at last,
He's
at the helm.
Sy#— ^ * * * ' J t» «—
1 # —
ff f i'
eff C
h h h •
- h h 1
—
r '—?>
1- 7 1
1 >_U = z y : : :
l -\—
Refrain.
#1 , ^— >-
1 u u *
When skies are glow - ing,
'A
$
*T*
When storms are blow - ing, Why
t
fear when Christ is
near? He's
the helm.
H
Copyright. 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 138. Open Wide the Door.
E. A. H.
]'.- bold 1 Itftlld .'t tin- dOOt and knock." Itev. 3: 20.
Rev. E. A. HOFFMAN.
^
» .
? I j, '- ?
2
i. The Say - ioi en - tcr in And pur - i- fv your heart;
Now i) - j>en wide the holt - e<l door, Let Je - sus en - ter in;
3. Ri-nounceyour e - vil, stuh-horn will And let your Lord come in,
4. While Je - sus is so ver - y near, Sou), o - pen wide the door;
f ' ' f— 1 1 g ' * — • — i-r- g — * — * — J-r^
■■[■
t
?■
%
t
t
*. * * 4
His reign of love He will be - gin, And peace to you im - part.
To be your Sav - ior ev - er-more, And cleanse you from all
With joy your trust-ing heart to fill, And ban - ish guilt and
He will your troubled spir - it cheer.And save for - ev - er
sin.
sin.
more.
*t=t
£
«.':. >
g
&
»—. •-
^ — xFr
rrr
Chorus.
:fcit
"#-T
P — P
r"S ~* *"
P
O -pen wide the door for Je - sus, Let Him en - ter
d?=£=zzdc=fr:
Eg
1 I. — i- 1 P— - — P # #■
^
i
I
?
&
He will bless you, He will save you From your guilt and sin.
£,
^-*-#
ft ft ft'
fcp-E=fc=>T
r^ r p — fl =^q
1
j» 1 1»
CopyrU'lit, It89i bj H< N < '" • Hr.«t»uT, Chicago, 111.
No. 139. He Knoweth the Way.
E. E. HEWITT.
-I- N-
"Iwili teaob you the good and right way."
Isaiah 19: 23.
CHAS H. GABRIEL.
i
S
\ \
-N— N
mm
i. Fear not, ye who fol-low Christ the Lord; He is guiding you a - right;
2. O trust in the Lord, for He will care For the pressing dai-ly need;
3. Com-mit all the way to Him who keeps Loving watch by clay and night;
4. Fear not, for He notes the sparrow's fall, And He calls the stars by name;
-t-#-
p=:p»z=pzz»:
VL U
-v-v-
t— - U-l— I
y-r
y;|
t=t
m$im^mmm
fe
Earth's fad-ing flow'rs are more than restored In E-den's sweet fields of
Tho' skies are dark, or sun-ny and fair, The Mas- ter will safe-ly
He slumbers not when Is - ra - el sleeps; He bringeth the morning
His sky of love bends o - ver us all, Whomeek-ly His promise
*3*~
light,
lead,
bright,
claim.
*-^A#-r^
*- # » # # *■
¥ v v 1 — *— »
He know - - eth the way He trod it
He knoweth the way, He has passed it be - fore,
-0- ■*■ -0-
-H ~ I" t" t" *-
un - told, tie know - - eth the
in sor - row un - told, He knoweth the way, He has
+-£-
®t\2=£
>— k k — k-
-O:
fct
way, And it leads to
passed it be - fore,
I— I
the streets of gold.
S5
SEES
1
^^
S=±
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 140. His Love Can Never Fail.
"i he frail
E. S. HALL.
E. O. EXCELL.
■'•; Uiiti J
:: <
Ml Mi
1. I do not ask to MC tlie way My feet will have to tread,
2. And if my feet would go a-stray, They can - not, for 1 know
3. I will not fear tho' dark-ness COOM A roal o'er all the land,
But on - ly that my soul may feed Up - on
That Je - sus guides my fal-t'ring steps, As joy
If I may on - ly feel the touch Of rlu
•
the liv - ing bread,
ful - ly I
own lov . ing han.l.
'Tis bet - ter far that I should walk By faith close to His si-le,
And tho' I may not see His face, My faith is strong and clear.
And tho' I trem - hie when I think How weak I am, how frail.
I may not know
That in each hour
My soul is sat -
-r •
the way I go, But Oh,
of sore dis-tress My Sav
is - fied to know His love
I know my Guide.
. ior will be near,
can nev - er fail.
m/~-
Efct
t=t
2
D.S.— My sou/
Chorus.
sat -
■ fie J
His love
.— IS
can nev
er fail.
1). S.
I
--*-
» '
•
love can nev - er fail,
His love can nev - er fail,
Hi
love can
His love can
nev-er
nev-er
-m m.
fail.
fail.
SI •
*=t
1 — r-
i'op> 1 ifcj-ht, 1897, by K. O. K.xeell.
No. 141. Go Thou with us, Savior.
"Ho will draw nigh to you." James 1: 8.
E. A. H.
>
E. A. HOFFMAN.
s i
m
m^m
i. We have lingered, Je-sus, at Thy ho - ly feet, Shar-ing for an
2. O how ver-y pre-cious have these moments been, As we felt Thy
3. We would glad-ly tar - ry in this dear re -treat, And de-light to
rfi Kttfi f i» I* 1» \m . HF
at
* e g =p=q
: -#
1 — ^ — r-
t^=2
-^
@^
S3
*
* — *■
=^4
hour with Thee com-mu - nion sweet;
pres-ence with us though un - seen!
lin - ger long - er at Thy feet,
f
Now we leave these al - tars;
Like a breath of hea - ven
But the call to serv - ice
Widfe^Urfct
bid our friends fare - well, And go forth to serve Thee
fall - ing from a - bove, Seemed the sweet pul - sa - tions
sum - mons us a - way, And we leave the al - tars
vt=t
#-• #.
*=i
> t r 1 r k -
«
Chorus.
and Thy love to tell.
of Thy quick'ning love.
where we love to pray. '
7±i • • * 5 1 _ . »
£
rr
*fJ— *— ^-JrrZ- s— *
Go Thou with us, Sav-ior, Keep us free from
#-^-r#-
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 142. Blessed Shepherd.
Lord la !n\ -
E. E. HEWITT.
J. H. TENNEY.
— K- v
i ed Shepherd, gen- tly lead -ing All Thy flock with ten- dei
Lend us by the tpnrkling fonnt-nini Flowing from th- -bore;
Have we wandered, sad- ly itray-ing! Wilt Thou notour souls re-store?
Through life's day be close be-side us, Guard us from its win-try col<l;
W^- T * — t- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1—
i — r
r=t
PPS
i
^r
-
J * ^ IS IS k.
|
— 1 — h ~* % ^ ~fc
A
L v \ r 1 P !* h ».
<M
% ^ «-— • € € sf—
—J *—
2 : 2 — i — # — I :t- *^±
Let us ev - er-more be feed - ing In Thy pastures green and fair.
From the ev - er- last- ing mountains, Truth and mer-cy, grace and love.
Let us hear Thy sweet voicesay-ing, "Go in peace, and sin no more."
And at nightfall, homeward guide us; Lift us to thehigh-er fold.
n f*"f f" T ' ** *""* * - # '"* -»"
sv- • •
** p
1 ' I i 1 111
^> * . » i* » i* |»
( 1
f r *r i i # : «* '
i i j
«
1 V V ■ V V ¥
¥¥*>*>*>
Chorus.
~ 1-
-H s -s -«. N s-
r^h
Shepherd of the flock, be
— J— a^-
near us;
1 o
■Tl ii i i i
•
In Thy ten -der mer-cy
■*• ' ■#- ■#- <^» m •*-
iear us;
i ^2
/SY*^ 1 1" 1 * *
O f*
| ! i 1 .i
^ ^ :
r i
*2£ ' . if . jJi * — if — if — *_
1 j
-I 1 1 1 1 f—
-J 1 1
' 1 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥
1 i¥ ¥ ' '¥ ¥ V
II
*3ES
1 ' '
With Thy bless-ed com- fort cheer us, Shepherd of the ransom 'd flock.
g=*zi=Jf=J=)f:
^r re c E
i»ll
• Igftt, 1898, by Mtvir A Urotlur, Chicago, III.
4o. 143. The Light That Shineth for All.
"Alight to lighten the Gentiles." Bt. Luke I: :»\>,
Mrs. FRANK A. BRECK.
I. N. McHOSE.
&=*
^t=t=t=f=t
1. There is a light that shin-eth in dark - ness, 15eau-ti - ful light that
2. Light of the world — our Sav - ior is giv - en, Bring-ing us joy for
3. Look-ing to Christ, no sor - row can harm me, Look-ing to Him no
-0- -0- -0- -0- ♦ -0- -0- -0- -0-
fe-:-fH — 1 — l — f — L -'• — » — » — L * - * — * — * — * — * -
E.^_# »-jr— y |^4-b 'j &=* *=Ft— 1— 1— T — l —
2-E H 1- j /— 1— K ^ j k— L- # # » 1
' v s \ ' ' P i> P r p
-Q k c r— r- r- 1 — , — h Ps £ 1 k— ,
-jt— -f -* — r^ - ^ — ^ ^ +- ~T ~~* — *\ * ■
p * : i J 1 — s — % — *—*-.*-*- • i — #—
shin-eth a - far; Won - der - ful light that bring-eth us glad - ness,
sor - row and strife; He is the path - way lead-ing to heav -en,
ill shall be - fall; Liv - ing with Je - sus, naught can a-larm me,
m^
^j —
f\
k r* 1
Chorus. ?
|
N
-V * N PS 1
N
— h — F — J J — # — « —
— • +■ at
* 1
/Fn — — —
" 0*—r4 ifl5~~V^
* ~
"k i 1 1
_ f ti# B# J
•J b u u 1
Heav-en - ly light,
Je -sus, the "Way,
Nev-er in Him
IN h h 1
y ■■ y ti n •
love's glo - ri - ous star. )
the Truth and the Life." >
is "Darkness at all." )
Look, look,
Look to the light,
'tis
fm\' S § d §
#J
0000
■
m ). 1 f F r
\s ji ly y
i 1 1 ' F ^
Ij Ij Ij '
')/ '• '• i
V
^—'
shin - ing for thee,
Look, look,
Look to the light,
*- #- ■*■ #•
'tis shin - ing for me;
ft£
•7 -#■-#■-#--•■ -#■-*--*--#■ rr
Look to the light, the beau-ti-ful light, The light that is shin-ing for all.
♦ *..#>. h |N h |S
»=•:
v *■ v
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & 3rother, Chicago, 111
No. 144.
E E. HEWITT.
We'll Meet Again.
r> i':tr<- a ]>! | ." John 1-1 : 2.
Mrs. W. S. NICKLE.
i. Praise God! We'll see the friends we love, When by His grace we meet a - bore;
S. 1 1 . . a >u nt shall be our welcome there! How bright the fac -es, and how fair;
3. This joy - ous hope the sj.ir - it cheers, And sta) s the bit - ter flood of tears;
4. In blissful cho-rus, we shall raise E-ter-nal ju - bi-lees of praise;
m
i
1 1 1. 1
— ^0-^—0 0-^-0— 0— -0 l o
• • ; / E
*-*■
;
1
^r^rrJF
^
;
When at the peace-ful ev - en - tide, Our ships in - to the ha-ven glide.
What hap-py greetings we shall hear.When in the Home-land we ap- pear.
The burdened heart will Christ sustain, Till at His side we meet a - gain.
Our voic-es shall to-geth-er ring, While "Je - sus and His love" we sing.
.-
• •
=
r=t
p£^
\
1 1
u V\ 6 S r
V ^
^T
ClIORl'S.
^E^m^im
>-#-
F
-zp-r"
We'll meet up - on an-oth-er shore, Wherepain and sor-row come no more;
5fcJ
r=c
■i
F±f=f
» « ■ it
2
\> it 9 V
U*=h* iTT bTI
>>
v
* : * *:+*.<F
s
Where Iov-ing friends R alk hand in hand, Well meet up-on the ra-diant strand.
m
I ! ■ I
1 I I
* *
' »
' » 0-- *— # » * »
o *
v — •-
r
Coryrlgbt, 1898, by W. S. Klckle-
No. 145.
I Have Found Him,
"Wo have found him, of n bom Ifoaea la the law. and the prophets, *ii<i * rite, Jesui <>f
Nuareth, the son of Joseph.™ St. John, J: 46,
E. E. HEWITT. W. S. NICKLE.
-ft--* — r-H h 1 ■ S--|-v h 1 [ N P 1
— 1 —
A>-) ^ J J * J i N J J # *
tffr-V *-«| Id : i 5 ■ H * * 4 i. If : i * j
J 6 —
I. I have found Him! I have found Him! To the cross I ventured
near;
2. Free-ly now to me is giv-en Peace and par - don, life and
ight;
3. O the joy when fust I knew Him! He was seek -ing there for
me;
4. I have found Him! I have found Him! He is pre-cious to my
soul;
* * *■""*■ - "*" - - . - #■#■•#■#•■#■
f&-
-# 0—
-1 1 1 u
&
>*^ j_j
r B S ■ 5
& 1 5 >
* • * * j»
4= — -
"
L| £ £ i
L> 1 £ >
1 — / / /
3FH?
~*T
* ^--T
Threw the arms of faith a-round Him,While He whisper'd words of cheer.
All I need for earth and heav-en In His boundless grace u - nite.
Ten - der mer - cy drew me to Him, His for ev - er-more to be.
While my hopes are twin-ing 'round Him, All my cares on Him I roll.
ZJ— g v
— 0—
— —
■ # !
9 *
— #—
m
— #—
—0—
—0—
- x.
•
f ' i —
...#
p#—
# _
_#_
_*—
ph
' ? -
s ■
1 1
>
J
J
— •— — 0—
1 5
— » —
*
-p
-7-
>
fcd
Chorus.
!
-v r* r-
S
1 — i ^ K — Pv-
1 — 1 1
±ffl=*I
:*_^
T~" J — *~
~* d "> ~T*
— PS 1 1 — 1
""j —
d « 1
* • J J
* a
^
IV s . #
# •
000
# # #
2-2 m
s> \
Hal - le - lu -
jah! I havefound Him! Blessed Sav - ior, friend di-vine;
AY * • 1 # •
— ■
1 'II
4*
lPJ*i # * \ r
# « 1
^— ' ? ^
1 «
1 j
m • a p
1 .' > ^ M
> ' r
> 1 y u
1
" &
1 ]/]/]/
Hal- le - lu - jah! I have found Him' I am His and He is mine.
• I > / / V V
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer <fc Brother, Chicago, III.
No. 146. Living in Canaan Now.
"Into a land that I had < khsm, flowing Villi uiilk Mid henej.* 1 \J< 1
Arr. by F. B. GILLESPIE.
Solo and chorus.
^fi
±
~=?±?=3
V # #
i. I used to think that Canaan Was somewhere np on high. Where I perhaps might
2. A land of pence and plenty. Where milk and honey flow,( )n w hich the Lord d<ih
3. A life all rec-on - cil'd; Withje-sni in my sonl;Aheartwash ( dinthe
\. This rest to meis giv'n-Then leave the wilderness! Yon'H find God's word is
®.Vg
» • 1 n
P§m
.
. #
e^ — =-#-
go When-e'er I came to die; But when I came to God, And
smile, As all who live there know; I do the will of God, He
blood, By Him made ful - ly whole; From death to life di - vine, His
true — You're a - ble to pos - sess: So put a - way all things That
&
Rit.
%
&
^
>— S~
at His cross did bow. I got sal-va-tion thro'the blood — I'm living in Canaan
daily shows me how;I stood where good old Joshua stood — I'm living in Canaan
seal up-on my brow;He speaks the word, and it is done;Thesoul receives it
God does not allow:For if your all to Christ you bring, You're living in Canaan
±h
Ff=
fe fc-b . J
Chorus. A tempo.
-L-J-
V s s
v •-
#—#-
i i i
m
e
I'm liv-ing in Ca-naan now, I'm liv-ing in Ca-naan
i~ 1 * * ± t. * e
igmzt^m
t=t
N=P=»:
\S b if if
J *_L
N N S
:*=*
-0 — #-
• *
* _*.
:_-_-
m
now; I'm glad to tell, in joy I dwell — I'm liv-ing in Ca-naan now.
II
^i33l^= , . ,
< # #
7— L *— >— V-
^r
Copyright, by F B. Gillespie. By per.
No. 147.
F. J. CROSBY.
Blessed Assurance.
Hi' is laithlul th..t hath promised." He!). 10: •-'•'!.
Mrs. JOSEPH F. KNAPP. By PER,
V V
1. Bless -ed as - sur - ance, Je-sus is mine! Oh, what a fore-taste of
2. Per - feet sub - mis - sion, per-fect de - light, Vis -ions of rapt-ure now
3. Per - feet sub -mis -sion, all is at rest, I in my Sav - ior am
' ' • —
t&EZEE-:
tltrl
msm
v-
s-
-y — y — y-
l
1
1^3
if 7 *'
glo-
burst
hap-
U L>
1% :
ry di - vine! Heir of sal - va - tion, pur-chase of God,
on my sight. An -gelsde-scend - ing bring from a - bove,
py and blest. Watch-ing and wait - ing, look -ing a - bove,
*=K
m
j^>:
I I
Chorus.
"mm
EEI
Born
Ech-
Fill'd
i^U
\J i> -0- -0- .-0-
of His Spir - it, wash'din His blood
oes of mer - cy, whis-pers of love. \ This is my sto
with His good-ness, lost in His love,
•
«7.
n%
-^ +• +■ +-
l^TJrX—\ I
m
0-1—0-
^r
*=*--
9
-W-
«
is my song, Praising my Sav - ior all the day long; This
r-ni
r~ 1 — r
is my
:p=^=|i:
Sf
!=£■
^E
-y-t*-
-y — y — y-
ig=j=1=^ t~j T l ^ = — x— N- f-1 — r . — F=H
StO'
y - - 1^ * -#^-#-
ry, this is my song, Prais-ing my Sav -ior all the day long,
1 I 1 1 zzct=b=g=:' — •— rl — fez^zzzfc
N ^
-#--■
V"
I*=it
#T-#
9
»
-y — y — y-
■0 '
Copyright, 1873, by Joseph F. Knapp.
No. 148. Come to Jesus Now,
"He that lovetfa • " I
H. Q. JACKSON, D. D. VIOLA FROST MIXER.
■m 11 +
* K
ft *
" —
i . Sin - m-i , now the Spii - it warns you, Seek sal - \ a - ti« in \\ bile you may,
2. Heedl i in - \ i - ta - tmn.I- ly to Christ from tin and shame;
3. UmgyouVehsited.doubting.wav-'ring.Halfper-suad-ed to o- bey,
\. Wait no long - er, Je - sus calls you, Now de- cide for Him to live;
5. Just-i-fud by faith 111 Je - sus, A 11 \ our doubts ami fears will cease,
m
JCZ±
B
*
Now the door of mer-cy's o - pen, Hut there's danger in de - lay.
Par-don now is of-fered free - ly, Free - ly of-fered in His name.
Longyou'vetar-ned at life's por -tals, O come in, come in to-day!
Come and prove His boundless mer - cy, Prove how free - ly He'll for -give.
And your soul be-come God's tem-ple, Filled with light and love and peace.
fc^
.1? » • » :
j^f
V=^f
1 1
a
«-,-#
l^lr
3 — L # . — *-+ #■
Come to Je - sus, Come to Je - sus, At His feet now hum-bly bow.
-2l£l*53fc
±.f=±
41
«■
-I I I
it
F=F
p I r r u B
\
13
I
K*
*-,-l-
Repeat pp
*z=i
*
II
Oh.
le - lay not, oh, de-lay not, But come t come to Je - sus now.
B?E£*
W ' 7
1 — r
mm
1
Copyright ism i\ If - > < r A Brother, Chicago 111.
No. 149. The Beautiful Country.
• \ house
iot made with hands eti
.rnal 1
n the hew ena
" lie
tr.Bi 1.
ADA BLENKHORN.
H. QERDESODINGA.
r\ i_ v
•S S k.
V
1 1
-V -t / i' 1 • •
N K r
-1- J .
> 1
JL j .-,'>*
r 4 • «
.% "s h ■
rm ; 'w S \ m '
J
1 * • m
v y o • 1 r
9
\ m
M ' M- J
•^ y
&: Z £r
I. O beau
- ti - ful land of
the
bless - ed,
Where com - eth not
2. Sweet home
of the good and
the
ho - ly,
Blest place of the
3. Some day,
in that beau - ti -
ful
conn - try,
The song of the
P m •
■#-
■#- * ■#-
r *• £J>
1 !
1 • 1 j 1
reX ; ? t» #
__jt •
»(•(•*
10
■» • #
j ^ j
"- 'h -.w
> • 1 1
_j r f-
y & y
1 P-?H »
1— > —
-P — x — L — U-
L_| L
— U
-Y) K-i -=H P»-i — I S — — fS N f*> N-i — i r
sor - row or
pur - est de
ran-somed I'll
K
:2z»:
sin; How hap - py the day that my spir - it
light; Where hearts, at the riv - er that part - ed,
sing; When Christ to the heav - en - ly man-sion
*^# F ~ r F-— * F « * «— r r» '
puzp:
£ if g r . r r r
b=CT^=^ ~^— >- jV:
B3
:e
Shall en - ter thy por-tals with - inT^ )
In rapt - ur -ous joy shall u - nite. > O beau -ti - ful, beau -ti - ful
My glo - ri - fied spir - it shall bring. )
tssfc
h=a
* —i— j-
n 1 I """
]
~h
* v 1*
s.
mf
' is
\. N
V 1 ? 4 •
# .....
S ^ 1 J
1 ( 1
,\ 5^ f
/Wb -» 1
^ S d
CT) - * -
0-
— * —
__ ! j ; — d t-
-0 #
*\A I
coun -
try!
•#-
4—
* - W • '
Bright re-gion of glo - ry
m
hp -; — — ■ — #-- — ■ —
a - bove, O soon may I
0-0 0mm m
W^-"-
d
1 1 ! 1 I 1
> ^t w—
k ■ k 1* '
? 7 j
"T
— V —
— 1 1 1 1 1 —
-P —
4i=j — V
- V t—^
t> X
V
y y y
s
,) ^ S:
#
II
>L[-> :-, * -
# •
» #
ill
fffi- 2 *-: S
—0 — !
f i-Ji
#
-# — # — * — * — i—
™l
I- -
en - ter
thy
■0-
t — r—
por - tals
Tod
■0-
—0 1
1 — j — ^_
well with the Sav - ior
■0-
t" F^ * F—
I
1
— # — 1
L 0-. — — — #-J«
^ T ff" T
y y y '
love,
jav-ior I love.
^ Kf\ j
&%y . #
*
tt=T=*
0*
" 1
— —
/• J Ml
V —$-^ $—
->—
L^ y [^ ff £_
— 1
Lf 1 «J
y y y
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 150. Is There Not a Place for Me?
El. E. HEWITT.
!ili 14 1
r:.: \ :: ; m
• ^
E. E. MEYER.
S
i
mM
i. Man-sions in the Pa-tber-land, Built by God's al-might-y hand;
2. C .'.«)- r\, erowMof Light, Brighter than the stars of night;
3, ( '. u mi nts whit-er than the snow, Christ, the Kin;.; hatli made them
.}. Gold - en harps in praise re-sound. Songs to Je - sus there a-U>und,
*' • .. • # •._• .<? • *—<*» It. •_
-4 ?• •
.
p
~ ; 1
z
m 1
Hap-py hosts their beau-ty see,
Fadeless thro 1 e - ter - ni - ty!
Still Recalls in tones so free;
Mak-iug cease-less mel - o - dy;
Is there not a place for me?
Is there not a crown for me?
Is there not a robe for me ?
Is there not a harp for me?
m
m
Chorus.
— m—-m—Y w — ~w — w — m~ y £-
# •
Is there not
Is there not
Is there not
Is there not
I s *
place for
crown for
robe for
harp for
me f
me?
me ?
me?
I
Is there not
Is there not
Is there not
Is there not
a place for me
a crown for me
a robe for me
a harp for me
: riHhrir
t
%
s>
mmmm^
Hap-py hosts their beau-ty see, Is there not
lade-less thro' e- ter - ni - ty, Is there not
Still He calls in tones so free, Is there not
Mak-ing cease-less mel - o - dy, Is there not
W'" IS ' i
: ' "
a place for me ?
a crown for me .
a robe for me?
a harp for me?
• m *_
a • P-
1
3
'OPVRiGmT 1I9S. BY MEVCR A BROTHER.
No. 151. Onward, Christian Soldiers!
"Endure hardness us a «ood soldier ot Christ." ll'l'iiu. 2:8.
S. BARRINQ-QOULD. A.S.SULLIVAN.
i. On-ward, Christian sol - diers! Marching as to war, With the cross of
2. Like a might - y ar - my Moves the Church of God;Broth-ers, we are
3. Crowns and thrones may per-ish, Kingdoms rise and wane, But the Church of
4. On-ward, then, ye peo- pie! Join our happy throng.Blend with ours your
52b-uv4-+- 1 1 h-
* 1 H 1 r*# — '*
: ^7^~t
S
«=*=*=«
1
§§
^
o
j — 1
$=±
-J21
22:
t=t
Je
tread
sus
ing
sus
es
Go - ing on be -fore, Christ, the roy -al Mas
Where the saints have trod; We are not di - vid
Con - stant will re - main; Gates of hell can nev
In the tri-umph song; Glo- ry, laud, and hon
ter,
ed,
er
or
-&-
mzx
-(52-
±fc
-&
x=x
-&z
±=t
4^
t=t=t
■* s *-
I
I I
Leads a-gainst the foe; Forward in - to bat - tie, See, His banners go!
All one bod-y we; One in hope and doc - trine.One inchar-i-ty.
'Gainst that Church prevail;We have Christ's own promise, And that can-not fail.
Un- to Christ,the King, This thro'countless a - ges Men and an-gels sing.
s
m
ItB?
1
:p=fc=£
1
I ! I
Chorus.
P
fcfc
^TTt
■# TT ■#■ •# -77
On - ward, Chris-tian sol
m
i
: 1- J # l-= ^ *? 0-
T * * * t
- diers! March -ing as to war,
!
~J5Ejr
Efc
^f
^
^?
1 — r— "t-
With the cross of Je
■0- -0-
* *-*" &
&
Go
ing on
be . fore.
E^
¥=Z
No. 152. Keep Moving on the Way.
"Hut jt air oomfl onto mount si. .11. and onto thi . ny <,t tii<- living God.* 1 Hebrews 12:22.
E. S. U.
...»
It^t3t=t^t^f:
Rev. E. S. UFFORD.
1. There i
2. Oh, this
on - ly one con-di-tion ev -'iy sol-dier keeps in view,
se - cret of pi . is a - la - tion deep.
3. In the gal-ler-ies of heav -en, an - gel hosts are look - ing down,
:
't •
£=£
'>\
m
fc*
■*M=\
As he jour-neys with the saints to end - less day. If he'd
For this earth - ly life will ihv - er, nev . er pay, If we
And they watch us as we Strug - gle day by day; To the
n
,s
S S * I
v 1 hrhhhhh*.
'■
• . - *
rrTr ?•***?*
XSy 000000 + 4
.
w
•J -#■-#•
V V
keep his soul from fall - ing and the nar -
row way par - sue,
Is to
lay a - side our du - ties and re - sign
our eyes to sleep,
And for-
vie - tor in the bat - tie God will give
a star - ry crown,
If we
•0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0-
m • m
m
^
Z 1
[£a 'ii'ifr
■ i ;
I /JJsJJjJS
J
*> j s
v v
ev
get
ev
-er keep moving on the way. ^ Keep moving
to keep moving on the way. >
erkeep moving on the way. j Keep moving
,00
z
on the
— '.
way,
m
"p w P'B 3
/ / • y
■/--
* .
vzzt:
L
us ev -er keep moving on the way. Keep mov -ing
on the way, Keep mov
ing
— ' -
ff-ffr
• — •* L
r£~
A — u - l --h
=*-
— #—
— # — *
— —
M»-
-&-W-
! 1 m 1
*
. » # X - ■
£ *H — '
-^
i
— ^~
-? — :
Copj right, 18S6, by Meyer A Brother, Chicago, lit
Keep Moving on the Way, Concluded.
i
' : I
t
-N K-
I,
eefsee
m
on the way; Let us ev - er keep mov-ing on the way
on the way;
■A. -A- .M. .A-
*--i^=i
■ B=*=* 3EEES£=
im
No. 153.
P. DODDRIDGE.
Happy Day.
E. F. RIMBAULT.
i i
{ O hap-py day that fixed my choice On Thee, my Sav -ior,and my God
jr inai UAt^u my LiiuitL v-' n x iiuv.,iny ua> - iui,vUiu my v>n-n_l! /
\ Well may this glowingheartre-joice, And tell its rap-tures all a-broad. )
fc*
+- -&.
?=s
M. .&-
*=fc=fc
#• •#-
t=t
^s.
®ta
3=t=t
t=t
j£ Chorus.
if' 1 N
Fine.
■?2Z~
f3£E
D.S.-Hap-py day, hap-py day, When Je-sus washed my sins a - way;
#• -^2.
t=t
■a-
l
i
I I
r 1 -
D.S.
-&—;—*-
«*—
He taught me how to watch and pray, And live re- joic- ing ev -'ry day;
[=*=*=£=rfci=|
±=t
$~f- r^r-f 9 %
:t=t
n
■0- - -«-
^=I=»=E='
U 1
^
2 O happy bond that seals my vows
To Him who merits all my love;
Let cheerful anthems fill His house,
While to that sacred shrine I move.
3 'Tis done, the great transaction's done;
I am my Lord's and He is mine;
He drew me, and I followed on,
Charmed to confess the voice divine.
4 Now rest, my long-divided heart,
Fixed on this blissful center, rest;
Nor ever from thy Lord depart,
With Him of every good possessed.
5 High heaven, that heard the solemn vow,
That vow renewed shall daily hear,.
Till in life's latest hour I bow,
And bless in death a bond so dear.
No. 154. Kind Words Can Never Die.
rtUthaproi linhiman unto the glory
A H. ABBY HUTCHINSON.
;
s
i. Kind words can nev-er die,Cherished and blest,God know -how deep they lie,
2. Sweet tho'ts can nev-er die, Tho* like the flow'rs, Their brightest hnef may fly
3. Our souls can nev-er die, Tho' in the tomb We may all have to lie,
v*Z^
x 1 *:
^P^
r r t r r
*
f^--^-
Stored in the breast : Like childhood's simple rhymes, Said o'er a thousand times
In win-try hours, But when the gen -tie dew, Gives them their charms anew,
Wrapp'd in its gloom.What tho' the flesh de-cay, Souls pass in peace a - way,
— 1
<&-*.
i^EZ
x=c
- — « — «,.
» — » — «-
fi 1
k=i
£S
;
g
f-| —
Ay, in all years and climes, Distant and near. Kind words can nev-er
With many an add -ed hue They bloom a-gain.Sweet tho'ts can nev-er
Livethro' e- ter-nal day With Christ a-bove. Our souls can nev-er
W.
n±
rJ±-
die,
die,
die.
> ■*
^
<•
3^F
£V±H-
1
i=j-
iH-r
f^=r
■h
1
^
Kit. ,
-*-
-H
^ X H-
— u
■J-
L_#J
^>—*—+-
;
=*=?j
-; * » # .
* •
a
II
Nev-er
die, nev
- er die, Kind words can nev
-er die,
No, nev - er
die.
Nev-er
die, nev ■
■ er die.Sweet tho'ts can nev
-erdie,
Mo, nev -er
die.
Nev-er
die, nev
-erdie, Our souls can nev
-er die.
No, nev - er
die.
F?^=r
^
<
rf-
-f-n
r^
a
-f !*—
j2.
—
~H
1 1
->-
1
1r
1
r^
[\=t=i
-
£=F=
-' " H 11 •
V 1
—
-U
M, >. r A Brother. Ohleaffo, 111.
No. 155, Working and Waiting.
"Call your. laborers and givo them thoir hire." Math. 20: &
H. Q. JACKSON, D. D.
m
Mrs. W. S. NICKLE.
N ^
33k
Work-ing for the Mas-ter in the har - vest field
Work-ing in the vineyard, toiling for the Lord
Wait - ing for the Mas-ter in the Bu - lah
Wait -ing for the Mas-ter by the riv - er's
^
3j-0|=*
fc=t
i
w—jr.
Paus - ing not for
Faith - ful - ly from
Land, Wait - ing till the
side, Wait - ing.watching
# r m-~ — — #-- — # —
*=£==?
t=t
tz£±
* -•-
t=t
S=^=£
V u
t b
4 — I
*-+
^t
2^
K— *"
~* ^ . -m- 1 S- 1 1
3*
wea - ri-ness or pain! Joy - ful in His ser-vice, I the sic - kle wield,
dawn to set of sun; Sweet will be the rest-ing, rich be my re -ward,
welcome summons come, Bid-ding me cross o - ver to the dis - tant strand,
for the boatman pale, Who will safe-ly bear me o'er the wa - ters wide,
^2:
^^fP
«>—
:':
:fc=£=*
t==t
I !■ |f
^2
>3S£
^^rrl
t=t
V— V-
%
fc*
s *
Chorus.
3t
M
gtT»
J
3i
Gath'ring precious sheaves of golden grain. , Wnrkino- Working
Whentomemy Lordshallsay/'Welldone." | w ™? !klng ' . Work . ing .
There to dwell with Him in bliss at home. \ Working, working.working, working,
To the peaceful port within the veil. '
Wait - ing till the Lord shall call me home.
-0 — i— #-*- — # #— 2 # 1 - *-\&/A
±2£
Copyright, 1892, by W. S. Nickle.
No. 156
Beyond the Hills.
'For \sn which hive believed do •
Beb. 1:3.
W. S. NICKLE.
— * — '■ — S>H-n — I
?i7 ;-8 ; 'I^J
nd the hiUswheresuns go down, And brightly beckon as they go,
A-bovc the dii - so-nance of time, And discord of it^ tn-gry words;
I bid it wel-come, and my haste To join it can -not brook de- lay;
O song of ligbt,anddawn,andbliss,Soondo- verearthandfill the skies!
1= — > — V — i-M V
I see the land of great re-nown, The land which I so soon shall know.
I hear the ev - er - last-ing chime, The mu-sic of un - jar-ring chords.
O song of morn-ing.come at last! And ye who sing it, come a - v,
Sound forth, nor ev -er, ev-er cease The soul entrancing mel - o - dies!
tea
rnry^fe
V— >-
*zi^:
Chorus.
EiM, * %
~» — f 1 — h — *r
"I |S— -ft" ^ <* IK ft -:— I
There'll be
; ; i it s~
rest - ing by and
]M . * -i— *-n
by, In that sum -mer-land of song;
» 3 . * * . * r * — hi
^v^-
-r ~ — V JL — »
L l ^ 1 y —
:i ; — $ ±— v " — Hf J
Love will fill all hearts with joy, Where you anil I shall meet ere long.
P-fr — j — 4^ I i * \ »-.-*fo — » - » I » -- » » » 1 1 —
Copyright, 18M, by W. S. Nlckle.
No. 157. Jesus, Shepherd, Lead Us.
I will never leave thee, DOT forsake thee.'
MAGGIE E. GREGORY
Legato dolce.
s
lleh. i:i: B.
CHAS. H. GABRIEL
■:? Mi
> K -
# #
■#-r
i. Je - 5US,Shepherd,lead Thy sheep O'er life's mountains.rough and steep;
2. Should we wan-der from Thy side, O'er the mountains dark and wide,
3. We the sheep of Thine own choice, May we know our Shepherd's voice:
4. Thou hast saved us by Thy grace, Help us to re -fleet Thy face;
■} r,ti
4
Hfcfcpt
■*f
J :-
From all world - li - ness with-hold, Guide us to the heav'n-ly fold.
Seek us ere the wolf a-larms, Bring us back in Thine own arms.
May we glad - ly leave our all, Glad - ly fol-low at Thy call.
Thou hast bought us, we are Thine, May we in Thine im - age shine.
:fcfcr
*
' — 1 -J-
r
/— L
m
Chorus.
N-4
Lead us where green pastures grow, And where heav'nly wa - ters flow;
t=t
»
*=*
E :
FT
r c r 1 -'
k^F
£— I-
§
Z=fc
-«-*-
t=*
Fit us, in this fold of love, For the heav'nly fold a - bove.
t— W— f_| 1 1 1 % L 1 l_Ml 1_
fc£
i=fc
i
&
V
*=n
Copyright, 1895, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 158, We're on the Way to Canaan's Land.
"J iiui the I.onl. unci I will bring yuii out from mulct thfl burdenh of th«-
REV. H. Q. JACKSON. W. S. NICKLE.
From E - k>'I )1
Thro' wil - der
His power the
In hos - tile
long, the
ggEir*-r-|-» W
tern - el bond • age fled, <> - be-dient t<> our
- ness - es wide and drear Our Lord will guide our
smit-ten rock con-trolt, A cry t - tal stream our
lands we fed no fear, No f'.e our on - ward
riv . er cross'd.we'll meet The ransomed host at
#_! * 1
GEf^=V?=f
I
**=
^
•0- -•»:. ■#■ •+■ ~-0-
Lord's com-mand,
steps a - right;
need sup -plies;
march can stay;
Hu right hand;
And by His word and Spir - it led, We're
Be -hold, to prove His pres-ence here. The
gry, faint - ing souls With
flict He is near, Whose
a wel-come sweet From
He feeds our hun
In ev - 'ry con
And there re - ceive
T£
*-V^ r
s
Chorus.
on the way
cloud by day,
dai - ly man
pres-ence cheers
our dear Lord
•"* ♦ '-•■ * -•■ «♦ . -•• +~. '-*■
to Ca- naan's land!
the fire by night!
na from the skies!
us on the way.
to Ca -naan's land!
We're on the way,
Ca-naan's land; Di
V 9 I if
w,
IS IS
.:-■
I
ine - ly guid - ed day by day, We're on the way, we re on the way.
g P } 7^a
*=*
Copyright, 1889, by W.8. Nickk-
No. 159. Steadily On.
i \. r\ om straight forward." Hnra 10: Ha
Mrs. FRANK A BRECK.
J. H. TENNEY.
i. Stead-i-ly on-ward! O turn not a - side, Stead-i-ly, stead-i - ly
2. All that can harm you, be read-y to shun, Stead-i - ly, stead-i - ly
3. No-ble,true-heart-ed where-ev - er you go, — Stead-i-ly, stead-i - ly
IPI
-*— #.
±=±
1 — \-
t- — 1-
fcft
-* — 0-
T—f:
F-
^ =tz * = ^^- = * :
i
Up - ward and on - ward what - ev - er be - tide,
Do - ing the du - ty that waits to be done,
m! ... Set - ting the world with your glad -ness a - glow,
_,_•_,_._#_!! • • 0. 0. £_
-^g-z.- f- zz F E 1 1 r \ 1 -i i i i»
rr — r~ r
■&■
i~
fl*
: . 41
^
— = # * — ^ — 0-
Stead - i - ly, stead - i - ly
Stead - i - ly, stead - i - ly
Stead - i - ly, stead - i - ly
_* « , h ^— 0-
- .
on:
on!
Je - sus will help
Help-ing the bur ■
Liv - ing for Je -
you to
dens of
sus where-
fck
1 — r
f=F
Eft
1
i
walk in His way, Guid-ing your feet lest they wan - der
oth-ers to bear, Seek-ing to com - fort the hearts that
ev - er you are, Shine as a ra - di - ant, beau - ti -
a - stray,
de - spair,
ful star,
r
£
mx
fc
:> s
— H ah
i
*^0-
-*-*—*-
*- -#— #-^-
"#-T-
b -- ■ *
Ev -er be read -y to hear and o - bey — Steadily, stead-l
Strive for a crown that is worth-y to wear — Steadily, stead-i-
Scat-ter-ing brightness and blessing a - far, — Steadily, stead-i-
0^wh
ly on.
ly on.
ly on.
tt
t¥:
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago,Ill.
No. 160.
A Little Talk
'Looking onto Jeans. tb< author and Bnisbi r ol om Caitb.* 1 Hab. IS: 2.
Arranged for this work.
IK K-
—*~ .J. #. I f * *- s — J— 1
i. Tho' dark the night,and clouds look black And itormy o- ver-head, And
2. When those who once were dearest friends Be-gin to per -se- cute, And
;. And thus, by fre-quent lit - tie talks, I gain the vie -to- ry, And
* * ± * * ♦ ±
' -i :
* »
*
trrt
E9^
*
;
J
* V V
-s * IK
2 J
J
^
ft
i
trials of al - most ev - 'ry kind A- cross my path are spread; How
thosewho once pro - fessed to love Have si - lent grown and mute, 1
march a- long with cheer - ful song, En-joy-ing lib-er- ty; With
_m m m m^-t *_
:*=*=*:
TA
-> N y EK— d-
r-0 0—Md • ! 1 1 P * ' *-- ■ • • m
K_ K—
JE
soon I con-quer all, As to the Lord I call, — A lit - tie talk with
tell Him all my grief, He quick-ly sends re - lief, — A lit - tie talk with
Te - sus as my friend, I'll prove un - til the end, A lit - tie talk with
* £ e £ . . - \ X > j* s r > s s
l I i
D.S.- trials of ev -'ry kind, Praise God, I a I -ways find, A lit -tie talk with
Fink. CHORUS. ^
# # ^_JL_L I £_# # ^
I
Je - sus makes it right, all right. A lit - tie talk with Je - sus makes it
• • • •
y<* - fftf makes it right, all light.
x=x
=4=*
D.S
right, all right, A lit - tie talk with Je - sus makes it right, all right; In
-»-T-^
fff
•'
'
1 — r l i.
•T^P • #- i -#— -• # # » » # # **— -I 1 r
:? f— i — r~ sF S ^ ^ < > > u iH 4 — ' — ^
m. \. r a Brotiu r, Chicago, ID.
No. 161. The Savior Calls To-day.
"To-day, if ye will hear his voice hard, n not your 1m arts." Ilcb. A: 7.
Rev. H. Q. JACKSON, D. D. E. E. MEYER.
-A— «
'# *
y
'1 I
3:
1. O sin - ner, hear the Sav-ior's voice, He calls you, — haste a - way;
2. From fol - ly, un - be-lief and sin, He calls you, — haste a - way;
3. From soul dis-tract-ing doubts and fears, He calls you, — haste a - way;
4. To pur - est bliss to mor-tals given, He calls you, — haste a - way;
(Ws-fr-t*-?
— \z^
-#-
-rT^
J.
— 1 —
-$-
i:> If' 1
1
1
— *
— K-
— 1 1 ^
• ; j —
— * — '
-By-r-4—
-t-
— « —
r 4_
=1=
=4=
^ *
1
1 — *— r-
— —
*^
.1
— *—
1 — i —
L
—& —
^'i; 1
Come, make His law of love your choice;He calls you, — come to - day.
From foes with-out and foes with - in, He calls you, — come to-day.
From sor - row's un - a-vail- ing tears, He calls you, — come to- day.
To peace, and hope.and joy, and heav'n, He calls you, — come to-day.
1.
FEiSEEEE
? y.v_.i . • »
?^£E£
b \>
i "
r
Chorus.
1
ifea
^=si=r
i
±3^*
fi-ttf—f—
Come, sin - ner, come to-day, Come to the bless - ed Sav - ior,
t. t-
'i.
k*
fe*
B
fc*
-^ — #-
5fc
-# . » ^j-T-*-
^?-
Make no de - lay, but haste a - way; He calls you, — come to - day!
Copyright, 1894, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, IU.
No. 162. Blessed Sabbath Home.
•'in my Esther's bona vnu." John 14-1.
JENNIE WILSON. LESTER PRICE.
i. Bless-ed Sab-bath Home, with - in thy walls We have meet to wor-ship
2. Bl es s ed Sab-bath Home, how oft oar hearts Turn with longing on -to
3. Bless-ed Sab-bath Home, thy pleas-ares dear, Are a fore-taste of our
4. When we leave for aye tins Sabbath Home, With its ma - ny sa-cred
i '
">'.
&P.r f r
f\ 1 fc. s
1 1
-t
itb — — r — -*-
-* — 4-
— #V^ — s fc-
_j —
m--^—i^-i-
-* w-
m * /» <
S-
-: — * — r— r-
now; Here love's gifts we
thee: Where the wings of
joy; When our souls shall
ties; In tri -umph-ant
?«V f-. ft -
r c *
bring to our Sav .
praise our glad souls
meet in the bliss
song with the saint
- t
ior, King, At whose
up - raise. That we
com-plete That will
- ly throng, May we
/Ty U • L • * #
m - L. £ . S
»;., r Tj
' *
r p p p.
'S^rt 1 y,
1 ' ^
j •
III -* ^
1 1 > K
Chorus.
n
^ 1 !
i=r>— -*-
r '
S j N K,
itfe f~~
^ 1 -1
■ | —
# • #
—0-T-
0—i •
0*0
2*2
^ •
■#-i #
•
m m .
1
ho -
ly feet we
bow.
\
near -
nev -
er Christ may
er know al -
be.
loy.
► Bless-ed
Sab-
bath Home, hap - py
join
be - yond the
skies.
)
■0- *
r t — •
— g I 1
1 — 9-7 — • —
r—0 *
_# 0. # • ,
f#3s — '
— P *
0-± —
— 1
\^\j F •
■ ■ m
1 •
" j
D •
1 1 j-
1
• 1 1
1
\* 'm*J * ¥
teat
1EOE
: fF=»
S
Sab - bath home! Here we meet
bonds di - vine; Bless - ed
•#- -0- -**>-' -0-
N **
~i — m-
fc*
1 I 4— Ji-j-r rg ^
# # y # ' . * \ m * -t-»-
^ .
11
Sab
\ u v 11 1.
bath Home; happy Sabbath Home, \\ hat a hal - lowed peace is thine.
— 1±-* — — r — — — t • , J »T q« — ♦
• — # — # — • — E ' 1 1
2z±
-^—0-
a=*
i§!
■ 1 1 l/b ■
Copyright, 1898, by Mover A Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 163.
I've Found a Friend.
'A Friond thut Btloketh closer than a Brother.* 1
Proverbs. M. l_ McPHAlL.
U -\ -■;
pi|Ig^pi=ft
1. I've found a friend: oh! such a friend! He loved me ere I knew Him-
2. I've found a friend: oh! such a friend! lie gave His life to save me;
3. I've found a friend: oh! such a friend! So kind, and true, and ten-der;
:4ET
f 1 1 1 1 - 1
He drew me with the cords of love, And thus He bound me to Him.
And not a -lone the gift of life, But His own self He gave me.
So wise a coun-sel - or and guide, So might-y a de-fend-er!
tl:
&*-*-
±2l
— ■ — =2= -3 r — * — f — * — F=t I - I f I
S
^
^
g= * *f
*ES=fEEp=pzzES_
H
J
^-»
f
3B
"3—*-
And round my heart still closely twine Those ties which none can sever,
Naught that I have my own I call, I hold it for the Giv - er;
From Him who now doth love me so, What pow'r my soul can sev - er?
m
*_*
te-
\—r— s-
±
s^m
r
tt
s
rn
fe^tea
1PP
r^f^
1 r I ■ ■ 1 . ■ — 1
For I am His and He is mine, For-ev - er and for - ev - er.
My heart,my strength, my life, my all, Are His, and His for - ev - er.
Shall life or death, or a -ny foe? No: I am His for - ev - er.
fi
^Fj -j^lr^r jf -^ -
:p=t=t
r
I
COPYRIGHT. 18»*. BY MEYER 4 BROTHER.
No. 164.
Grace Abounding.
"In that day there hhall bt a luiiutaiii Opened to the bOQM of David." Ze<h. 13: 1.
ABBIE MILLS. W. S. NICKLE.
HI
Of this grace-a-bound-ing glo-ry,
the time re-deein-ing;Noonti«ie light e'en now is beaming,
Grace-a-bound-ing, on-ward go-ing, Just for sin-ners o - ver-flow-ing;
All thro'graceare robes made whiter Than the^now,and crownsare brighter
Up! a - way! help tell the sto-ry Of this grace a-bound-ing glo-ry,
#-*-# — r 0---0 — 1-0 — + «-r s — r 0-^-0 m * — r* — * — i
l=f
\A
-
^tzac
Ransomed ones, with much for-giv-en; Point the way to peace and heaven.
They who long have slept.are waking.Na-tions from sin's thralldom breaking.
Woo -ing.cleansing, ev-er heal-ing, Love of heav'n to hearts re-veal-ing.
That are God's beloved a-dorn-ing, Than the bright-est star of morning.
Soft - ly speak of Calv'ry's mountain, Shout be-side the cleansing fountain.
^^9-7 — g-r
:
» »
» •
b t
u i
V 9
Chorus.
s s ?^
V I
I
Ilal-le - lu-jah! grace-a-bound-ing, This the news thro'earth resounding,
i i • ^ i " j w j \ \ j j *
S
*$
Nit.
/ 1 ' -
S N
Christ be-stow-ing — glorious Giv-er — Grace is llow-ing — blessed riv-er!
.1
T-0 #-*-# r*-^-" » . M I ■■
t^- p— p=nao± \ ,— ^=$1 0-0 i II
t r t iii
— 0- ' 0— j
Copyright, 1893, by W. s. Nickle-
No. 165. Jesus Will Carry Me Over the River.
'•\ca, though l wtJk through the valley of the shadow <>i death, I will l'car uocvil,
for thou art with me." l'salins 'Si: 4.
Slow.
Words and Music by A. F. MYEftS.
£ * * * 1 b
i. I know, at the riv - er of
2. I fear not to en -ter the
3. I know when the riv - er I
4. Oh, when to cross o - ver the
m
ir-gr?-*-
i^i
fe
death, My Sav-ior will be at my
flood, Tho' wild-ly its bil-lows may
cross That Je - sus will car - ry me
tide, To me the glad summons shall
• d g
'>S
-»-•-»-
it
sn
i=x
# ■»■ ■#■ ♦
-^ — _---#
side; His pres-ence so
roll, With Je - sus my
o'er; Up - held by His
come, With Christ as my
near Will ban - ish
guide, No ill can
arm, I'll suf - fer
all fear, And
be - tide, For
no harm, But
light, The way will be bright, And
; s-
Chorus.
ffiE
gtfH* x rr&
He will the wa - ters di - vide.
He will the tern - pest con - trol.
safe - ly I'll reach the blest shore.
an - gels will wel-come me home.
— #f— # 1*"' T ?—r-0~—0-
Yes, Je - sus will car - ry me
m
*=*
^
■9^1-
V y-
*23t
m^
ver the riv - er. Yes, Je - sus will car -ry me o'er
/TS I
(yes,o
Z=£
*-*-»-
er;) He'll
J
U 'J
Rit.
Sit.
-ft — fr "^
a
si
-0- "0- -0- * 9
i*n*
^* -
car-ry me o'er to the glo-ri-fied shore, Yes, Je-sus will car - ry me o'er.
-0—0- r *—0
0— P
.a
m
tt
-j—v-
-£-+
-y i> 1 r r ' j r \> — r y v 'J r~
v s ' 7"
Copyright, 1894, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
:*=*:
? v m Z,
No. 166. Throw Open the Gates.
*'< '; . keepetta Um truth
ciiicr in.' ;
L. E. JONES.
v U-J 1 1
;
#
W. S. NICKLE.
1. Throw o - pen the ^atcs i f the cit - y
2. Throw o - ]>en the gates of the cit - y
3. Throw o - pen the gates of the cit - y
The cit - v of
The cit - y of
Let it's glo- ry shine
, , „ 1 l 1 ) s s , 1 ^ 1 1 1 1 — p-^
crys - tal anil gold,
joy and of love,
out like a star,
That all who ac - cept of the Sav - ior May
That its li^ht may shine out on the path-way That
Thatthemil-lions who know not theSav-ioi May
M
f r I
A t9 ^
i
Chorus.
•s + -#■ -#■
r=?
en - ter with joy to the fold. )
leads to bright mansions a-bove. ^ Throw o
hast - en from near and a - far. )
— # = »
pen the gates of the
\ * t
h £
cit
That it's light may shine out on the way; Throw o - pen the
» '
F
*■
=t=;
^=*=1
=1
gates of the cit - v, We are near - mg its por - tals to - day.
• ■ _L
-#-.-#- -0- ■#•
;ee^=t^f=
-#—
> S~
Copyright, 1692, by W. S. .Sickle.
No. 167
I am Coming.
"Whom tied hath SOI forth to be a propitiation thrum li taith in hlfl blood M
Romans. :;: 26.
E. A. H.
Rev. ELISHA A. HOFFMAN.
'*
:^P
*
i. I am com - ing, Lord, and kneel - ing At Thy foot - stool low,
2. Sin and guilt in bhame con - fess - ing, At Thy feet I bow;
3. Hear my plea, O bless - ed Sav - ior! While in tears I bow;
4. Kind - ly, ten - der - ly re - ceive me, As I hum - bly pray;
■0- ' -0- -0- -0- ' -0- ■#- ■#- ' -0- (S ,.
m
m
r — r
t=^i
*H=*=t=i
s^s
m
And I pray with ten - der feel - ing, "Oh! save me
While I lin - ger for the bless - ing, Oh! save me
Grant to me Thy grace and fa - vor Just now, just
Free - ly, gra - cious - ly for - give me To - day, to -
J
now,
now.
now.
day.
• g
m*
rrt
Chorus.
1 > '*
1
! h
ft
1
tr-J • *- L
— * —
-A
— fc-
H—
— d d-=-
— —
-0
-d—
!
■J ^
7
W-*-— —
' .
-1 = — J
-5
\S\j M .
2
2
M M
m
5*
_fv # 1
J 1
I am com -
•0-
ing,
I
am com
■0-
- ing, Bless
1
- ed Je
. -0-
sus,
-0-
just now;
1
/•V
]- #
m m •
m
i
1 » p^
&J' ^
i **
* 1
5
mS *
P
1*
r<
P
# # •
m
» 1
r »
i
1
1
1 -W
V
1
-h ft
Blessandheal me, cleanse and seal me, I am com-ing just now.
■0- -0- m . -0- m ■*-■*- -&-
p- — p
1
Copyright, 1892, by W. S. NickJ*
No. 168. I Know That My Redeemer Lives.
I kilOW that my i. & | DOM I ln< tli. ' Job, 1
ft£
M
-f
.
— 1*-
•
•
— (
— -9 0---
•
- l ,
— i — i
— • —
1 '
K—
V 1
#
'
-i-5-
i
■ t
#
I
i.
I la
that
my
Re - deem
li\ -
And has
pre-
2.
I'm trust •
ing
J-' -
sus Christ
for
all
I know
Eiii
3-
I'm now
en -
rap -
tared at
the
thought,
I stand
and
4-
I know
that
re -
nil soon
will
come,
I know
the
(*ti
* . •
it •
4 it *
A
-ZtT*
S
ir4 — '
r
» •
— ? *-*
#
-i f
— m —
-
m
SI
;
— 9 — '
p *
•
,
— 4 *—
-S-
-m 9—
T4
- —
' 9 •
1
s
1 1
1
D. S.— Pot
ly 7i'd('t - ing
To hear
the
-n ft is
1 I s -\
'^£
j * *
— i a —
■ If; r r * «*
U^
^—^7
1 ^ - ^"gq -1-
* t
|
pared
a place for me; That
crowns of vie - to - ry He gives
blood
now speaks for me; I'm
lis-tening for a wel - come voice.
won
-der at His love, That
He from heaven to earth was brought
time
will not be long, Till
I shall reach my heav'n-ly home
K
£ ; ** r*" 1 *
\ 9 f — M~ 1 — %-^— *— n — *— ■
sati-
— 1 *-= 1 —
o •
•
-f — f — b — h *H
•f * 1
i^ t # •
9 9 . 9
t
r
1
1 V
r
s um-mons," child, come Jwme" For I am on - ly wait - ing now,
-G-ftr-
i — i —
S * -V
Fine. Chorus.
A '
— 1 p — — p Ps j—
^n — h^
K
— H
ft) tf •* ■
■ 4 •
■ « -H « •-. N
,_J 1 — L_
-04
-5
— ^ —
1
^y 2 —
"#'
L #-.
- V * ♦ . * f> "i $:
~Zr
-ev-
'
-0-
To
those
who would His chil-dren be. >.
"The Mas-ter wait - eth thee!"
., . - ,. , fThen ask
that I may live a - bove.
with joy the heav'n-ly song. J
To
To
say,
die,
me
not
to
To
sing
|
I s ^ r* I s j^ s
,v
1
1
/kVa
—0 —
#-T
— — ■! — — J-= — *—
at : l 9
if •
-m>-
-7-2
*\ •■
W £ #
1 ! !
& \~9
' * 1
•
0*0i i | •
•
^
f
To luar the summons \" child, come home.'
D.C.
S
o
?
lin
- ger long
£=
A - mid the gay
and thought - less throng,
ifed;
II
-0 :
^
m. >. i fl Brother, t 'l . .
No. 169. The Cleansing Wave.
"And tho blood of Jesus Christ, bis Son cleausetb ua from ull sin.
I Jobn, 1: 7.
MR3. phcebe palmer.
Mrs. J. F. KNAPP.
§j§
«
1. Oh! now I see the crim-son wave, The foun-tain deep and wide:
2. I see the new ere - a - tion rise, I hear the speak-ing blood;
3. I rise to walk in heav'n's own light, A-bove the world and sin,
4. A-maz - ing grace! 'tis heav'n be- low, To feel the blood ap - plied,
Jt=3z£
i g ?-H
t=t
- 1 l I
*=tc=*:
*
IS
\> \>
i
2
i
IS
1 * 4 * * - r
Je - sus, my Lord, might - y to save, Points to His wound-ed side.
It speaks! pol - lut * ed na-ture dies! Sinks 'neath the cleansing flood.
With heart made pure.and garments white, And Christ enthroned with-in.
And Je - sus, on - ly Je - sus know, My Je - sus cru - ci - fied.
m
t=t
J3
-%-
m
t=t
*=*C=|E
r^
t=:
If if •
Chorus.
i N
ifcfctEH
t
The cleansing stream.I see, I see! I plunge.and oh, it cleans-eth me!
fW^-
t=t
*=*=*:
5
w
1=f:
nU
Fjr
1
3=t
# — L 8 — # * — L ^ — #-
Oh! praise the Lord, it cleanseth me, It cleanseth me, yes.cleansethme!
SS
B£z
Efc
jit » » — ~ t-
mi
t=t
f=f
By permission.
No. 170. The Good Shepherd.
' tad bfl OSlleth his own Itionp bj DftBM and loadOtll theiu out." St. John 10: 3.
n
v
W. S. NICKLE.
Br PER.
\ .
■;
X
*
1 i s
: •*
. I
P"
^* ^ • ^ ? d 4
J\ •*
J
5; . £
lA^U
' # • # * t~m
/a I
- • #
rj .
tr ^ ^ ^ ^
Jt
I
1. Sav-ior like ■ ihep-herd lead us, Much we
2. We are Thine, do Thou befriend us, Be the
3. Thou hast promised to re-ceiveus, Poor and
4. Ear - ly let us seek Thy fa-vor, Ear - ly
need Thy tend'eettcare,
Guardian of our way;
sin - ful though we he
let us do Thy will;
#■•#•#•#■!!•#'•--
-0- -0- -0- #. ^-«
i
Y ', m • m m m "''m 'm
>> #
i* • 1
*_ •
7j, 4 » • F P F »
^ r *
~r' >""
E
^ » '«
■ ,
*
P * (•
» » » »
£ "
1
■J J 'J J J
-1 1 ■
j. .
1 '•
'• > > V
£=£
^
fc= <-^- *Ef5Eei
J
B
U - 1
In Thy pleas-ant pas-tures feed us, For our use Thy folds pre -pare;
Keep Thy flock, from sin de- fend us, Seek us when we go a -stray;
Thou hast mer - cy to re-lieveus, Grace tocleanse.andpow'r to free;
Bless - ed Lord, and on - ly Sav-ior, With Thy love our bo-soms fill.
«-' f f" f" fcp ^
Chorus.
1l J 1 1
F^=
"T* ^ r "t
H — ^vr-
Lead us,
7*-
L z^ —
lead
4 s
us, I
-1 *— — * — i* 4*
-0- .* -0-
^ead us with Thy ten - der
1 N * ft '
care;
efcr-F — f
"1* —
=4?=*=
_«U # % 1 i • g
1 ' P — y — n 7 —
FPUs— |
W P 1
L F~
— ^^
r
-| p y * / (j—
1 — ■ — '
%
II
?
^,?
-fr*
Lead us, lead us, For Thy use our souls pre - pare.
z
' ?
?■
P=f
I P • V
Copyright, 1893, by W. 8. Nlckle.
No. 171.
Wonderful Bible.
"But ho said, yea, rather, Mewed ire they that hear the word of God,
and keep it." Luko 11: 2b.
Rev. H. Q. JACKSON, D. D. E. E. MEYER.
£
•J'3
t=t
^J-
A^
£
y^ g. V ' f
i. Won-der - ful Bi - ble! Book of God; Guide and coun-sel to
2. Won-der - ful Bi - ble! Law of the Lord; All its pre-cepts in
3. Won-der - ful Bi - ble! Ra-diance bright; Ray se - rene from the
<•
fe feLLJ _J
B3
1 1 1
^
a^
s
-&-~
S3
-*—
* v ■ & t —*r^*z:
mor - tals given ; Lamp to the path by the ran - somed trod,
grace a - bound; And in their keep - ing is great re - ward;
world a - bove; Fair - est of stars in hu - man-i - ty's night,
HkS
s
i
s
£
PrT
*=*
L
Chorus.
i
s
F
-^_
Light-ing the way from earth to heav'n.
Life ev - er - last
Fill now our hearts with light
from earth to heav'n. )
- ing there is found. > Shine, O won-der - ful
; with light and love. J
, £ f: £ *
lei
m
-fiL.
> k k
1 1 l
zc
fc£
[ I I I J- =t
fc=^
-^~
st
*=^
m^
light di- vine, Lamp of Truth, in this dark world shine;Shine thro' the
EH
I ' 1
f=TT
§
s
£e£
fTT
s
fes
u.
ti-tr^i
^E 1 *^
:*-
t^=
f— ^f
f H '
g£££
night of doubts and fears, Shine till the morn of God ap-pears!
■0 — n^- 5 — i-* » • — r* 1 € — 1 fg 1
-fr L I F — 1 i * — I 1 — : 1 1 1 1 »
trVP- 1 — b — # — b — b — f- — *5>- — » — • — • — fe t-
Copyright, 1894, by Meyer <fe Brother, Chicago, ML
No. 172.
Precious Love.
"U'c Um liu
ADA BLENKHORN.
■ 111*!
I Jobu 1 1 lft
E. E. MEYER.
W .Jj u .u i \ <> m sp
1. How sweet is the love of Je - sus! 'Tis dear-er than life to me.
2. In sor-row it is my com - fort, In trouble it is my stay;
3. Tho' friendship the dear - est fail me.Tho* loved ones may leave my side,
4. And when on the heights of glo - ry, My eyes shall behold the king,
is
*^_, **
?c=|rip:
t=«
#=*
W=t
fl
^
t=P
«
^^ ^ t t- f^
Hi
r^r
Than cost-li- est pearl more pre- cious, And O, I am glad 'tis free.
When clouds of af - flic - tion gath - er, It driveth them all a - way.
His love is for me un-chang- ing.With it I am sat - is - fied.
In rapt-ur-ous praiseun-end -ing, His won-der-ful love I'll sing.
tm
#-£^.-J=4
(S
m — m — » , a
t» — 1» — 1» — wyf— f— 1
W
I
»
I 1 I l t=E=3
r - rr - rrrr ^ = ^
Chorus.
=. L
SeS
J
1
t^
-fc
;
£:
Pre - cious love of Je
EK
*FF
sus, Change-less, pure and free;
1 1 11 r-rrrr^
r=c
*
a
-*-
¥
B^
/■iV.
£^ES
:";
#- u # — # — #-
Pre - cious love of Je - sus That He free - ly giv-eth me
^ #— rr—
Pip
r--:
E
s
t
V— >-
OopyriKht, ISM.l.v >l,->. r >v Un.tbcr, Chicago 111.
" -r»
No. 173 The Children's Day in June.
E. E. HEWITT
Dim i
'I will joy in the tiod of niy Salvation. " Hal). 8: 18.
*P*
i. Birds are sing-ing, flow 'r-bells ringing, On the Children's Day in
2. Ros - es blushing, streamlets gushing, Sunbeams glancing from a -
3. Hearts are burning, les - sons learningFrom the birds.the brooks.the
4. Bless - ed Sav-ior, grant Thy fav-or, While our lov -ing prais-es
June;
bove;
flow'rs;
swell;
m
driF
t— t
T—t
I
H •—
a» 1 m
?
Voic - es blending, songs as-cend-ing, Hap - py hearts are all in tune.
Wav - ing banners, glad ho - san- nas, Tell our grat - i - tude and love.
Joy and beau- ty wait on du - ty, Say the summer's balm- y hours.
Then Thy children, trust- ing children, Shall Thy grace and goodness tell.
W£
£=t=£
1— t
P"
Chorus. v
n l-i r ■ ■ K J ■ k
h fc I s
k ^ i s
h h I
1 1/1 7 J 4 1 s
1 _p * *.
iyuh> 4 • 1 J
« Hi r
« H 1
'frTv j j j 4
H • 1 1 _l
3 _} J
\S\) S . d
5 ■ . — ji * *
j ! J J
# # 4
Bring the blossoms, smil-ing blossoms, Pinks and dai-sies, lil - ies fair;
_ ^ . p- f- f- m . - . « ♦. - -♦• - J
/£V n X • C L
» • # #
!
pj., p f » » u
— ' ^
# 1
i^-'b 1 *i n 1
1 u 1
\ V V V !• ^
H? 4 — R — y
U )J \J L
L'y_k J
Bit. [S
?!
■I ' h #— ; J- h
Love's sweet off-'i'ing.will- ing off-' ring, Con - se-crat-ed lives shall bear.
^rt±
£=*
=i=t
£=|E
£=t
I
; F
" V \J \J " "
Copyrighted, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 174.
He Loves Me So.
"Looking unto Jem.* 1 Ileb. 12: ft
CHAS. H.
GABRIEL.
J. M
BLACK.
I.O.
ik. 1
•-V-t^-ii — s
-i H — x—
.■
~m ^— J *
t 1 1
* * — r-
T- 5 f~
— f-
f ^ *-
d — JH
o w
\j
1 1
r #
# • ^ j
I. I know that mam - ma loves me,
Be-cause she tells me so;
2. The hap - py birds in spring-time,
Are sing-ing all the day;
3. I read of sprites and brown-ies,
And of the fair-ies too, —
4. It makes me ver - y hap - py,-
—This sto - ry sweet and old,
* *
? *
/SY r» ( '
1 » 1
» f
P-/' t v <» 1
iri *
1 1 1
j_
1 f t
W > u
* 1>
1 y L*
f n
j j
s
J i. 1—
* w
&
She nev - er yet de-ceived me,
The pret - ty flow - ers bloom-ing,
But oh, there is a sto - ry
Be-cause it grows the sweet - er
know;
ray ;
And nev - er will, I
In beau - ti - ful ar
That's ev - er sweet and new!
Each time I hear it told.
m
«:
And so I know that Je - sus Loves lit - tie ones like me,
And all they say to me is, That "God is ev - er good!"
It's called the "Old, old sto - ry Of Je - sus and His love,"
Al-though I oft - en won - der Why He re - mem-bers me
Se
m
And that He watch-es o'er
They nev - er speak un - tru
And of the ma - ny man
I know that Je - sus loves
£v
them, Wher-ev - er they may
- ly, They would not if they
■ sions He has pre-pared a -
me, And will mv Sav - ior
5$
be.
could,
bove.
be.
it t
.
IVj'yright, 1893. by Chft:- H Gabriel.
He Loves Me So.
Concluded.
s
He loves, He loves me so, He loves, He loves me so;
He loves. He loves,
_# *—,. ft ^_# , ft ft p^jft *_*_
3=*=|E
* *
¥±
F=F
»
tr -1 * — fc* — J — 1-2 f
fl
I know He came to save me,
_£___# ft • ,F • fi-
ll ^
Be-cause He loves me so.
fcfc
-?-
^F^
H. A. HENRY.
N-r-V
No. 175.
Jesus Loves Us All.
"Bringing his sheaves with him." Psalm
MAGGIE B. GREGORY.
t -t
It* *" '
t f
1. We are Je-sus' lit-tle ones! Tho' we're small, very small, Yetwe may loveand
2. We will listen while we're young,To His call, lov-ing call; We in His steps will
3. Je-sus bears us in His arms. Lest we fall, lest we fall; He dear-ly loves the
jq — ^ 1 1 — L * — ^ — 0-
-f -+■*-#■ 7 -*
serve Him too, For Je-sus loves us all
fol-low on, For Je-sus loves us all
lit - tie ones.Yes Je-sus loves us all
;!
Jesus loves the children, One and all,
? V J V
n 1^ is 1^ p\
r P K is
k. N
1 11
iwb *\ km * \y*
p p
k_ P IS 1
•f II
fiTr H ■ v \
2 * »
i J N N
r J 1 «
! 7 II
"y * *
* *
41 4 P P
#» • JJ
great and small; And He has room for us in heav'n,For Je-sus loves us all.
J^-f f f ^ ^ * - - '- N N - - " - •
/£Y *
"S • Tl
((•>>., f F !
f 1 II
^^b y v w w
! 1 ■ ! 1 i ,
# #
II
; J J J
s j j j \0 ■ .■
L U
Copyright, 1896, by Chas. H, Gabriel,
V V *
No. 176. Jesus Loves the Little Ones.
1 hi- latth unto th« in. CoOoH in«-." Matt. -1: l'.».
JENNIE WILSON. A. J. SHOWALTER.
3 * ; ;
♦ — *~ ♦
*-♦
i. When in days long passed a - way, Je - sus walked by Gal - i - lee,
2. Now from His ex - alt-ed place. Still the Sav . ior kind and mild,
3. Souls of Chil-dren glo - ri - fied, Sin-less lambs in heav-en's fold,
.}. As thej reach His throne a- bove, Sweetest mu - sic to the Lord,
'-
z
: -i •
' • 1 ,
B
fo > JU i t I 1
F=±
— s fc-
1 k N 1
i
1
§?•— *— t-\-t — » — *— i — v-
Ea - ger list - ners heard Him say:
To the king - dom of His grace,
Dwelling where the blest a - bide,
Are the songs of praise and love,
■0- -0- -0- -«-
if u
"Let the
Fain wouk
E'er the
Chil-dren
•0- ■*-
i * t—
chil-dren come
w el -come ev -
Fa-ther's face
sing in glad
f" f* T
to
be -
ac -
me."
child,
hold,
cord.
7ZV m m
l|| ■
2? 1
PJ. t f •
, ■ r
1 i 1
r 1
W^ ' I
h H h
1
1 / • >
\ \ \J \J
P I* ,•
I 1
1
jj >
'• '• i
1
i
Refrain.
^S
^=*=t*
Je - sus loved the lit - tie ones, When He made this world His home;
■#-■#- -0--&--0--0-'0~-J' m '0--0--i&-
£
S*
*= t—U-f
Still He loves the tit - tie ones, And to Him He bids them come.
r*£ *■ *-
*
' s
fFF?^
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer <3t Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 177.
Over the Seas.
'•(io ye therefore, and teach ;iil nations." Matt. 28: iu.
p. w. h. p. w hill
Alto ok Base Solo.
'H-ri—z r
1
k
/L r ■* s fc
J
1 S
Pm 't Z _P
s ^~
IMJ 4 9 .
# •
• *
•
J
i. From the
hea -
then far a -
way —
O -
ver
the
seas;
2. Thou-sands
there
in mid - night
gloom
-
ver
the
seas;
3- Vou can
save
a soul from
sin,
-
ver
the
seas;
4. Hear the
Great
Di - vine com -
mand,
o .
ver
the
seas;
■*-
•#-
0*
0-
AY 'i 1
(<•)., 4 '
f
*
r
*
*
r
^■"^ ft 1 '
1 J
* 1
n
7-4- -Ik. -
AU\j ^
^ ^
p
_P
p
fiTv _i
N
M « ^
IM; # .
.
S
m
rJ
J
List!
Bow -
Souls
s Go
■#■
■7**\: *
a voice
ing down
im - mor -
and lend
we
to
tal
a
must o -
wood and
gar - ner
help - ing
bey,
stone,
in,
hand,
o
o -
-
O -
O -
0-
ver
v ei-
ver
ver
the
the
the
the
seas;
seas;
seas;
seas;
-&-
6> 1
(^ — r —
*—. +
S> 1
0-
&
w't r
1
^ i
1
i
< S Sr
. «-
Go to all the world and preach, O - ver
Send your mon-ey with yourpray'r, O - ver
See them to their i - dols pray, O - ver
When the sheaves are gathered in From o'er
m
In the name of
Earn- est men are
Knowing not a
Shall we bear a
i
Je - sus
la-b'ring
bet - ter
sheaf for
f * t
teach,
there,
way,
Him,
'
O - ver
- ver
O - ver
From o'er
the
the
the
the
seas,
seas,
seas,
seas?
-&-
VPit •
- y
_
the
hea
■ then
•0-
with-
AY .
1 t
{<•>, • f
*
f
f
^^7 J
1
1 i
1 '
i
* 1 2 1
1
1 y
i
SZS
1 1
r\ v k
ic 4-
IS fc.
V i S S b 1
r* J
Am. 7 _l _I S 1 s "*
J z
i !
m • : * — i : i— * *
4 — *^
# M
a —
4
# 73)
■^K : *_i_« e Lk —
out the gos-pel light, Pit- y
■0- * -0- -0- * -0- -0- -0- ■#-
i
the hea-then
f" f"
V
in er -
— *~
— « IJ
ror's night.
~
2
& T
(<•>, » • U * # n* • •
T f
Wk \ j • » * 1 ' !
'
m 1 1
/ j s, J V
y
' ' 1
t"
1
Copyrighted, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 178. Marching on the Way.
: 8L
Rev. H.O. JACKSON, D. D
Spirited. ^ ^
, ' . *—0
E. E. MEYER.
i : t
u \>
i. We are marching on the way to the heav'nly land, With the banner of our
2. We are marching on the way to the heav'nly land*All the journey thro' out
;. We arc marching on the way t'» the heav'nly land, To the land of rest and
: > i *
*
t=t
~nn
• •
fe
*
Cap-tain wav-ing o'er us. With the shield of faith and prayer, and with
Cap-tain safe - ly leads us, I.<>! a foun-tain from the rock flows at
peace be-yond the riv - er; Soon we'll crossthe mys-tic flood to the
i. r .
! ^tz
Z
^p^T- j ^ ^— ^
^fc.k.k.S».*S^
rd ^i
jL. J J ' M
& m
fm- * m m m
I r r
"' m m a mm
••mm* 9- ± *
sword in hand, All the hosts of sin and. ha - tan fly be - fore us.
His com-mand;And with man-na from the skies He dai - ly feeds us.
gold - en strand, There to sing ami shout our Cap-tain's praise for-ev - er.
_ . • • • m — —r m * * * • • * — ^" . i » ,
(J>! •> * m * mm
-0 # —
T —
^V-T 1 1 > — >-J
* ' ' ' < ~ " ■* '
1 t—A
Ch
v
' U , 7 ~ ~
#
•
a
#
_ !S.
+*
i r* ' s
L L L L -. 9 J
, .'
. f
r
r
r
m f f
; •
We are march
* d m
•
-ing
V
on
m
the
1
way.
We are
m
• # »
marching on
m m m
the
\\ ay,
&£± ->-
it
#
V.
»
i i i r
b
>
y J
r r i
r
• • '•
•
1
-J — I
-L
i=±
±=t
Marching on the way to the heav'nly land; To the heav'nly land, A
*- • •— • ,» » ? 0—rM ^- ^-M-
:
1 1 > — \-
b — j — • — ; — i • — ?
f=r-
QopjTtght, 18M ! ftgO,Dl.
Marching on the Way. Concluded.
*> h s v v
^jj=^
« '
a
hap-py, hap-py band, We are marching on the way to the heav'nly land.
JL fit « # # «« fit—^ * 9 fit \
No. 179. Stand Up For Jesus.
Q. DUFFIELD.
**=!
*33
t
G. J. WEBBE.
J— I-
I
1. Stand up! — stand up for Je - sus! Ye sol-diers of the cross;
2. Stand up! — stand up for Je - sus! Stand in His strenghta-lone,
3. Stand up! — stand up for Je - sus! The strife will not be long;
Jt __#_Jt « « fit — . a. fit # — , — fit #_
Lift high the roy - al ban - ner, It must not suf-fer loss;
The arm of flesh will fail you — Ye dare not trust your own;
This day the noise of bat - tie, The next the vie - tor's song:
•— T— f-S. fi> # fit—r-UO-
3=fc
r
n l
1 I s I 1
1
| |
J
1
1
■
" U 1 Y
* m
1 1
^ 1
'■«j • Ij J # 1 & -j -j
11 1 "1
s J 1
V$ j—
J J H
^ # 1
■ • * a S \ &
* m
J 4
r w
<? . 1
•J 1
1 1
From vie - fry un - to vie
- t'ry His ar - my
shall He lead,
Put on the gos - pel arm
- or, And, watch-ing
un - to prayer,
To him that - ver - com
- eth, A crown of
life shall be;
! J
J_J____. :
_,. e._-rj
55biH?=:
m • 9 m »
1
* -
/r? • 1
\-J
1
#
1 1
S^h \
1 1 j II-
<J
i 1*
i
^^-V 1"
1 v 1 r.
1 r
1 1
l
1
-«!-*
7?
g§
I I
Till ev - 'ry foe is van-quished, And Christ is Lord in - deed.
Where du - ty calls or dan - ger, Be nev - er want - ing there.
He with the King of glo - ry Shall reign e - ter - nal - ly!
M fi> . * •— r— ft fit fit m . (9
t=±
T
J!
No. 180. As Long as I Live,
lO mate ill unux- abound t<<\\ aid you." TI Cor. 9: 8.
e. e. hewitt. lester price.
Solo.
¥-
%
i .
m
1. I love my dear Sav - ior, I love Him to - day; The light of His
2. I'll love my dear Sav - ior, His love is so true, My cares He will
3. I love my dear Sav -ior a love that shall grow, Stdl warm-er and
w^m
-
':--
A TT? 1
1 1
1 1
iLn m • mm
1 f p
f? 1
1 ! 1
1 !
fir •■ 1 1
\S\)
• 1
t #
0mm
* m
J ■ 1/ I
count - e-nance brightens my way; He died for my sins, and His
light - en my strength He'll re -new; He'll cleanse and transform me, till
sweet - er as Je - sus I know; O may His own spir - it re-
/SV u
w w -
»).. 7
KJs'-y
^ • r (O •
IP /O
,* r »■*
f* ■
—
^ .
1
1
£
r— I"
3^
-*- r
blood is my plea; His won-der-ful grace is suf-fi - cient for me.
clad in pure white, I'll praise Him for - ev - er in mansions of light,
veal to my soul Still more of His beau - tv, while a - ges shall roll.
fc«. '
r r
r
H7
l
t=t
^
^
*=*=r
^
rr- & r ' '
I'll love Him, I'll love Him as long as I live; Myheartand my
A.
££dr
w=^» — 0-^^r^ • p ^=g
S
4 L
;-
s
.CL
>*,
^
serv - ice to Him I will give; I'll love Him, I'll love Him,when
; ">-
f=F
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
S
AS Long as I Live. Concluded.
^S^3ES=afe^ i ; i II
time is no more, I'll sing His sal - va - tion on Eden's bright shore.
.' .
f f r iC :' p li p |: II
No. 181. My Jesus, I Love Thee.
'We love him because he first loved us " I .John I: 19.
1
1
A. J. GORDON.
V i ft
" _]
. |
J
— - is
|
1
//W? '
J i
1
1 "i
1
5
*
f
4 ' M -1
*
j I
»
#
s
m . • «
S; • I
•^ -#■
^« -•■ -•■
-0 -0-
-(_&«- *
i. My
le
- sus,
I
love Thee,
I
know
Thou art
mine;
2. I
love
Thee,
be ■
cause Thou
hast
first
lov - ed
me,
3- I'll
love
Thee
in
life, I
will
love
Thee in
death,
4. In
man
- sions
of
glo - ry
and
end -
less de -
light
•&-
f.
*.
*^- s .
•0-
tp
($y 4 *
m m
% ■ 1
i * 1
|
1 II"
fS
_____ _#
1
1 /4 1
1 i i
1 1
1 I
L +
1 1
rfl-r-T"
—\ 1 — -h
! — _. ^ 1
1
As?— 3=
74 * *
— ai-T— ^ 1 — —J —
1 1 _J_
|
-
S5z=«—
-%- M 0-
-S-T— * • 1-
-a d — d—
:-5_-t—
For Thee all the
And pur - chased my
And praise Thee as
I'll ev - er a -
-*- + *
^_____^"»- ■♦
fol - lies of sin
par - don on Cal
long as Thou lend -
dore Thee in heav
I
- va -
est
- en
■0- &- *
re - sign;
ry's tree;
me breath;
so bright;
/■> m
m
•
& ' 1
]pn f
i *
SmAl -
f 2
V \
1 1 1
..1 II
1
L i
1
1
,.
1
1 1
1
, |
l
|
L — J j |
&
•
rrTv *
i *
i
m
"i
—& zt
H
isy
r)
m
J # "!
My
I
And
I'll
■#■
gra
love
say
sing
- cious Re - deem -
Thee for wear -
when the death -
with the glit -
J -0- -^~
-#■
■ er,
ing
dew
ter
■0-
-0-
my
the
lies
- ing
0-
7*"
Sav
thorns
cold
crown
#
ior
on
on
on
art Thou,
Thy brow ;
my brow,
my brow,
/iY m
f* #
& #
m
i *
i
P^l i
i l 1
1 1
i
^-^
1 1
I
/ 1
1 1 ;
1
1
1
1
4=*.
^
Thee, my Je - sus,
'tis now.
1 — r-
No. 182. We Come With Happy Hearts.
"My heart thai] n loioe in thy •alTatlon.
RANK A. BRECK.
Psalm Is
mm m
1 1
SAMUEL 'BLACK.
i We come, we come with hap-py hearts, This day to eel - e - brate,
-•, We thank Him for the hup - py past, Fof love shown us a - new,
\\ '• can -not go be - yond His tare.What-ev - er he our lot.
JL JL JL JL it- JL \ \ ^ ^ . JL~^
**«
a*fl
r__r:
f^
4=1
IE
; jeJ
— ^^7- J-
To speak and sing of Him we love, His
And if our skies be o - ver - cast, We'll
And pray' rand praise thro'-out our days, Shall
mercies to re - late,
trust His love so true,
nev - er be for - got.
$EE£ kznT^ .
n :
Chorus.
W
: t
*=#=*
Sing on, sing on, Oh! joy - ful - ly .sins.
^ JL JL JL JL JL
With mer- ri - est heaits, to
'?;
-j— \'
-0 0-
I I I
V V /
fidt
p
• I * — » — g= i£
*--€- ~i~~
Bp
^r
*=i
Je - sus
our King;
JL JL
We're
JL
fol
JL
low-ing
on
JL
o -
bey •
\i\'z, Hi> voice;
#
* is
£2
# r "■* s
[fi Ti
F
V "-/ 'tJ • ' * *
j
v ', \ ■
* II 1
^ ^
J I
J
U
N
,v
K
V
1
u .» x
N_
— v —
— —
— .
—
Ay-tt -p
PS —
— H
— si —
«
0\
t—
—
— —
* _.
Hn
U -
T*rJ> • — i
-V-
nit
[— 1 —
— Jr—
- ed
— f—
and
J—
%
lov -
IS
— —
Kng,
JL
we
cv -
1 — •
er
— —
re -
— * —
joice.
C n
@$=N
— * —
=i —
"TT"
V —
b~"
1
— b —
- -v
— v—
— P- 1 1
— I 1 1 —
: *- c - n y
U0—
— W
— * —
— 1 '
1
X Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 183.
Anniversary Day.
'O&atisfy us early with thy mercy; that wemay rejoice and be glad all our days.' 1 Pa 90: 14
E. E. HEWITT. A. W. LAWRENCE.
• '
&
:«=C
+ f
i. An -oth-er year has glid-ed l>y, He-neathour Fa-ther's watchful eye;
2. Though on the glow a shad-ow falls, A bless - ed prom-ise faith re -calls,
3. May we, who still shall gath-er here, To Je - sus lend a list-'ning ear.
4. When life it-self shall glide a - way, In Heav'n's sweet ev-er-last - ing day,
=..>■»■
-■<!=£&£&
9-4r-»
■0 0-
f— 1 — F
1 — r— r
pp;
±=m
V
r^f
?=**&?=
And in His courts, we meet to raise, An an - ni - ver-sary hymn of praise.
For dear ones who have passed a -way, Since our last an - ni - ver-sary day.
And growing in His love each day, May we to oth - ers, show the way.
May we, to-geth-er swell the song,That lis - es from the white-robe throng.
n xzc
mm
— — — 0-
i — i — i — r
Chorus.
f * -9 9—T
Praise Him who sweet - ly crowns the year; Tell
Praise Him, praise Him who sweet - ly crowns the year;
.# __ 0-± «_ •
W*-
His
V— •— --&-
-&-
good-ness
Tell His
*£
ws
22
o er and o ei
!-
a
Praise Him, with heart and
goodness.tell His goodness o'er and o'er.Praise Him,praise Him with
j .
-J—s>-
m
np
heart and
m
sin - cere Praise the Lord
lip sin - cere.
J ♦
for
er - more.
MtMT-
■bt
11^^—^-
ii^l
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 184. The Star-Spangled Banner.
FRANCIS SCOTT KEY.
toso.
SAMUEL ARNOLD.
=
' ' • ^
fefe
N S
,-,
I ' I
i. Oh! lay, am yon see, by the dawn's early light, What so proudly we
2. On the shore.dimly seen thro'themist of the deep, Where the foe't haughty
;,. Ami where is that band who so vaunt-ing-ly swore That the hav-<
j. I >h! thus he it e'er when free-men shall stand Between their loved
v v
-=£
3=5^
• #
F=f
n i-i i i
1
1
I S S
y \ y ^
1
M J
/ , i j
A I *
fc? f^ : J 4-
1 1 m
• K^r-N-
i i J
A J , —
hailed at the twilight's last
host in dread si -lence re -
war and the bat -tie's con
homes and the war's des - o
f-. -. f- M J 1
L, 1 p^H — w — H— — E • '
1 ^ "^ T T 1 '
1 ^ j 1 1
;leaming?\Vhose broad stripes and stars thro'the
pos - es.What is that which the breeze.o'er the
-fu-sion, A home and a coun - try shall
- la-tion;Blest with \ ic-t'ry andpeace.may the
I i 1 J - -
1 1 \— " N
m
P>. 7 .• f f
M I
t • f
*— '? ! j
^
f m m m
d f
l^"^ 1 ^
f
i . #
i 1
j \j
1
I 1 V >
1 1
l^J
per - il - ous fight, O'er the ram -parts we watched were so gal-lant - ly
tow - er - ing steep As it fit - ful - ly blows, half con -ceals, half dis .
leave us no more? Their blood has wash'd out their foul foot-steps' pol-
heav'n-res-cued land Fraise the pow'r that hath made and pre-served us a
i
E • L
g ;~;
f^m
1 — r
k'
Ks
\ — i — i
|S N
streaming? And the rock-ets' red glare, the bombs bursting in air, Gave
clos - es? Now itcatch-es thegleam of the morning's first beam. In full
lu - tion; No ref- uge can save the hire-ling and slave From the
na-tion; Then, con-quer we must, when our cause it is just, And
■ »
♦ # • • • *♦ -5> # f-
t=±
b
m, j\ r A Brothi r, Chicago, 111.
Star-Spangied Banner. Concluded
. w Cres. Chorus
¥■ h- 2 — ^ *
I — *-■-*- *:
" i -A — i — |— — i ^ — i s - h
v r . - ~ m^
proof thro'the night that our flag w ay still there; -
glo - lv re-flect- ed.no w shines on the-stream; / >«». ., ,
r r j- i .1 i c ^ r 1 is the star-span
ter - ror of night or tlie gloom of the grave
this be our mot - to, "In God is our trust.'
,S N
i I * \m — — « —
•
spangled banner, Oh!
t fi * *
long may it wave O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave!
No. 185.
Moderato. mf
America.
fe
CAREY.
-4r-*z
T±
1. My coun - try, 'Tis of thee, Sweet land of lib - er - ty,
2. My na - tive coun - try, thee, Land of the no - ble free,
3. Let mu - sic swell the breeze And ring from all the trees
4. Our fa - ther's God, to Thee, Au - thor of lib - er - ty,
M
^
1 — r~r
£££
J^^E^
Of thee I
Thy name I
Sweet free- dom
To Thee we
sing.
love;
s song;
sing.
&
Land where
I love
Let mor -
Long may
my fa - ther's died, Land of the
thy rocks and rills, Thy woods and
tal tongues a - wake, Let all that
our land be bright With free-dom's
T
n tt 1 hi
f^
! s 1
7 ft J 1
j n
J m
• 1
1 II
it" V 4 • M _l
* -
' *
r» j 1
>* 1 1
t\V\ * • i
*
P Z 4
^ * 1
\S\) 9
r 9
11 *
^ 1 1
J
1 r
u ^
pil-grim's pride
, From ev - 'ry
moun - tain side
Let free-dom ring.
tern -pled hills;
My
heart with
rap -ture thrills
Like that a - bove.
breathe par-take,
Let
rocks their
si - lence break
, The sound pro-long.
ho - ly light,
Pro-
tect us
by Thy might
, Great God, our King.
^■- -f. *.
JL
^LTj
*■"■£*
&l * „
HVw ' 1 1
m m
• f |"
i ' '
r?
1
{&)& m ' m m
1 ^
1
^— ' 111
u
•^
1
1 y |
1
No. 186. We're Marching Home to God,
ADA BLENKHORN.
Allegretto maestoso
CTOK : Battle H*mn of the Republic.)
i. We if mi - dei man bing or - den, ea< b ( ommand ul- \s ill o . hey, When our
a. When-e'er our cour-age fal - ten and the way teems hard and long, We will
3. Some day we'll cross the riv - t-r andwe'll reach the gold -en strand; We will
Se«E^£=S
tain's word is giv - en we will hold - ly step a- way,
still hrave-ly on - ward and the way well cheer w ith song,
with Christ, our Sav-ior, in that bright and hap - py land.
We're
We'll
+
f r
# #— —
1
4-4
~fv-ar
* *
S
-r-* — •— s— aH — • — •-
» • *
■«•-—
marching up to glory and our Savior leads the way, We're marching home to God.
reach the goal in safe-ty for to Jesus we belong, We're marching home f
shout His praise forever, as before the throne we stand, We're marching home to God.
m.
r=t
#— #
t=t=r
ILlM-4-
h — E 11 ^
£=3
. *
• • • •
Chorus.
-1 N ^ E > s -r—
Glo- ry,glo-ry,hal-le - lu - jah, Glo - ry.glo - ry,hal - le - lu - jah,
III I
£
~*
J 1-
Glo-ry, glo - ry, hal - le - lu - jah, As we go marching on!.
?
.
m :
■|-T- r
V— >-
'•
sill
Word* Copyrighted, L8M, 1 . Oik-ago, 111.
No. 187
Not unto Us.
fe
"He will bios then that [ear the Lord, i»'th, small and great 1 ' Pealm 116: l'i.
E . E .HEW,TT. MlXEI, QUART....
Andante. Slow. F^
LESTER PRICE.
&f~
»
j-#-
*^
1 1
Not un-to us shall be the praise; Keep us, dear Lord, in all our ways;
Not un-to us shall be the praise; Sav-ior,makefruit-ful all our days;
Not un-to us shall be thepraise;\Vhen in the gloom bright songs we raise;
Not un-to us shall be the praise, When on Thy beau-ty,Lord,we gaze;
f f — # — g * a r-p # 1 , r 1 — ■£— i — i — S-#-i9# — #■
-&—
i
-Hn —
F
• •
Li
^s
^
• — a r€
J
f~
Sav-ior, up-hold us, else we fall, Dwell Thou within us, all in all!
Fill with Thy Spirit hour by hour, Spreading abroad Thy sav-ing power.
Thou art the Light,that,shiningclear,Breaks thro' the clouds of grief and fear.
Swell-ingthe rapture 'round the throne, Glo-ry and hon-or Thine a -lone.
fl* t.
?=F=^
±2:
^ *
Chorus.
NN
^ r.
* N 1
j=gz£jrg
^
^— ^
JT£^
±*
i — i — i — r 'H
Not un-to us the praise shall be, Glo-ry and hon-or, Lord, to Thee!
*=J±fc5
Hk
*^
£=pc
^ * W-2-9 — I -LT. E y.
i i . i la.
^— ^
1 — i-
:s
#— * — * J ! j
-if— *
^
»
-*-*-
f
Glo -ry and praise, we humbly sing, Blessing and might to Christ.ourKing.
F _g
J h g- f £ f J *
i i fr
F*
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 188.
Will You?
Q
C. H. Q
s
CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
IS N 1
L
*.
1 R
A
.bf
■'*!"':'
I J m m -
fr
Y 4 n
m , >-
N
V
*
~ ,j 9
XT +
1. I am
2. Our mot -
3. On (V - '
1
a temp'rance id - vo.
t.> is a no - ble
iy hand we ><•<• the ^"i Ic,
I it&n 1 f<>r the right; rhe
Til one that shall win! "Twill
Of rum, ^in and wine; It
• ',
f f »
h 4 ^
11 1
Stai
> > /,
*
*
' \ • \
n . fs h.
k
:i:
1 V 1 1 r*
1^
jV, » 9 J
# r
r is *.
•
m 01 '1
fm * 9
1 ,
"V
>
L
J ' '
J
sul) - ject
clothe the
spar - eth
1 will
poor, the
nei - ther
ag
hun -
rich
I
9 9 _ .
- i - tate, And stir up
gry feed, And wealth it
or poor — Thy dear friend,
1- 7+
the- fight, 'Till
will win; It
n«>r mine. Then
9*
/£Y f
•
\rh 1
f
4-
1 •
f Sf
^b
1
1
•
*
V-0 \
1
1). S.— There's
m
*=±
1
:«
f
you, and you, and you, and you Shall with us take a stand
means a stead- y nerve; a brain That's clear to com-pre-hend;
with us put your shoul-der to The wheel and firm-ly stand.
A-
An
Then
not a no - bier work to do For Cod or man to - day! Then
End.
v
m
gainst the ty - rant Al - co - hoi, And drive him from the land.
hon - est heart, and free from stain, Ami bless - ing with - out end.
by - and - by our flag shall wave Vic - to - rious o'er the land.
J % -I 1 — *_r^-
m
give your help and sym -pa - thy, To drive the cut
Chorus. 1 1 S.
5=*
A krf— ?■
v h
S* "
" *
s ^ * m * — I
Who'll join our band! Will you? will you? Who'll join our band! will you? will y
i.t- £-£- ■*- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- «.+.££ £.£.
7^7^ -3-?-
» *
Oepyrighl 1- • • H. Gabriel Meyei
No. 189. The Savior Rose Again,
ADA BLENKHORN.
A R. LAWRENCE.
v-
i. Tho' in the grave the Sav - ior lay, And o'er Him death did reign;
2. With -in the dark and si - lent tomb Not long did He re - main;
3. And o'er our ran-somed souls shall death Ex-pend his pow'r in vain!
\ > II
g fc4 t
•1 #-
-» #-
*
^
*=Mfc
P=t
^-4-#-
r ^ -w-T-+-
£±*
Tf
He burst the might- y gates of death, The Sav - ior 'rose a - gain.
The grave could not His glo - ry hide, The Sav - ior 'rose a - gain.
In Christ we have e - ter-nal life, Be - cause He 'rose a - gain.
1
-* * *-
eeI
$E$E}^
* , « e J*"* — h= *■
WC
-
1 gUi-
Chorus. Faster.
I
!
.
\J \y
|
■ <v •
«S{ .
fr\ „
"^ * V
"V 4
!
& • ^_.
J . Yr$-' m
J I ». . . - |
He 'rose a - gain, He 'rose a - gain, Tri-
The Sav -ior 'rose a - gain, The Sav - ior 'rose a - gain,
I ! I
-^ . « « « J0 0—0 m—r-0 1 .
(S&-2 ^5~
— •
i >#
*~T — 7 — *
-# — • — — —
V^?r> ^^
* m r
•\
•^
ill"!
I /
L \ I — L—
I I i
i
i
i
#^*^
*h-S
— ►■ — I — r
umph-ant o'er the pow'r of death, The Sav - ior 'rose a - gain.
^A
r^9-^
f
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 190. O What a Wonderful Story.
1. O what a uon-iltr - ful itO - ry Kas - ter-tide brings each J
2. O what a won-der - ful sto - ry, Hark, what the an - gels say,
3. O what a w<>n-der - ful ftto - ry! Death and the grave are vain;
--«— # # — • * # — , . . , #
> fi - i r r r r r r^ ^ -^- ^
! .' H-y w (t _j t
U U U b if ' I
v J J 1 -
— "
fct
>
h
:"
:=:•!
-tr=*
^=r
*-
-#— r
:'
Tells of a Sav - ior vie - to - rious, Scat-ter - ing doubt and fear.
"He is not here but is ris - en," See where His bod - y lay.
Je - sus who died as a ran - som, Liv-eth a - gain to reign.
^■y
1 — 1-
s i
ES
> ! ■ t » * * * -
\> \> \> \> \> \>
ts=t
Chorus.
n k u
k.
J 1
1 v
V 1 ? b> J
* * J
>JL.\r w * * 1
• •
irrrr V 1 1
, • * #
r- b> ' J . # '
*
Up from
Up from the shad-ows
IS h IS IN h
the dark. - ness Je - - sus
of dark -ness Je- sus. the Sav - ior is
> *. J
/£Y h 1 f f f f f T
»■ • ^ •
**€•••'
JfiJ*. ? k> ' ' ' '
!
• • • r f 2 1
s&w \y v \s \j \j \j
>
! 1
v y
L> — ^ — ^ — i — > — L — 1
55
£*
v
RotEto:
-p — *-
r^rri i ^^t-i-t-i^^J sas^Ste;
ii
ris - en: Break-ing the fet - ters that bound Him, He lives to save.
\: s :
£=<
^— ■• — # — •-
•
• > > 7 ? ;
1
Copyright, 1198, l.y Meyer & Brother. Chicago, 111
*-+-•-
Et=ts
-
11
No. 191
Hail the Day.
ADA BLENKHORN.
With
E. E. MEYER.
1. Hail! hail the day! The day of joy and gladness; The day that saw the
2. Hail! hail the day! The day of might and pow-er; That burst the fet-ters
3. Hail! hail the day! So full of peace and glo- ry! When on the world' sen-
J T- ' p—S-
-A
> • |i Jt — Ictte
t=t
<_# — 1-
c e
?=*=*
1
±
s ^
4 . • K
*=*
Lord a - rise, That fill'd the world with glad surprise, And wak'd the mu- sic
of the tomb, And robb'd the grave of all its gloom; That bade the flow'rs of
raptured sight There shone from heav'n celestial light.That turned to day earth's
m
tt
Chorus.
of the skies. O hail! hail the day!
hope to bloom. O hail! hail the day!
dark- est night. O hail! hail the day!
Hail the day with song and cho - rus,
While the sun is shining o'er us, Scenes of beanty rise before us,Hail!hail the day!
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 192.
H. A. HENRY.
Christ, the Lord, is Risen!
CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
l>4 ■ ■ i =H=F : -l — r-Zi
*=re
a
fc *
i. Chnst,the Lord,ii rii-en! Wake the triumph song; (Ung-ing thro' ere
2. Christfthe Lord,ii ris-ea! Earth re-joice to • day; Chains of death are
3. Christ,the Lord,is ris-en! Ev-er* last-fag King; Grave,where is thy
WtiU'H\?h \ fftf \ C*\ ' '
1
s
SE
i
4-J-^i-
r-
r
fc*
&
a- tion.let us Send the word a - long! Send it o'er the wa-ters,
bro-ken.and it's Ter-rors swept a - way; King ofkin<,'sall glorious,
vie -to-ry? O Death, where is thy sting? An-gels chant the s-to - ry,
-? -•-'-» I- : U i ! — r= ^S *=P=i
EJ:<EE?3E
1 — r
# — # — * — * — ^^ . »
- 1 1.
Blessed word of peace; Onthebreezes swell-ing, Let the songin-i lease.
Lord of lords is He! O-ver all vie - to - rious, Reign e-ter-nal -ly!
With u-nit-ed voice; Cher-u-bim ex - alt Him; Si-r-a-phim re-joice!
*£*
m:=jc=»=:*
:2=t
»
m
* =
j
-»->-g
# #^#
3
( IHORU!
f
b L
r-1 1 1 -1
^r~h P — 1 1 r~
— 1 1 1
i ! \~
— j 1 1
v \) ' 1 ' '
1 1 >
i — **— Z
■^-K • #2 — • —
f* 1 r f
Christ.the Lord, is
» ? 1 f
/""s * * # m
risen in -deed! Sons of men and
' '1 -v *-
— — 9\-0-*-i — — *■ * — 1 — 1
n — p_^ — 1
an - gels say;
■ ] *T*fa» 1 ' .-
±—$0 • \}0—
**** f-0 — f — T~
~f — [ — *sH 1 — f—
— 1 — r^H —
1 1 I 1
1
1 1
1 ' \
O - ver death tri-umph - ant, He Lives to reign thro' end -less day.
V,
fcfc
O
:fe=?=^?-
T=^t
Copyright, 18g», by Mcv.t A Brother, Chicago, 111.
f
Ifl
No. 193.
O Happy Bells.
MINNIE A. QREINER
O hap-py bell
O hap- py bells
O hap-py bells
g»BE
■£-4-
of Eas -ter- tide,
of Eas -ter -time,
of Eas -ter -day,
Proclaim the
Ring loud and
Ring sweet and
^-*=^=^— *— 7— *
#— <H
*=P
^
Of
ill
^
*T
tr
5 fc ^s
news a - far and wide, .
clear a joy-ous chime;
true a gladsome lav,. .
~wzm 9t ^.
.That Christ, the Lamb.
. Repeat the word
. Till all the earth .
*-*F
. for sinners
. by an-gels
, shall catch the
±d2
:?=P=>:
0-0 — 0-0-
W r^y—^r
-7-*- J
s*j ii * c*
*Wr-*-*r
Fine.
slain, Has conquer' d death and lives a - gain! . .
brought To those who for Him weeping sought:
strain, And heav'n's high arch - - es ring a - gain;. .
§jpi=y
The man ofsor - rows, and a-lone,Nowsits up-on the vic-tor's throne,
"Why seek the liv -ing'mong the dead? Christ has a- ris -en, as He said;"
The grave has yielded up its prey! Our Je - sus lives and reigns to-day!
i £ fe fr* i £_
»
T=t
m
*=f=Ft
D.C.
pi
y I i/
While ser - aph hosts ex - ult -ing sing,"Hail, hail to Thee, thou Ris-en King."
Re-joice, ye sad, ex - ult-ing sing/'Hai^hail to Thee, thou Ris-en King."
Let earth and heav'n ex - ult-ing sing,"Hail,hail to Thee, thou Ris-en King."
te
3=F
: 4=£=t
H
Copyright,
by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 194,
Wonderful Day.
ADA BLENKHORN
9
GEO, W. STOCKTON.
■■:;■
1>A
( >ur hap - py hearts a - gain u - nile 1 o greet Urn blesi - ed morn.
i ith tongs of praise to crown the day That Bethlefaem'i King was born.
i Although with-in a man-ger- bed, A help - less babe He lay.
i With hand of might and heart of lore, He rubs the world to-day.
\ His name shall be up - on our lips, With joy oursongs shall ring
/ His^wond'rous love shall be our theme, Our Lord, our g]o - rious King
i
Sing - ing, we're sing- ing, With hearts that are hap - py and gav,
± ± ±.
w
*
r?zzMl
l
Prais - ing our Sav - ior, This won - der - ful, won - der - ful day.
'^
t=:t
No. 195.
¥
Copyrighted, UN, by M« yer A Brother, Chicago, 111.
The Work Complete.
n.
€
m
±=*
&~^r
f _ug_ L ^^_np = e
1. Love's re-deem - ing work is done, Fought the fight, the bat - tie won;
2. Vain the stone, the watch, the seal; Christ has burst the gates of hell;
3. Lives a - gain our glo -rious King;Where, O Death, is now thy sting?
I >. our sun's e - clipse is o'er; Lo! he sets in blood no more.
Death in vain for -bids His rise; Christ has o - pened Far - a - dise.
Once He died our souls to save; Where thy vie - to - ry, O grave?
i m
F=?
II
No. 196. Tell the Joyful News.
Mrs. L. E. JONES.
L. E. JONES.
S-#-
K
-.
f=J=^
t=z '
J—4-
A-J
i i :'
1. Tell the joy-ful news, Christ the Lord is born, Peace and joy He brings on this
2. Tell the joy-ful news, night has pass' d a-way,And the dawning breaks of a
3. Tell the joy-ful news o-verall the earth, Let the na-tionshear of a
. . ^ I I I . . ft - - -■#■•*■#■#■
m±
fch£t*=! l=t
-«- • *-
i 1 1 vn
4--'-
t=t
4=t
^3
*
r
Christmas morn;Let the bells ring out and their mu - sic tell, Je - sus
bright - er day; For the gos -pel rays from the era -die shine, o - ver
Sav-ior's birth, 'Till each grate-ful heart shall the strain re - peat, And their
M. +. JL
M
*=J=^=±=t
22»—
1 1"
-i-
Chorus.
S-T 1 W —IF
comes to reign King
all the world sheddin
tri-butes bring to th
Im-man-u - el. ) j th 1 ' h
ing light di- vine. \ j°
he Master's feet. ) in
est Peace.good
the highest peace, good
IS
^
#■• #
*- 4L *-
-»— M>->^=*:
r=r=^
B
&z:st
will to men, Je - sus com - eth, tell the news a - gain While the
will to men, Je -sus com-eth, tell the news a- gain
m
TZ
11 . 11
4- 1— fcfcfc
m^
3=?
^*
1
-9-
an
— r
gel
I*
-0 . # L-J-
S J.Tt
sing of the new born King.Spread the joyful news o-ver all the land.
m. ft I m.+- *~ * -
Tk ( L-jLl » 00 -> \0 *_jL_p :JCta±
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago 111.
No. 197
Beautiful Star.
L E. J.
L. E. JONES
i n- ti-f ii 1 star of old-en time,] n in the earth,
I, I Miti-ful star of old-en time, Car-ryt: twill,
i-ti-ful >tar of <>ld-en time, O may your light beam out a - gain,
J^ J ^ M*. J ^
? *
^ N
4--
N s
# - . • .
I
Sheddingyour rays a - far and wide, Telling of the Me - si-ah's birth.
Prom-is -es writ-ten in the word, Je-sus is com-ing to fill - fill.
Un-to the ut- most parts of earth, Speaking the love of Christ to men.
v s ■ fr ! . I . I h ■ -r H K .
9 — 10 ' ' 0-T0--0---0 — t-0 ' * 0~m — i h"
T^sl • 9 9-
1 — r
'-•
0^-0 0-
■J* * If
• ■ -^
Chorin k
, j s s
, |
j ri 1 9 f* «
1 " ,- " 1* J
' "^ "J 1
/..."■«! *k f
«• * « •
« • * '
fm- 7 w *
itMJ n # #
jj « « * *
rf * '
*^ -0- -0-
Beau - ti - ful
star. . ... of Beth - le -
hem
beau-ti-ful star,
Beau-ti-ful star,
N N h |
ViV i i t 9
i ,
\FS: .^h 1 - >• •
* • j j i * •
* • !
*~*\t i™ W •*
9\ \J \J W \ «K
*
S ?_ r>
•
, , ,
I - — 'I
Shin-ing o'er the plains by night Lead-ingthe way from
Shining by night, Leading the way
£±m
t=t
0-0
§
&&=*
&&
0-0-0
E
' ' •
I III
f-r-rr
' u
• • /
ii
• •
7Z2ZML
lands a - far Un - to Christ the bless - ed light.
leading the way.
, , ,
Copyright, ;- M & Brother, CIuch^o.IU.
No. 198, Ring Out, Chiming Bells,
L. E. J.
n ft i
1 1^ pu
I I
L. E.
| IS -ft 1 h
JONES.
m 1
'" / ffj* h
J r *. n. P
•> «
V 1/iJ 1
4W*T*
_5 — J_ _£__. ^_J?
rJ — «' j * — *-.
SF4-J
■J — F # * . B
-B< #"
-9-
-# — #-.-# — # — #— |
# *u. 1
• 1 V
i. Ring out, chim-ing bells of the morning
2. Ring out, chim-ing bells of the morning
3. Ring out, chim-ing bells of the morning,
,Vour sto- ry of light ami
The birthday of Je - BUS
Ring out with a joy - ous
f- * *■ •. J A
of lo\ e,
is here,
re frain,
rfm¥* -4- 1
1 1
r p • r 1
i|9 |
V&-'*~J-* m
1 1 y 1 j
■^ \<j'-\
W 7 > h
'> > 1 -'
^1^1
,~ *t4
1 y \ y
1 '
Y V +
1 1
1 1
E£E££E£i£
Tell un - to the earth of a Sav - ior Descend-ed from heaven a-bove.
His com-ing fills earth with re-joic-ing, And scatters each sor-row and fear.
O'er hearts that a-wait to re-ceive Him, The Sav-ior is com-ing a -gain.
•*- -p- -p- . -P- -.«• - -*- -p- -«- : -P-
m • I p — #---#—# — I 'll -I- — 1 —
1
pfe
Chorus.
£*S
#*
Joy, joy, Christ has come from glo - ry,
Sing for joy, sing for joy,
#.•#.#. -P- • -p. -P- -P- ' -P- -P- ' *- -P-
__L _ *:
-?:
r= t= ,-
i
p=^
Joy, joy. Let the cho-rus ring. Sing, sing,
Sing for joy, sing for joy, Glad-ly sing, glad
p*=Szi=*-J=»zr
»=n:
5fc£
ft r> ft
-ly sing,
-P- -P-
^=F
S_v
J V
Sing a - loud His prais - es! Let the earth re-ceive her King.
■P- -P-
II
-f5>—
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 199. Hail! Happy Morn,
h
ADA BLENKHORN.
Duett.
E. E. MEYER.
.' <•
-< s
£M
•i
•v N
9 9 9 m m
5— ^-i-i
i. ( ) happy morn we welcome thee With lughter and with song;Thy hours so
2. No oth-er day is half so bright, -No oth - cr day so dear; For Je - sus'
3. And as the years roll swiftly by, Thyglo-ries we will sing; We'll raise in
'-;:>'U
'&±
__«
>a=x
E3
Chorus, with vigor.
1 h_ & s
bright are our de-light, Thy joy we would prolong. )
irthbro'theav'n to earth, Andfill'd the world with cheer. - 11
birth
love oui hearts a-bove,And praise our blessed King.
aillhappy morn! how
SB
m
HE
>
T=t
n
I
&>
-S — K— S — *
■S N
Repeat Chorus.
<7^
l2=t«=C
;;^ ^ # -^
v— +
M fL.C
# — # — #-
V * • * ♦ -^
II
blessed was thy dawning! Hail! happy, joyous mornlWhen Christ the Lord was born.
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
No. 200.
Joy to the World.
Arr. fr. GEO F. HANDEL.
1. Joy to the world! the Lord is come; Let earth re-ceive her King; Let
2. Joy to the world! the Sav-ior reigns; Let men their songs employ; While
3. He rules the world with truth and grace, And makes the na - tions prove The
E^SgJ^S^B
ev - 'ry heart pre-pare Him room, And heav'n and nature sing, And
fields and floods, rocks, hills, and plains, Re-peat the sounding joy, Re -
glo - ries of His right-eous-ness, And wonders of His love. And
J— ^ ^ J— v. And heav'n. Andheav'n and nature.
*. .Si ^ |N JL .it ^ N
jul 1 , — — #-#-r# 1 1 — — *-# — r#-
i
v-
^~^
5=6
Joy tO the World. Concluded.
-h 1 1 i-M-H
H'J
i
P^P
^r
m
heav'n and na-turesing, And heav'n, And hcav'n and na-ture sing,
peat the sound-ing joy, Re - peat, Re - peat the sounding joy.
won-ders of His love, And wonders, And won - ders of His love
sing, And heav'n and nature sing. |
S
* • • •
if V V V V
v-
r-r
No. 201
Silent Night.
J. F. WARNER.
PP
-+ — V
-^»-
MICHAEL HAYDN.
-ft-T-
[fcj±£jEE±i
-0-0-
nt^
Si - lent night! Hallowed night! Land and deep si - lent sleep, Soft - ly
Si - lent night! Hallowed night! On the plain wakes the strain, Sung by
Si - lent night! hallowed night! Earth a - wake, si -lence, break, High your
■#-•■#- ■#-
$=£
n.
:fc*
-z±i±X.
1E£
*
I
glit-ters bright Bethlehem's star, Beck'ning Is - ra - el's eye from a - far,
heav'nly har-bin-gers bright. Fraught with ti-dings of boundless de- light,
chorus of mel - o - dy raise; Sing to heav-en in an-thems of praise,
m
*=*=£
■Ur
|l
m
t
Where the Sav - ior is born, Where the Sav - ior is born.
Je - sus the Sav - ior has come, Je - sus the Sav - ior has come.
Peace for - ev - er shall reign. Peace for - ev - er shall reign,
r> ^V i is r> * is ,_ i
4z=d0=£±t=+
1
v-
No. 202. All to Christ I Owe.
Rev. A. COOKMAN.
$mk^m*3mm< ]
Q T. QRAPe.
v: J
, « K-
I
A -use, my soul, a-rise, Shake off thy guilt-y fears, I he bleeding sac-ri-
I hear the Sav-iorsay, Thy strength in. W-ed i>small,Child of weakness watchand
Lord, now indeed I find, Thy blood,and Thine alone, Can change the li
Then down beneath 1 lis cross I'll lay my sin -sick BOUl,For naught have 1 to
5. When from my dying bed,My ransomed soul shall 1 ise.Then u Je-sns paid it
Bf f f . ~ tcttt
fcfc*
V— V
m
t=t
T=X
Chorus.
fice In my be-half ap-pears.
pray, Find in me Thine all in all.
spots, And meltthe heart of stone.
bring — Thy grace must make me whole,
all!" Shall rend the vault-ed skies, j
Je - sus paid it all. All to Him I
±*± £
■ n k
1 h h
Ov
JLi?., 1
— 1— ; m 4- 1 N-
« #— , •-
-H ^— f-s-
|
^fcfcg^
^0-* * 0—0
-F (• P *
—0—. — 9 — • — # — 1
— 1
owe;
Sin had left a ci
■0- ' 0- -0-
r T— 1 1 F
> • 1 1
im-son stain, He w
^ +- £ +
r • 1
■ g ur
ashed it white as snow.
1 f 1 — f — f 1 4 — n
Si&i^
F-^— + * F
-&— 1 i— 1- — --
- J — , ', P—
1
^^-^Ti
r !> Li •>
* * F Ir
r
\£/
u ¥ ¥
No. 203.
H. F. LYTE-
Abide With Me.
"Abide with ub, for it i6 toward evening. Luke 24: £».
J I 1
4
W. H. MONH.
^
^1
f
1. A - bide with me, fast falls the e-ven-tide; The dark-ness
2. Swift to its close ebbs out life's lit - tie day; Earth's joys grow
3. I need Thy pres - ence ev - 'ry pass-ing hour: What but Thy
4. Hold Thou Thy cross be - fore my clos - ing eyes;
-i&- -0-
1E^
£=-!* 1
T=&
What but
Shine thro'
1
J- -
tli.
Abide With Me. Concluded.
.fi
i
1
1
1
df*
-af—
—J
&
! 1 H
— 1 — '
?-
r ^
— S<
— # —
* § Hs
-#■ 4 €-
~p~~
—e>
•
deep -
ens: Lord,
with me a - bide; When oth - er
help -
ers
dim,
its
r!o -
vies pass a - way, Change and de -
cay
in
grace
can
foil
the tempter's power? Who, like Thy -
self,
my
gloom,
and
)oint
me to the skies: Heaven's morn-ing 1
reaks,
and
f?
<fL
f- f fJf -
*£>• <
<l
(• '
- «
#
?b
£
*i
i )• i «
-'b «
1
i i
&
1 K (•
-:' «v
1
1 1
1 "
I
1 1
1
1
t=t
B
&=*
^=1
I
fail, and com-forts flee, Help of the help-less, oh,
all a-round I see: O Thou who changest not,
guide and stay can be? Thro' cloud and sunshine, oh,
earth's vain shadows flee: In life, in death, O Lord,
I l I
-* -*■ *- +• „ •*» +- -0- -0- m
a-bide
a-bide
a-bide
a-bide
J.
with me.
with me.
with me.
with me.
I
d
>?:
F^FF
i r r L i- — i
Come, Thou Fount.
i Come, Thou Fount of every blessing,
Tune my heart to sing Thy grace;
Streams of mercy, never ceasing,
Call for songs of loudest praise;
Teach me some melodious sonnet,
Sung by flaming tongues above;
Praise the mount — I'm fixed upon it!
Mount of Thy redeeming love.
2 Here I raise my Ebenezer,
Hither by Thy help I'm come;
And I hope, by Thy good pleasure,
Safely to arrive at home.
Jesus sought me when a stranger,
Wand'ring from the fold of God;
He, to rescue me from danger,
Interposed His precious blood.
3 Oh, to grace how great a debtor
Daily I'm constrained to be!
Let Thy goodness, like a fetter,
Bind my wandering heart to Thee;
Prone to wander, Lord, I feel it —
Prone to leave the God I love —
Here's my heart, oh, take and seal it,
Seal it for Thy courts above.
205. The Home Over There.
i Oh, think of the home over there,
By the side of the river of light,
Where the saints, all immortal and fair,
Are robed in their garments of white.
Ref. — Over there, over there,
Oh, think of the home over there.
2 Oh, think of the friends over there,
Who before us the journey have trod, [air,
Of the songs that they breathe on the
In their home in the palace of God.
Ref. — Over there, over there,
Oh, think of the friends over there.
3 My Savior is now over there;
There my kindred and friends are at rest;
Then away from my sorrow and care,
Let me fly to the land ot the blest.
Ref. — Over there, over there,
My Savior is now over there.
4 I'll soon be at home over there,
For the end of my journey I see;
Many dear to my heart, over there,
Are watching and waiting for me.
Ref. — Over there, over there,
I'll soon be at home over there.
No. 206.
Unbounded Love.
A'i
"(iod is able to make all grate abound toward you." n Cor. 9: 8.
I. N. M. |. N. McHOSE.
Slow.
S
z
z
T:
1. Thy love's un-bound-ed, So vast, so free; I'm so de -
2. Thy love's un - self - ish, So good, io pure, 'Tis al - ways
3. Thy love hath brought Thee From hear'ns bright home. To save and
X'i *
*
*
^
n %. 1
I i
1
i ft
i i
|
J
1
jL. J ' ^
>*
* «
^ Tf
($ — 4 U*_
«
• *
«L--*-
-3-
* #-
•^ ' X
light - ed, Think
bless - ing Those
keep me, From
i-l f"
- ing of Thee; Thy
who en - dure; Love
sins deep gloom; Help
i__ # ^
love's un - chang-ing,
thinks no e - vil,
me dear je - sus,
fitrS. L i*
A
• 1
f? •
o
L «
r 1 '
P-V ^ i *
p* >•
i *
\— / F fQ *
\tf Y f
*
1 ! 1
y» i* *
1 ! i
r
' 1
r^
1 1
1 i
£l-J-^M-i
F-^i
f4=*=^
[j ..I
n — f— n
-4^-H
Al -ways the s
Sees on - ly g
To love Thee r
L 25^-=
ame,
r ood,
nore,
J
■J *— S
I feel it k
En - dur - eth :
To serve Thee
nd-ling In - to a flame,
ill things As Christians should,
bet - ter Than here - to - fore.
nSvB p m *
fi> •
r? « p
I ^
1* •
f^ •
(pj'if iSs
r >•
s»
*
X*-^ ^ f f
•v
i 1 !
(• i*p *
F f *
p
i
■i | i -
1
1 1 1
L i i
1 ! 1
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
He Leadeth Me!
. i ll
1 He leadeth me! O blessed thought!
O words with heavenly comfort fraught!
Whate'er I do, where'er I be,
Still 'tis God's hand that leadeth me!
Cho. — He leadeth me, He leadeth me,
By His own hand He leadeth me;
His faithful follower I would be,
For by His hand He leadeth me.
2 Sometimes 'mid scenes of deepest gloom.
Sometimes where Eden's bowers bloom,
By waters still, o'er troubled sea, —
Still 'tis His hand that leadeth me!
3 Lord, I would clasp Thy hand in mine.
Nor ever murmur, nor repine,
Content, whatever lot I see,
Since 'tis my God that leadeth me!
208. Blest be the Tie.
W
21
Blest be the tie that binds
Our hearts in Christian love;
The fellowship of kindred minds
Is like to that above.
Before our Father's throne
We pour our ardent prayers;
Our fears, our hopes, our aims are one,
Our comforts and our cares.
We share our mutual woes,
Our mutual burdens bear;
And often for each other flows
The sympathizing tear.
When we asunder part
It gives us inward pain;
But we shall still be joined in heart,
And hope to meet again.
209. Jesus, Lover of My Soul
^^5
J--&——+—&-
£
1 Jesus, lover of my soul,
Let me to Thy bosom fly,
While the nearer waters roll,
While the tempest still is higlv
Hide me, O my Savior, hide,
Till the storm of life is past;
Safe into the haven guide,
Oh, receive my soul at last!
2 Other refuge have I none;
Hangs my helpless soul on Thee:
Leave, oh, leave me not alone,
Still support and comfort me:
All my trust on Thee is stayed,
All my help from Thee I bring;
Cover my defenseless head
With the shadow of Thy wing!
3 Thou, O Christ, art all I want;
More than all in Thee I find;
Raise the fallen, cheer the faint.
Heal the sick, and lead the blind.
Just and holy is Thy name,
I am all unrighteousness;
False and full of sin I am,
Thou art full of truth and grace.
4 Plenteous grace with Thee is found,
Grace to cover all my sin;
Let the healing streams abound;
Make and keep me pure within.
Thou of life the fountain art,
Freely let me take of thee;
Spring Thou up within my heart,
Rise to all eternity.
210. Coming to the Cross.
i
1 I am coming to the cross;
I am poor, and weak, and blind;
I am counting all but dross;
I shall full salvation find.
Cho. — I am trusting, Lord, in Thee,
Dear Lamb of Calvary;
Humbly at Thy cross I bow,
Save me, Jesus, save me now.
2 Long my heart has sighed for Thee,
Long has evil reigned within;
Jesus sweetly speaks to me,
"1 will cleanse you from all sin."
3 In Thy promises I trust;
Now I feel the blood applied;
I am prostrate in the dust;
I with Christ am crucified.
21
What a Friend.
i
Wt=F
t=£
v— h
i What a Friend we have in Jesus,
All our sins and griefs to bear!
What a privilege to carry
Everything to God in prayer!
Oh, what peace we often forfeit,
Oh, what needless pain we bear,
All because we do not carry
Everything to God in prayer.
2 Have we trials and temptations?
Is there trouble anywhere?
We should never be discouraged,
Take it to the Lord in prayer.
Can we find a friend so faithful,
Who will all our sorrows share?
Jesus knows our every weakness,
Take it to the Lord in prayer.
3 Are we weak and heavy-laden,
Cumbered with a load of care? —
Precious Savior, still our refuge, —
Take it to the Lord in prayer.
Do thy friends despise, forsake thee?
Take it to the Lord in prayer;
In His arms He'll take and shield thee,
Thou wilt find a solace there.
212
*4
I'll Live for Him
» .b -I ■ * -
■*- • s s
m
i My life, my love, I give to Thee,
Thou Lamb of God, who died for me;
Oh, may I ever faithful be.
My Savior and my God!
Cho. — I'll live for Him who died for me,
How happy then my life shall be!
I'll live for Him who died for me.
My Savior and my God!
2 I now believe Thou dost receive,
For Thou hast died that I might live;
And now henceforth I'll trust in Thee,
My Savior and my God!
3 O Thou who died on Calvary,
To save my soul and make me free,
I consecrate my life to Thee,
My Savior and my God*
213.
m i
Arise, My Soul, Arise
I
i Arise, my soul, a>
Shake off thy guilty feats,
The bleeding Sacrifice
I a my behalf appears:
before the throne my Surety stands,
My name i.^ written on His hand;,.
3 I !<• ever lives above,
For me to intercede;
His all-redeeming love,
His precious blood, to plead;
His blood atoned for all our ra
And sprinkles now the throne of grac<
3 Five bleeding wounds He bears,
Received on Calvary:
They pour effectual prayers,
They strongly plead for me,
''Forgive him, oh, forgive," they cry,
"Nor let that ransomed sinner die."
4 The Father hears Him pray,
His dear anointed One:
He cannot turn away
The presence of His Son:
His Spirit answers to the blood,
And tells me I am born of God.
5 My God is reconciled;
His pardoning voice I hear:
He owns me for His child;
I can no longer fear:
With confidence I now draw nigh,
And, "Father, Abba, Father," cry.
214. Just as I Am.
Because Thy promise I believe,
I. am 1 come! I come!
6 Just as T am - Thy lo\ e unknow n
Hath broken every barrier d
Now, to be Thine, yea, Thine alone,
o 1 .ainb of God, I i om
Rock of Ages.
.. i
i Rock of Ayes, cleft for me,
Let me hide myself in Thee;
Let the water and the blood.
From Thy wounded side whieh flowed
Be of sin the double cure,
Save from wrath and make me pure.
2 Could my tear- Bow,
Could my zeal no languor know,
These for sin could not atone-;
Thou must save, and Thou al< I
In my hand no price 1 bring;
Simply to Thy cross I cling.
3 While I draw this fleeting breath,
When my eyes shall close in death,
When I rise to worlds unknown,
And behold Thee on Thy throne,
Rock of Ages, cleft for me,
Let me hide myself in Thee.
216. Work, for the Night.
i 1
fcs:
P-
1 Just as I am, without one plea,
Rut that Thy blood was shed for me,
Ami that Thou bid'st me come to Thee,
O Land) of God, I come! I come.
2 Just as I am, and waiting not
To rid my soul of one dark blot. [spot,
To Thee whose blood can cleanse each
O Lamb of God, I come! I come!
3 Jnst as I am, though tossed about
With many a conflict, many a doubt,
Fighting! within, and fears without,
O Lamb of God, I come! I come!
4. Just as T am — poor, wretched, blind;
Sight, riches, healing of the mind,
Yea, all I need, in Thee to find,
> » 1 amb of God, 1 come! 1 cornel
5 Just as I am — Thou wilt receive,
Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse, relieve
1 Work, for the night is coming,
Work through the morning hours;
Work while the dew is sparkling,
Work 'mid springing no*
Work when the day grows brighter,
Work in the glowing sun;
Work, for the night is coming,
When man's work is done.
2 Work, for the night is coming.
Work tii rough the sunny noon;
Fill brightest hours with labor,
Rest comes sure and soon;
Give every dying minute
Something to keep in store;
Work, for the night is coming,
When man works no more.
3 Work, for the night is coming,
Under the sunset skies;
While their bright tints are glowing,
Work, for daylight flies;
Work till the last beam fadeth.
Fadeth to shine no more;
Work, while the night is darkening,
When man's work is o'er.
Must Jesus Bear the Cross.
i. Must Je - sus bear the cross a - lone, And all the world go free?
2. The con - se-cra- ted cross I'll bear Till death shall set me free;
3. Up - on the crys - tal pavement,do\vn At Je-sus' pierc-ed feet,
4. Oh, pre-cious cross! oh.glorious crown !Oh res-ur-rec - tion day!
^St
&1. iX
-*T
r*
No, there's a cross for ev - 'ry one, And there's a cross for me.
And then go home my crown to wear, For there's a crown for me.
With joy I'll cast my gold - en crown.And His dear name re-peat.
Ye an -gels from the stars come down And bear my soul a - way.
a*
&-U-
-h-
■&-
t=t
T±
1 1 1
-jsz-
I 1 1
rsr
218. I Love to Tell the Story.
Key of Afe.
1 I love to tell the story
Of unseen things above,
Of Jesus and His glory,
Of Jesus and His love.
I love to tell the story,
Because I know 'tis true;
It satisfies my longings
As nothing else can do.
Cho. — I love to tell the story,
'Twill be my theme in glory,
To tell the old, old Story
Of Jesus and His love.
2 I love to tell the story:
More wonderful it seems
Than all the golden fancies
Of all our golden dreams.
I love to tell the story,
It did so much for me;
And that is just the reason,
I tell it now to thee.
3 I love to tell the story,
For those who know it best
Seem hungering and thirsting
To hear it like the rest.
And when, in scenes of glory,
I sing the new, new song,
'Twill be the old, old story
That I have loved so long.
Caterine Hankey.
219
Marching to Zion.
Key of G.
1 Come, ye that love the Lord,
And let your joys be known,
Join in a song with sweet accord,
Join in a song with sweet accord,
And thus surround the throne,
And thus surround the throne.
Cho. — We're marching to Zion,
Beautiful, beautiful Zion,
We're marching upward to Zion,
The beautiful city of God.
2 Let those refuse to sing
Who never knew our God;
But children of the heav'nly King,
But children of the heav'nly King,
May speak their joys abroad,
May speak their joys abroad.
3 The hill of Zion yields,
A thousand sacred sweets,
Before we reach the heav'nly fields,
Before we reach the heav'nly fields,
Or walk the golden streets,
Or walk the golden streets.
4 Then let our song abound,
And every tear be dry, [ground,
We're marching through Immanuel's
We're marching through Immanuel's
To fairer worlds on high, [ground,
To fairer worlds on high.
Isaac Watts.
No. 220.
W. WILLIAMS.
Guide Me.
< i t i
:. 5F^=t
E&
THOS. HASTINGS.
4-
±£.
7
Guide me, O 1 hou great Je-ho-vah, Pilgrim thro' this bar-ren land; I am
O -pen now the crys-tal fountain, Whence the healing wa-ters flow : Let the
When I tread the verge of Jor-dan, Bid my anx-ious fears subside; Hear me
f— f-
t*rf : t
m
v-
-,
^PW
t
v
*&=*
weak, but Thou art mighty, Hold me with Thy pow'rful hand. Bread of heaven,
fier - y, cloud-y pil - lar Lead me all my journey thro'; Strong De-liv-'rer,
thro* the swelling cur-rent, Land me safe on Ca-naan's side; Songs of praises
: : t
*
o
--#-
Feed me till I want no more; Bread of heav-en, Feed me till I want no more.
Be Thou still my strength and shield; Strong De-liv-'rer, Be Thou still my strength and shield.
I will ev-er give to Thee; Songs of prais-es I will eY-ergire to Thee.
* 0-
g^
TV
-0-
i 4
^
11
No. 221.
Consecration.
MARYD. JAMES.
ftj - I
V-
Mrs. JOSEPH F. KNAPP.
J^-J N-
m.
1 '
i. My bod-y, soul and spir -it, Je - sus, I give to Thee; A con - se-
2. O Je -sus, mighty Sav - ior, I trust in Thy great name, I look for
3. Oh, let the fire, de-scend-ing Just now up-on my soul. Consume my
4. I am Thine, O blest Je-sus, Wash'd by Thy cleansing blood; Now seal me
3EB^
V**
Copyright, lsfiy, by Joseph K. Knapp.
Consecration. Concluded.
< Ihorus.
« •
S3
1 1 M 1 . ' I -t-r-»
mmm
ei :it - ed off-'ring, Thine ev - er - more to
Thy sal - va-tion, Thy prom-ise now
hum-ble off- 'ring, A nil cleanse and make me
by Thy Spir - it A sac - ri - fice to
10 oe. .
I claim. I ., ...
, , >■ My all is
ne whole. | J
o God. *
on the Al-tar.
i tf ft » *,•' • *— r-t * « 0— r*^m-rm-r*
I'm waiting for the fire; Waiting, waiting, waiting, I'm waitingforthe fire.
U
S5e1
4f-f
*rf=fc
"R-
*=p:
222,
Come to Jesus.
m
t=^
1 Come to Jesus, come to Jesus,
Come to Jesus just now,
Just now come to Jesus,
Come to Jesus just now.
2 He will save you,
3 Oh, believe Him,
4 He is able,
5 He is willing,
6 He'll receive you,
7 Call upon Him,
8 He will hear you,
9 Look unto Him,
io He'll forgive you,
11 Flee to Jesus,
12 Only trust Him,
13 Jesus loves you,
14 Don't reject Him,
15 I believe Him,
16 Hallelujah. Amen.
223, Come, Every Soul.
I
4;
. • 4 —
Come, every soul by sin oppressed,
There's mercy with the Lord,
And He will surely give you rest,
By trusting in His word.
CHO.-Only trust Him, only trust Him,
Only trust Him now;
He will save you, He will save you,
He will save you now.
2 For Jesus shed His precious blood
Rich blessings to bestow;
Plunge now into the crimson tide
That washes white as snow.
CHO.-Come to Jesus, come to Jesus,
Come to Jesus now;
He will save you, He will save you,
He will save you now.
3 O Jesus, blessed Jesus, dear,
I'm coming now to Thee,
Since Thou hast made the way so clear,
And full salvation free.
Cho.-I will trust Him, I will trust Him
I will trust Hi.n now;
He will save me, He will save me,
He will save me now.
224. At the Cross.
I Alas' ami did my Sa\ lor bleed,
A nl did in y Sovei I i'.'ii die,
Would He derote that Mcred head
I a< li a H i as I?
Cuo. — At the cross, at the cross, where I
lust saw the light,
And the burden of my heart rolled
away, — [sight,
It was there by faith 1 received my
Ami now I am happy all the day.
9 Was it for crimes that I have done,
He groaned upon the tree?
Amazing pity, grace unknown,
And love beyond degree!
3 But drops of grief can ne'er repay
The debt of love I owe;
Here, Lord, I give myself away,
' Tis all that I can do!
225. Glory to His Name.
m
'? -V
+-*-+
1 Down at the cross where my Savior
died, [cried;
Down where for cleansing from sin I
There to my heart was the blood
applied;
Glory to His name!
Chorus — Glory to His name!
Glory to His name!
There to my heart was the blood applied;
Glory to His name!
2 I am so wondrously saved from sin,
Jesus so sweetly abides within;
There at the cross where He took me in;
Glory to His name!
3 Oh, precious fountain, that saves from
I am so glad I have entered in; [sin,
There Jesus saves me and keeps me
Glory to His name! [clean,
4 Come to this fountain, so rich and sweet;
Cast thy poor soul at the Savior's feet:
Plunge in to-day, and be made complete,
Glory to His name'
226. Nearer, my God to Thee.
Nearer, my God, to Thee!
Nearer to Thee,
E*en though it be a cross
That raiseth me;
Still all my song shall l>e,
Nearer, my God, to Thee,
Nearer to Thee!
2 Though like the wanderer,
The sun gone down,
Darkness be over me,
My rest a stone.
Yet in my dreams I'd be,
Nearer, my < ".od. to Thee,
arer to Thee!
3 There let the way appear
Steps unto heaven;
All that Thou lendest me
In men y given;
Angels to beckon me
Nearer, my God, to Thee,
Nearer to Thee!
227. Sweet Hour of Prayer.
0— 0-
?m
1 Sweet hour ofprayer,sweet hour of prayer,
That calls me from a world of care,
And bids me at my Father's Throne
Make all my wants and wishes known'
In seasons of distress and grief
My soul has often found relief,
And oft escaped the tempter's snare
By thy return, sweet hour of prayer.
2 Sweet hour of prayer.sweet hour of prayer.
Thy wings shall my petition bear
To Him, whose truth and faithfulness
Engage the waiting soul to bless;
And since He bids me seek His face,
Believe His word, and trust His grace,
I'll cast on Him my every care,
Ami wait for thee, sweet hour of prayer.
228. Bringing in the Sheaves.
i
-A-fV-N
4 « #-#■
^
•-•-•-
^±
owing in the morning.sowing seeds of
kindness, [eves;
Sowing in the noon-tide, and the dewy
Waiting for the harvest, and the time of
reaping, [the sheaves.
We shall come rejoicing, bringing in
Cho. — [ :Bringing in the sheaves,||
We shall come rejoicing, bringing in the
sheaves.
2 Sowing in the sunshine, sowing in the
shadows, [chilling breeze;
Fearing neither clouds, nor winter's
By and by the harvest, and the labor
ended, [the sheaves.
We shall come rejoicing, bringing in
3 Go, then. ever weeping, sowing for the
-ter, [often grieves;
Though the loss sustained our spirit
When our weeping's over He will bid us
welcome, [the sheaves;
Wc shall come rejoicing, bringing in
No. 229.
Revive Us Again,
DR. W. P. MACKAY.
Enolish Melody.
■fl fn 1 : 1 —
— *
-4-
h
r— I-
—5- h
tPm T— ' — i — r
- 1
1 —
-*j=d —
j
•
i ""
■h
I ; !
\) '
#
K>
•
* w
#
^ "
I. We praise Thee,
O
God!
for
the Son
of
Thy
love,
For
2. We praise Thee,
O
God!
for
the Spir
. it
of
light,
Who has
3. All glo - ry
and
praise
to
the Lamb that
was
slain,
Who has
4. All glo - ry
and
praise
to
the God
of
all
jjrace,
Who has
5. Re - vive us
a -
gain;
fill
each heart
with
Thy
love;
May each
11 ft * •
•
{2
*
■#- m
# 4
/CWo 2 2
9
•_
m
(S?
2 2 -1
u*)&. J r r L 1
I V
1 !
^-^ ? 1 «
! ^ y
I * -
| !> — -j
4 ' 1 f r
r~
1
1
r
I
I
n #
1
Chorus. •
J <_ # ,_
— 1
e
— 1 — i — U
. j
-|_ # _L_ #
^
— # — I
— j- — ->- —
— —
^r - i 2
-3?—
^ !
v-V f r
_ # * #
&
J 1 1
1 1 1
•
L> V
r
1
Je - sus
who died, and
is now gone a - bove.
Hal - le -
lu
.jah!
shown us
our Sav - ior,
and scat-ter'd our night.
Hal - le -
lu
- jah!
borne all
our sins, and
has cleansed ev-'ry stain.
Hal - le -
lu
■ jah!
bought us,
and sought us,
and guid-ed our ways.
Hal - le -
lu
■ jah!
soul be
re - kin - died
with fire from a - bove.
Hal - le -
lu
■ jah'
1 +~ *
| A •#■ ■#- A
if * 4
«•
(mV* ' »
■
# #
i 1 1
1
•2>2
1 1*
|^J«>
tti?TT |
1 1 1
p
• • £
'
' 1
1 1 1
h
.5 v
iE£
S
I
i — r
Thine the glo - ry, Hal-le- lu - jah! A - men. Re-vive us a - gain.
T Tsp - -
=r*—0-T-i±*
-,-i--
No. 230.
My Heavenly Home.
r
■&T
E
fei
j My heav'n-ly home is bright and fair; No pain, nor death can en-ter there: }
I Its glitt'ring tow'rs the sun out-shine;That heav'nly mansion shall be mine. \
£ j I'm go-ing home, I'm go-ing home, I'm go-ing home to die no more! )
( To die no more, to die no more; I'm go-ing home to die no more! )
2 My Father's house is built on high, 1 3 Let others seek a home below,
Far, far above the starry sky: Which flames devour, or waves o'erflow,
When from this earthly prison free, [Be mine a happier lot to own
That heavenly mansion mine shall be. I A heav'nly mansion near the throne.
No. 231. Jesus, Lover of my Soul.
CHARLES WESLEY.
U.fun
O. F. PUQH.
S7\
■i , ::■■ ■:::
•-
I. Je - mis, lov - er <>f my Krai, Let PM to Thy bos - sum fly,
_•. Oth - er iv f - age hare I none, Hangs my help- less soul on Thee;
3. Thou, O Christ, art all I want, More than all in Thee I find;
<tA I
t A ^^ f uth^^u,n
1 — r
n V~~m m
#^ ! !
r i j j
1
! 'V 1 # :
1 J J
j * •
■
fr^ \ * " j* -
L « *-
_£ . . H
fi< \
1 — 1 -
- ' -I
— 1
^V ~~ * *~~ffr~
K J J
/5 #
-&'
-r?—
0^> *—
B d—
-7TT-1
While the near - er wa - ters roll, While the
Leave, oh, leave me not a-lone, Still sup -
Raise the fal -len, cheer the faint, Heal the
tern - pest still is high!
port and corn-fort me.
sick, and lead the blind.
ria); — ^ -#-H? •-
— 1 1
1 rT - ^~r
— #
~* I
\-^ )
1 ""l
1 H »
£/ j»
1
/ : *- d!1 t> ! ill 1
1 1
1 1
1
L i i
Soprano Solo.
4-
-N--N
*
v -<*-
j' :
• ?
^•i
1 CJ
rrr
pTrT^TT 1
Hide me, O my Sav - ior, hide, Till the storm of life is pa>t;
All my trust on Thee is stayed, All my helpfromTheel bring;
just and ho-ly is Thy name, I am all un-right-eous-ness:.
Till the storm of life is
tf 9 » T A » * g -
*
past
II
i
'* "— :
^F
^
-ri f-—
:»=»=»z*
1-f-
I I
Safe in - to the ha - von guide. Oh, re-ceive my soul at last!
Cov - er my de-fence - less head With the shad - o\v of Thy wing,
False and full of sin I am, Thou art full of truth and grace.
-«-
*- -*-.
V
Z:
1 i
p^^i^
: n
g»ht, 1898
rother, ChJeago, 111.
No. 232. America, Beloved Land,
ABBOTT FREDERICK.
LESTER PRICE.
4=*:
§teg
r—^m j-
■♦.-#■■•■ *•*
1. A - mer - i - ca, be-lov-ed land, In rev'rence here thy chil-dren stand;
2. Our coun-try, sa-crcd, glo-rious blest, De-fend-er of the poor, oppressed;
3. Her sons pledge riches, life, and fame, To keep^ unstained her spot-less name;
I
I
F=f
h=±
T=*=*
From West, from South, from East, from North, Thy he-roes show thy pow - er forth.
For-ev - er may thy peo - pie be U - nit-ed, e - qual, brave, and free;
Their blood has dropped like crimson iain,Their great deeds live and shout a - gain;
Thy rag-ing war-bolts rend and crash, Thy foes to swift de-struc-tion dash;
Their ra-diant ban - ner nev -er furled, Their mission to up - lift the world;
But let us not in pow'r and pride, Forsake our fathers' Light arid Guide;
S*
God, that wars may cease, And keep us in Thy ho - ly peace!
God, stretch out Thy hand, In blessing, o'er our na-tive land!
God, ne'er turn Thy face, From deathless Freedom's chosen race!
0-0
We
3=3=
eg
Yet grant, O God, that wars may cease, And keep us in Thy ho- ly peace!
Al-might-y God, stretch out Thy hand, In blessing, o'er our na - tive land!
E - ter - nal God, ne'er turn Thy face From deathless Freedom's chosen race!
:£=*=*:
1 r
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, HI.
No. 233. Beautiful Starry Flag.
JENNIE WILSON.
A. J. SHOWALTER.
£ 1 - ;. rt=
-4-
r^z
=^r
r-h
= £r^-T1
1
(- 1-5 — r.-5-»—
i. Float, prond-ly float
-# —
-* —
on
land
and sea,
4
- ti - ful star - ry
-
Sag;
2. Thou art a ini^ht
- y
na
- tkm'i pride,
Beau
- ti - ful star - iv
flag;
3. Strong arm* thy hon -
or
will
main - tain,
Beta
- ti - ful star - ry
flag;
4. Where ev - er gleam
thy
col -
on bright.
Beta
- ti - ful star - ry
flag;
•#■
•0-
* J-
-«-
f '♦ f 1
-^- *
/JS. a m m 4 M M
' m w
- 't
» • * 3 9
1
'
2
^—' 'i P r i
#
| 1
1" 1/ ^ 1
£> • r -
1 ** 1 *}
I
\
U U' '
\
T~?
fct
v — P-
^
;
;
^
Dear freedom's em - blem ev - er be, Beau - ti - ful star - ry flag.
For thee have brave men fought and died, Beau - ti - ful star - ry flag.
Up - on thy folds shall come no stain, Beau - ti - ful star - ry flag.
May'st thou up-hold the cause if right. Beau - ti - ful star - ry flag.
rfafc
®'
+-'+. ft
^
5=C
Refrain.
- K
i i\H gp-djl itfi j|j.*lj 3:33 31
Beau - ti - ful star- ry flag. Beau - ti - ful star - ry flag; While sun shall shine and
a
-0- -#-'•#--#- •#- -&- ' -0- ■#-
§111
*
■vf-r
-y—^
i
-J-.L
4_*-^-l— J-,-!
1=*
-•-*■
^_-
#-
^T-
9 flow. May thy fair con-stel-la-tion glow, Beau-ti - ful star - ry fag.
rf±±r!
I 1 I I 1 =pqF
R ^ —
1 7 * — '—
S=Sqf=W= zqii = 3=T=»=i=l
11
Oopj right, 18W, bj M< jr< r A Brother, Chioafo, in.
No. 234. The Glad New Year.
ADABLENKHORN.
L. E. JONE9.
pspfip^
«=<=*= t f^
1=&
i. An-oth - er year has pass'd a - way, The New Year has be - gun;
2. We've said to the old year,"good-bye,"Its griefs and joys are past;
3. We'll seek to bless some burden'd life, Some darken'd heart to cheer
4. We'll try to point the lost to Him Who dwells in light a - bove;
J£J ^
^
£ 7 s
\t
V I P I
* r
P=T=
s
s
i
We hope "twill be a hap - py year To each and ev-'ry one.
We'll try to make this glad New year Still bet - ter than the last.
And deeds of kind-nes^s we will do Each day of all the year.
Who will for - give if they be-lieve, And crown them with His love.
£fcp
-h-
±£
-0 — — 0-
~i
* — r — i=p
Chorus.
in.n
A glad new year — a bright new year — has dawn'd upon us all,
IN ♦ h J h 1
±£
» * »
1
£3
t r = n ,:
^3
^— ^fJ=s=^
May rich-est bless-ings day by day up - on us free - ly fall.
I
V I PI If
Copyright, 1898, by Meyer & Brother, Chicago, 111.
P I
No. 235.
God Be With You.
J. E. RANKIN, D. D.
i
W. Q. TOMER.
-*-.
s s— V
3±J+ i i i ^^jr^zfzjf
i .
God be with you till we meet a-gain, Bj His counsels guide, up-
2. God be with you till we meet a-gain, 'Neath His wings se-cure-ly
Cod be with yon till we meet a-gain, When life's per-ils thick COH-
4. God he with you till we meet a-gain, Keep love's banner fioat-ing
mm
• r r
m
EEEl-EEEt^
you,
you,
h.,l>l
hide
found you,
o'er you,
422. #.
With His sheep se
Dai - ly man - na
Put His arm un
Smite death's threat-'ning
fold
cure - ly ion
still di - vide you,
fail - ing 'round you,
wave be - fore you,
=c 1 — rt # "
m
(9
■9— *-
• R
^
V if 1
God be with you till we meet a-gain. Till we meet till we
Till we meet, till we
+ .+>-* J I ^ *- JLM-
* ST
.#_•_#-
£*=£
fc£
H# # •-
J J J
n
^$
mm
>wi_
£E^F
2=
^
*=P*
1
meet, Till we meet at Je - sus' feet. Till we
meet, till we meet, ^ ^ Till we meet.
*- JL A. ■ M. *.• A.
• *
»=c»:
m
;'.■'.;•
r — l-
*=*
9if
*=»:
;M^=t
^
*|-*r
S^
3=*
• 2
fr ; ej
Ml
?ElF*
I, U 1
meet, till we meet, God be with you till we meet a-gain.
Till we mect.till wemeet.till we meet,
•
* ?j * W T
rztaj
->— v-
V— >-
S=J
-*--v*
'- !> J
I
Used bj per. of J. K. Htiukin, hwirt of copyright.
No. 236. Praise God from Whom.
Rev. THOMAS KEN.
(Old Hundred. L, m.)
On
-2— fij-f^
5*
H
?■?
E
r-
-■r
=f=3
o
o
■TO-
iH
L. BOURGEOIS.
1=L
i
r
S
Praise God from whom all blessings flow, Praise Him, all creatures here be - low-
42- 42- ^V
£
E^«
a
±=F
^
ifii^i
^=^
Praise Him a-bove, ye heav'nly host; Praise Father, Son and Ho - ly Ghost.
No. 237
Sessions.
I— 4
:g=S^£
*T«
-F--^-^-
#— «
m
-&—J
*&
r^
f—r
1 — 1
Praise God, from whom all blessings flow, Praise Him, all creatures here be-low;
1*- "+•
m
ZZ
19- -0- -0- t&-
r— -r— r
£— s-
-^—^2
:*=pt=£r
2- f 2~p :
szz^zzpzz^:
r— t
1 1— f
q=t=:t
i
4—4-
2g=*
-«— P-
*
*—+
1
: f=M=bi^jp
3?:
-# — 0-
i — t
T=r-
Praise Him a-bove, ye heav'nly host.Praise Father, Son and Ho-ly Ghost.
s
iP
T i i
!*=?=*:
ill
t=F=t
£=*=£
"sc
No. 238.
■i — rt
Gloria Patri.
i
x=x
mm
&
SE3EE2
"&-&-
-^- L 5H-
Glory be to the Father, and to the Son, And to the Ho- ly Ghost.
As it was in the beginning, is now and ever shall be: World without end. A-men.
-a=l
i=i
^
W
239 Bible Reading.
The Ten Commandments.
First. — Thou shalt have no other gods before hi.-.
Second. — Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven Image, or any likeness
of anything that is in heaven above, or that is In the- earth beneath, or that is in
the water under the earth: thou fthalt not OOVf down thyself to them, nor
them: for I the Lord thy God am ■ jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the
fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate
me; and showing mercy unto thousands of them that love me. and keep my com-
mandments.
Third. — Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain: for the
Lord will not hold him guiltless that taketh his name in vain.
Fourth, — Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy. Six days shalt thou
labor and do all thy work: but the seventh day is the sabbath of the Lord thy
God; in it thou .shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy
man-servant, nor thy maid-servant, nor thy tattle, nor thy stranger that is within
thy gates: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea,and all that in
them is, and rested the seventh day: wherefore the Lord blessed the sabbath day.
and hallowed it.
Fifth. — Honor thy father and thy mother: that thy days may be long upon
the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee.
Sixth. — Thou shalt not kill.
Seventh. — Thou shalt not commit adultery.
Eighth. — Thou shalt not steal.
Ninth. — Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbor.
Tenth. — Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's house, thou shalt not covet thy
neighbor's wife, nor his man-servant, nor his maid-servant, nor his ox, nor his ass,
nor anything that is thy neighbors. (Exodus XX: 3-17.)
The New Commandment.
Jesus said unto him, thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and
with all thy soul, and with all thy mind. This is the first and great command-
ment.
And the second is like unto it, thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. On
these two commandments hang all the law ami the prophets. (Matt, xxii: 37-40.)
The Lord's Prayer.
Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed be thy name. Thy kingdom come.
Thy will be done in earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread.
And forgive us our trespasses as we forgive them that trespass against us. And
lead us not into temptation but deliver us from evil; For thine is the kingdom,
and the power, and the glory, for ever. Amen. (Matt, vi: 9-13.)
Twenty-Third Psalm.
The Lord is my shepherd; I shall not want.
He maketh me to lie down in green pastures: he leadeth me beside the still
waters.
He restoreth my soul: he leadeth me in the paths of righteousness for his
name's sake.
Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no
evil: for thou art with me; thy rod and thy staff they comfort me.
Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies: thou anoint-
est my head with oil; my cup runneth over.
Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life; and I
will dwell in the house of the Lord for ever.
The Beatitudes.
Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.
Blessed are they that mourn: for they shall be comforted.
Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth.
Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness: for they
shall be filled.
240 Bible Reading. Concluded.
Blessed are the merciful, for they shall obtain mercy.
Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God.
Blessed are the peacemakers: for they shall be called the children of God.
Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness' sake: for theirs is the
kingdom of heaven.
Blessed are ye, when men shall revile you. and persecute you, and shall say
all manner of evil against you falsely, for my sake.
Rejoice, and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so
persecuted they the prophets which were before you. (Matt, v: 3-12.)
The Apostles' Creed.
I believe in God, the Father Almighty, maker of heaven and earth: and in
Jesus Christ, his only Son our Lord; who was conceived by the Holy Ghost, born
of the Virgin Mary; suffered under Pontius Pilate, was crucified, dead, and buried;
the third day he rose from the dead; he ascended into heaven, and sitteth at the
right hand of God the Father Almighty; from thence he shall come to judge the
quick and the dead.
I believe in the Holy Ghost; the holy catholic church, the communion of
saints; the forgiveness of sins; the resurrection of the body: and the life ever-
lasting. Amen.
First Psalm.
Blessed is the man that walketh not in the counsel of the ungodly, nor stand-
eth in the way of sinners, nor sitteth in the seat of the scornful.
But his delight is in the law of the Lord; and in his law doth he meditate
day and night.
And he shall be like a tree planted by the rivers of water, that bringeth forth
his fruit in his season; his leaf also shall not wither; and whatsoever he doeth
shall prosper.
The ungodly are not so; but are like the chaff which the wind driveth away.
Therefore the ungodly shall not stand in the judgment, nor sinners in the
congregation of the righteous.
For the Lord knoweth the way of the righteous: but the way of the ungodly
shall perish.
Twelve Apostles.
1. Peter. 4. James. 7. Judas. 10. Bartholomew.
2. Phillip. 5. James, the Less. 8. Matthew. 11. Simon.
3. John. 6. Jude (or Thaddeus). 9. Andrew. 12. Thomas.
(as an aid to remember, note: — 2 Ps. 5 Js, M. A. B. S. T. "25 Mab. St.")
Books of the New Testament.
{Gospel and Church History, j.)
Matthew, Mark, Luke, John, The Acts.
(Paul's Epistles, 14.)
Romans. I. and II. Corinthians, Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians,
I. and II. Thessalonians, I. and II. Timothy, Titus, Philemon, Hebrews.
( General Epistles, 7. )
James, I. and II. Peter, I., II. and III. John, Jude.
(Prophecy, 1.) Revelation.
John 14: 1-6.
Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in me.
In my Father's house are many mansions, if it were not so, I would have told
you. I go to prepare a place for you.
And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you
unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.
And whither I go ye know, and the way ye know.
Thomas saith unto him, Lord, we know not whither thou goest, and how can
we know the way?
Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth and the life: no man cometh
unto the Father, but by me.
Ml
TOPICAL INDEX.
Gospel Herald in Song.
ABIDING IN CHRIST
No.
Abide with me Ml
Blessed Shepherd 142
I can hear my Savior. . 49
ANNIVERSARY DAY.
We come with 182
Anniversary Day 183
ASSURANCE.
Oh, so beautiful 20
There is a Friend 23
The wonderful Savior. 20
My heart is filled 37
I never will cease... . 64
Walking each day 60
Soul, have you heard.. 118
I used to think 140
We are on the ocean. . 134
Fear not, ye who 139
I have found Him 145
Blessed assurance 147
I've found a Friend. . . 163
BIBLE.
Oh, the blessed 45
Wonderful Bible 171
BIBLE READING.
Ten Commandments MO
The Lord's Prayer 239
Twenty-third Psalm.. 239
The Beatitudes 239
First Psalm MO
Twelve Apostles 240
Books of the New 240
John 14: 1-6 240
BLOOD (Precious).
Savior, who forme 107
Oh 1 now I see the 109
Alas! and did my 224
Down at the cross MS
CHILDREN.
Scatter smiles 10
Come, children, to M
Trust in the Savior.... 34
We are little 39
Speak kindly 40
There are happy 58
When the lavish 57
Jesus bids us 72
Living in the sunshine. 75
I'm glad that Ill
No.
Kind words ]54
\\ e areJeaua 1 little 175
lit- IOT6f me M 174
CHILDREN'S DAY.
When in days 170
The rammer i» %
With joy we come 97
Birds are singing 173
I know that 174
Jesus loves us all 175
When the dayi 170
We come, we come . . Itt
CHRISTMAS.
Wonderful day 194
The work complete 195
Tell the joyful news.. 196
Beautiful star 197
Ring out, chiming 198
Hail, happy morn. ..199
Joy to the world 200
Silent night Ml
CLOSING.
No more to say 28
God be with you . . . . 235
Praise God from 230
Sessions 237
Gloria Patri 238
COMFORT COM-
FORTER.
Are you weary 18
Ask me not 19
Listen to the voice 32
The way is so easy 47
Meet mother in 86
Hallelujah, I am 119
Wonderful story 122
A little talk 100
CONSECRATION.
Leaving all to 22
Father of love 127
My life, my love 212
Consecration 221
CONFESSION.
No blossom needs 8
The Lord has 94
Steeped in sin 119
1 have found 145
O happy day 153
Just M I am 214
CROSS AND CROWN.
NO.
The sheaf and crown. 85
Speak a word 62
Mansions in the 150
Must Jesus 217
EAtTER.
Calvary 55
The Savior rose 189
oh. what a 190
Hail the day 191
Christ the Lord 192
O happy bells 193
FAITH.
Only believe in 4
His love shall 15
'Tis blessed to 24
O for a faith 83
O follow in His 120
Will my name 128
The night is 137
Oh! now I see 169
FAMILIAR HYMNS.
All hail the power. .. 87
Loving kindness 93
There is a happy land .
Savior, pilot me
Wonderful story of.. .
I am a pilgrim
Blessed assurance —
Onward, Christian
Happy day
Kind words
A little talk
I know that my Re-
The cleansing wave. . .
Stand up for Jesus
My Jesus I love.
Joy to the world
All to Christ I owe....
Abide with me
Come, Thou Fount —
The home over there..
He leadeth me
Blest be the tie
Jesus, Lover of my ...
Coming to the cross...
What a Friend
Ill live for Him
Arise, my soul
Just as I am
Rock of Ages
103
122
125
147
151
153
154
160
168
169
179
181
200
203
204
MS
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
242
Topical Index. Gospel Hkkald in Song. — Continued.
NO.
Work, for the night. . . Ufl
Must Jesus bear 217
I love to tell the 218
Marching to join 219
Guide me, O 220
Consecration 221
Come to Jesus 222
Come, every soul 223
At the cross 224
Glory to His Name.... 225
Nearer, my God 226
Sweet hour of prayer. "227
Bringing in the 228
Revive us again 229
My heavenly home 230
God be with you 235
Praise God 236
Sessions 237
Gloria Patri 238
FELLOWSHIP and
FOLLOWING.
There is light 6
I can hear my 49
Would you tread 54
Grant me thy spirit 69
Lead us not 113
Walking close 114
Bless be the tie 208
FLAG DAY.
Lift our banner high.. 112
Oh ! say, can you 184
Beautiful starry flag.. 233
FORGIVENESS.
At the Portals 73
The beggar sat 80
The dear loving 124
The Savior seeks 138
FRIEND (Christ a).
Jesus is my 43
Sometimes our 126
God loves his 131
Pve found a 163
FUNERAL.
Oh, so beautiful 20
Jesus will bear 91
Parted hands will 92
We'll meet again 144
Beyond the hills 156
Jesus will carry me — 165
GOSPEL.
Gospel Herald 3
There's a sound 48
NO.
Though dark the 160
Throw open the 166
I love to tell 218
GRACE.
Wonderful grace 50
Grace abounding 164
Come, Thou Fount.... 204
GUIDE-GUIDANCE.
Trust in the Savior.... 34
In this world 100
Jesus, Savior 103
Daily be my Guide 105
Blessed Shepherd 142
There is alight 143
I've found a 163
Guide me, O 220
HEAVEN.
Over there 53
Jesus will bear 91
Parted hands will 92
There is a happy 99
The Homeland 117
Theportof 134
Sunbright shore 135
Beautiful city 136
The beautiful coun-.. 149
Beyond the hills 156
The home over 205
My Heavenly Home... 230
HOPE.
Tis the Savior 21
Will my name 128
Abide with me 203
INVITATION.
Only believe in 4
Listen to the voice 32
Do you hear them 38
Jesus is calling 63
Will you join 74
Decide to-night 81
Come this way 123
Come to Jesus 148
The Savior calls 161
Come to Jesus 222
Come, every soul 223
JOY.
Keep on singing 13
Full of joy and 13
Crowned with glory. . . 44
All the world around . . 52
Doyouheara 58
Singing of Jesus 60
Rejoice, rejoice 90
NO.
I am coming 167
I know that my 168
Joy to the world 200
Come, Thou Fount... 204
Bringingin the 228
Revive us again 229
LIFE AND LIGHT.
Let your light 5
Look up happy 31
Living in the 75
Light of the cross 98
LOVE.
Jesus saves 42
Wonderful grace 50
Give Him the 85
Sing the love 88
Loving kindness 93
My dearest Friend.... 115
All for me 121
God loves His own. ... 131
His love can 140
Precious love 172
Unbounded love 206
LOYALTY AND
OBEDIENCE.
Hark, the cry 48
Follow in His 120
Working and waiting. 155
As long as I live 180
My Jesus Hove 181
Arise, my soul 213
MISSIONARY.
Gospel herald 3
Tell it to-day 36
Hark, the cry 48
Flash the news 67
Send the news 103
Over the sea 177
MISCELLANEOUS.
When He cometh 17
Are you ready 95
What is your record.. 108
I'm a pilgrim 125
Not unto us 187
Hove to tell 218
Glad New Year 234
Go thou with us 141
We come with 182
Anniversary Day 183
Kind words can 154
Throw open the gates. 166
PATRIOTIC.
Lift our Banner high.. 112
m
Ton \i. India, GrOflPEL Hi.kald in SONG. Cone
NO
The Btai Spangled.... i*4
AllHTlCH isr>
America, beloved 232
Beautiful Starry Flag 233
PEACE.
The Lord bni eome M
Abide with me KM
PRAISE.
Praise in- name 27
Blest the Lord 41
[never will cease 64
All hail the H7
The song of my soul.. 100
Land Him lis
Sing praises 130
Joy to the world 200
(ilory to His name 225
Praise God from 236
Sessions 237
Gloria Patri 238
PRAYERS.
Give more time 33
Go in secret and pray. 88
Secret prayers 133
GO thou with us 141
Sweet hour of prayer. 227
RACE (The Christian).
What then 30
We are on the way 158
Steadily on 159
Marchingon the way. . 178
Stand up for Jesus 179
RALLY DAY.
Be a reaper 9
We will toil 12
All the world 52
Fall into line 68
Pressing forward 70
BejOice, rejoice 90
Lift our banner 112
We're marching home. 186
REDEMPTION.
What a Messed 25
O cross of grief 55
Flash the news 67
He Baves me 124
REFUGE-ROCK.
Jesus, Lover of my. . 209
Coming to the crosv. 810
REPENTANCE.
No.
Coming home :,'.<
I urn goin k ' Luck to (51
i am oomloi 167
SABBATH.
Sabbath bells 101
The i.onr- own day. . 181
Sabbath 102
SAVIOR -SEEKING.
Thou art pure 7
Speak kindly 40
ivior 103
Jesus, Lover of my... SOB
SAFETY-SECURITY.
'Tis blessed to have. . . 24
The wonderful Savior. 96
1 know that Jesus. . . . 37
JeSUfl -lives 42
The way is so easy 47
Cling to the hand 51
Are you coming 7 s
It leads by the cross.. . 7!»
I am safe on 106
Abide with me 9 18
He leadeth me 207
SHEPHERD.
Thft children's ill
teens, shepherd 157
The Good Shepherd.. 170
SPRINGTIME.
Let your light 5
All the world 52
In the time 57
Living in the 75
The Summer is 90
Birds are singing 173
TEMPERANCE.
Yield not to 5(5
Will you 188
THANKSGIVING AND
HARVEST HOME.
13
Full Of j 14
19
o sing n> the 35
NO.
'•• of than.
Loving kindness 93
Sing praises 130
TRUST.
I'll trust Thee n
Trnstinme N
Gentle Savior 71
I will tru-t Him 110
Sometimes our 120
Lord, my Qod ISO
ool 881
VICTORY.
(.lad surrender. BE
Onwardf, onward no
Onward < hristian 151
We're marching 186
WARFARE.
Tell it to-day M
Full into line 6S
Battling for the 70
Will you join 74
as shall 77
In the ranks S4
In the army 104
Onward, onward 110
Onward, Christian.... 151
Keep moving 152
We are on the way 158
Steadily on 159
We are marching 178
Stand up for 179
We're marching ISO
Arise, my soul Ell
Marching to Zion 219
WORK-WORKS.
Be a reaper 9
Well toil for 12
We will work 16
labor 39
40
Work for Thee 210
Workers in the 70
Bringing in M
WORSHIP.
Praise His Name 27
Happy day 15-3
I know that 10S
What a Friend 211
Nearer, my Qod 220
Revive us again 229
344
INDEX.
Titles in Small Caps — First Lines in Romans.
X.
a peaceful .
182
160
308
80
27
52
87
A. grateful husl
A Little Tale
ABIDE Wiiii Mi
After the pleasures of life arc o'er.
Alas, and did my Savior bleed. . .
All the way my Lord is leading. .
All the Would Abound
All Hail the Powi.k ok Jesus.
All praise to His name 109
All Fob Me 121
All to Christ I Owe 202
America 185
America, Beloved Land 232
Another year has passed away. . . 234
Another year has glided by 183
Anniversary Day 183
Are You Ready 95
Are You Coming 78
Are you weary now of sin 18
Arise, my soul, arise 213
Ask me not to count my blessings . 19
As I drift upon life's billows 123
As Long as I Live 180
At the Cross 224
At the portals 73
At the closing of our days 44
Athirst for Thee 8
Awake, my soul, to joyful lays ... 93
Battling for the Right 70
Be a Blessing 100
Be faithful, Christian Soldiers ... 77
Be a Reaper 9
Beautiful Starry Flag 233
Beautiful City of Gold 136
Beautiful Star 197
Beyond the dusky ocean 117
Beyond the Hills 156
Birds are singing 173
Blest be the Tie 208
Blessed Sunshine 10
Blessings 19
Bless the Lord, O my Soul 41
Blessings everywhere abound. ... 115
Blessed Shepherd 142
Blessed Assurance 147
Blessed Shepherd, gently leading. 142
Blessed Sabbath Home 162
Xo.
Being mi.si hi, Closes to Thee. 89
BbTNGING in THE Siu.u i > 228
Brother, will you speak a word. . 62
Brother, the conflict is raging 68
Ohkist, THE LORD, is Risks 192
CUNG TO Till-: If \M) OF THE 54
Come, Learn the Way 29
Come to Jesus Now 148
Come, Thou Fount 204
Come to Jesus 222
Come This Way 123
Come, Every Soul, by Sin 223
Come, Ye That Love the Lord. 219
Coming to the Cross 210
Coming Home 59
Consecration 221
Crowned With Glory 44
IDaily be my Guide 105
Decide To-Night 81
Do You Hear A Song Resound- . 58
Do you hear them ever sounding . 38
Down at the Cross 225
I^all Into Line 68
Far above the swelling tide 106
Fear not, ye who follow Christ ... 139
Flash the News Along the 67
Float proudly on land and sea. . . 233
Follow in His Footsteps 120
Follow Me 21
For all the Lord has done for me. 64
Free Indeed 66
From the cross of Christ 98
From Egypt in cruel bondage fled. 158
From the heathen far away 177
Full of Joy and Gladness 14
Oentle Savior, hear me when I. 71
Give More Time to Prayer ... 33
Give Him the Glory 85
Glad Surrender 82
Glory to His Name 225
Gloria Patri 238
God be With You 235
Gospel Herald go Proclaim ... 3
God Loves His Own 131
God loves His own as the 131
God's own armor for our use 90
Go in Secret and Pray 65
245
No.
Go Thou With i b, sw iob 141
GtaBnt me Thy Spirit 69
(iu \( ■ Abounding 164
<il \KI> AM) CllIiK 118
Guide Kb, Thoc Gbeat 390
Happy Bongs through all the... 17
HAB1 BflT Fields 40
Hakk! hi i. ( "uv is K\ kh 48
Happy Day 153
Hail tin: Day 191
Hail, Happy Morn 199
Hallelujah! I am Puke 119
Hi LSADBTH Me 207
1 1 1; Loves Me so 174
He Knoweth the Way' 139
BE Saves Me 124
Hear the news from Heaven 67
His Love Shall be my Anciiok. 15
His Love (an Never Fail 140
How sweet the love of Jesus 172
I am a Temperance advocate. . . . 188
I am Coming 167
I am coming to the cross 210
I am Going Back to Jesus 61
I am Ready 127
I am Safe on the Rock op Ages. 106
I am Trusting in the Blood 107
I can hear my Savior calling 49
I do not ask to see the way 140
I Have Found Him 145
I know at the river of death 165
I Know That Jesus Saves Me. . 37
I Know That My Redeemer . . . 168
I know that mamma loves me. . . 174
I love my dear Savior 180
I Love to tell the Story 218
I Never Will Cease to Love . . 64
I used to think that Canaan 146
I Will Trust Him 110
I'll Live for Him 212
I'll Trust Him 11
I'll trust Thee 11
I'm a Pilohim 126
I'm glad that I have a good Ill
I'm Happy Now M
In a lonely graveyard 86
In aeeents of tenderness 51
In Christ is full redemption found. 25
No.
1 N 'I III. MilHMMi Of I- II I 34
In THE Time OF BlBDfl \m> 57
In i hi. Kvnks 84
In 'i in. Akmy m 'i in. Si \i.\i . . . 104
In this world of cure 100
Is Tin ki. Noi \ PLAI i. FOB M B. 150
It LsAOfl i;y i in, Cbom 79
It WBfl down at the feet of .Jesns. 85
I'\ i. Found I Friend. . . 168
Jeenfl bids oa Bhine
Jesus came to save my BouJ 121
Jesus is mighty to Bave 4
Jesus is my Friend 43
.1 em s is ('a lei no To DAI 63
Jebi s LOVES Dfl Ai.i 175
Jesus Lov bs the Little Ones.. 176
Jesus, Lover of my Soul 209
Jesus, Lover of my Soul (arr.). . 281
Jesus, Shepherd, Lead Is 157
Jesus, Savior, pilot me 103
Jesus Saves 42
Jesus Will Beak me O'er 91
Jesus Will Cabby me Oveb the. 165
Joy divine I now am rinding 133
Joy to the Would 200
Just as I am 214
Keep MOVING on hie Way 152
Keep on Singing 13
Kind Words < an Never Die... 154
IvAUD Him and Pra isi. Him.... 118
Leaving all to Follow .Jems.. 22
Lead us not into Temptatioa 113
Let us work and wait 16
Let Your Light Shine Out 5
Lift our Banner High 112
Living in the Sunshine 75
Living in Canaan Now 146
Listen to the Voice of Jesus. . 32
Look up, Happy Christian 31
Lord, I have wandered far from. . 58
Lord, in Thee I'm Trusting; 129
Love's redeeming work is done. . . 195
Love's LdLBOB. . . 39
Loving Kindness 93
;EfcIaiisions in the Fatherland 150
Mil r Mother in the Skies 86
Makciiino on the Way 178
HI.NG toZion 219
246
No.
Must Jesus Beau the Cross 217
My body, Soul and Spirit 221
My Country, 'tis of thee 175
My Dxabbst Fkikm) 115
My feel often times grow weary. 66
My Fkiknd and Savior 23
My Heart is Filled With Joy. 37
My Heavenly Home 230
My Jesus, I Love Thee 181
My life, my love 212
IVearer, my God, to Thee 226
No blossom needs the light 8
No More to say Good-by 28
Not Unto Us 187
O beautiful land of the blessed . . 149
O Calvary 55
O cross of grief and anguish sore . 55
O day of glad surrender 82
O Father of love, unto Thee 127
O for a Faith 83
O follow in His footsteps 120
O happy day 153
O Happy Bells 193
O What A Wonderful Story. . 190
O say, can you see 184
O sinner, hear the Savior's voice. 161
O sing to the Savior 35
O the blessed Bible 45
Oh, so Beautiful and Bright . . 20
Oh, Joyous is the Meeting 28
Oh, what is your record 108
Oh! now I see the crimson wave. 169
Oh, think of the home over there. 205
Oh, tell of His goodness to-day. . 36
On the throne everlasting 41
On the mountains of sin 50
Only Believe in the Promise . . 4
Onward, Onward 116
Onward, Christian Soldiers . . 151
Open Wide the Door 138
Over There 53
Over the Seas 177
IParted Hands Shall Clasp . . 92
Praise His Name 27
Praise God, we'll see the friends . 144
Praise God From Whom 236
Precious Love 172
Pressing forward our cause to win. 70
No.
Pi kity 7
Rejoice, Rejoice 90
Revive Is Again 229
Roll Your Care on Jesus 18
Roce of Ages 215
Ring Out, Chiming Bells 198
JSavior, like a Shepherd 170
Savior, Pilot Me 103
Savior, who for me once died 107
Scatter smiles and sunshine.'.... 10
Secret Prayer 133
See the shining fields 40
Send the News 102
Send the Gospel Message 102
Sessions 237
Shall it be in Vain 73
Shine, Shine, Shine 72
Silent Night 201
Sing the love and power of Jesus. 88
Sinful one, where'er thou art. ... 32
Sinner, now the Spirit warns you. 148
Singing of Jesus 60
Sing Praises to the Savior .... 130
Sometimes on stormy waters 15
Sometimes our hearts are 126
Soul, have you heard Him 118
Sowing in the morning 228
Speaking kindly to the erring one. 46
Speak a word for Jesus 62
Steadily Onward 159
Stand up for Jesus 179
Steeped in sin and degradation . . 119
Sunbeams 46
Sweet hour of prayer 227
Tell it To-day 36
Tell the Joyful News 196
There's a last day coming 95
There's a land that enraptures ... 20
There's a sound within the land . . 48
There's a city shining white. .... 53
There's a cjty that looks o'er the . 136
There are happy voices singing . . 52
There is a Happy Land 99
There is a land of light and 135
There is a Friend above all others. 23
There is a light that shineth in . . 143
There is light among shadows ... 6
There is golden grain 9
There is only one condition 152
un
The beggar iat blind
I'm BLESS] i) Bdli L6
The Bi umn l Coubtet i r.«
Tin. Children^ ShMPHMBD Ill
Tin: CLEANSING W \vi 189
THE Children'* Day in .Ji BE... 178
'I'm mi. Be Teh mpb . 77
The dear loving Savior 124
Tin: (iniii) BhHPHEBD 170
The Glad New Yeae 284
Tin: Homeland of my Son 117
The Some Oi be Thebj
The Loi i and Poweb of Jesus. 88
Tin- L«>r<l haa come Into my soul. M
The Lord's own day 182
Tin: Light of the Cbosg '.' v
The Light That Shineth Fob. 14:;
Tin: Narrow Way 71
The night is dark 187
Tin: Poet of Peace 134
Tin: ROLL OF THE Faithful 128
The Swum Calls To-day 161
Tin-: Bayiob Boss Agath 189
TheSaviob's Invitation 38
The Savior seeks to enter in 138
The sheaf and crown
The Stab-Spangled Banner... 184
Tin: Simmer isComino 96
Tin: Son.; OF my Son 109
ThbSuhbbight Bhobb. 186
The Voice ok Thahkbgitiho. ... 89
The wonderful Savior 26
The Way is BO Bast 47
The workers in the vineyard. ... 76
The way < >f salvation 79
The Work COMPLETE 196
Tho* dark the night 160
Tho' He >la> me, I will trust Him. 110
Thou art pure, o God, 7
Throw Opes the G ltes 166
* l ' - blessed to have Jeans with.. 24
Tie the Savior speaks unto yon.. 21
Thy love'- unbounded 206
To know that He know- 24
Tim -i in If] 61
Trust in the Savior 84
Unbounded Loi b 300
Up, away] help tell the story .... i»;i
No.
'Walking each day in the 66
Walkino With JBEUI 114
We are little children 39
We are Iiiiirohilie; along HI
We are on the ocean Balling 134
We are Jeans 1 little ones I7r>
We are marching on the way. . . .
We ABE OH THE Way i o QaNAAS
We Comb With Happt Qeabts. 182
We have heard snchBlei - 92
We have lingered, Jeans 141
We praise Thee, O God..
We Will Woes and Pray 16
We will toil for Christ 12
We'll Meet .Wain 144
We'll never Btlike our colors 104
We'll Toil fob the M lbteb 12
Wk'ke BtAECHnra Home to God. 186
We're under marching order 186
What a Friend we Have in ... 211
What a Blessed Salvation. . . . 86
What is Voir Record 108
What Then 30
When He Cometh 17
When I have reached earth's .... 91
When in days long passed away . . 17<>
Wheh Jesub is near 6
When Jems Came My Way 80
When the lavish hand of summer "»7
Where He Lead- Me 49
Who's at the Helm 137
Why halt ye between two opinions 81
Will my name be found 128
Will Yor 188
Will you join our ranks 74
With Joy We Come «.0
Wonderful Bible 171
Wonder eel Day 194
WONDEBFUL GbACB 50
WOHDEEFUL Story OF LOVH 122
Wobe eor the Night 216
WOBJQHG and Waitino 155
Working for the Master 166
WoKKINO IN THE VENBTABD ...
Would you be Btrong In the Lord. 33
Would yon tread the paths of light M
Y"ii'vi' a Friend who's inter- . . . 42
Yield Not to the TemPTEB, ... 56
:
*to
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11